Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number: 333-114502
General Nutrition Centers, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
DELAWARE   72-1575168
(state or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)
     
300 Sixth Avenue   15222
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania   (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)    
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (412) 288-4600
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None
          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes      þ No
          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. o Yes      þ No
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes       o No
          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
          Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ   Smaller reporting company o
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes       þ No
          As of December 31, 2007, all of the registrant’s common equity was privately held, and there was no public market for the registrant’s common equity nor any publicly available quotations for the registrant’s common equity. As a result, the registrant is unable to calculate the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of December 31, 2007. As of March 1, 2008, 100 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) were outstanding. All shares of our Common Stock are held by GNC Corporation, (our “Parent”).
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
       
 
       
    1  
    18  
    27  
    27  
    29  
    33  
 
       
       
 
       
    34  
    36  
    40  
    61  
    62  
    119  
    119  
    119  
 
       
Part III
       
 
       
    120  
    125  
    158  
    160  
    162  
 
       
Part IV
       
 
       
    163  
       
  Exhibit 4.1
  Exhibit 10.11
  Exhibit 10.13
  Exhibit 10.15
  Exhibit 10.16
  Exhibit 12.1
  Exhibit 31.1
  Exhibit 31.2
  Exhibit 32.1

 i


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
          This Form 10-K Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business. Forward-looking statements may relate to our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, and other information that is not historical information. Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in Items 1, 2, 3, 7 and 7A hereof, as well as within this report generally. In addition, when used in this report, the words “subject to,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can,” or the negative thereof, or variations thereon, or similar expressions, or discussions of strategy, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are inherently uncertain.
          All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but we may not realize our expectations and our beliefs may not prove correct. Actual results could differ materially from those described or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include, among others:
   
significant competition in our industry;
 
   
unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products;
 
   
the incurrence of material product liability and product recall costs;
 
   
costs of compliance and our failure to comply with governmental regulations;
 
   
the failure of our franchisees to conduct their operations profitably and limitations on our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchisees;
 
   
economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations;
 
   
our failure to keep pace with the demands of our customers for new products and services;
 
   
disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications;
 
   
the lack of long-term experience with human consumption of ingredients in some of our products;
 
   
increases in the frequency and severity of insurance claims, particularly claims for which we are self-insured;
 
   
loss or retirement of key members of management;
 
   
increases in the cost of borrowings and limitations on availability of additional debt or equity capital;
 
   
the impact of our substantial debt on our operating income and our ability to grow;
 
   
the failure to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights against competitors;
 
   
changes in applicable laws relating to our franchise operations; and
 
   
our inability to expand our franchise operations or attract new franchisees.
          Consequently, such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates and beliefs. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update, republish or revise forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrences of unanticipated events.
          Industry data used throughout this report was obtained from industry publications and our internal estimates. While we believe such information to be reliable, its accuracy has not been independently verified and cannot be guaranteed.

 ii


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
GNC
          With our worldwide network of over 6,100 locations and our www.gnc.com website, we are the largest global specialty retailer of health and wellness products, including vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS”) products, sports nutrition products, and diet products. We believe that the strength of our GNC ® brand, which is distinctively associated with health and wellness, combined with our stores and website, give us broad access to consumers and uniquely position us to benefit from the favorable trends driving growth in the nutritional supplements industry and the broader health and wellness sector. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores, franchise activities, and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. Our broad and deep product mix, which is focused on high-margin, value-added nutritional products, is sold under our GNC proprietary brands, including Mega Men ® , Ultra Mega ® , Pro Performance ® , and Preventive Nutrition ® , and under nationally recognized third-party brands.
          Our domestic retail network, which is approximately ten times larger than the next largest U.S. specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, provides a leading platform for our vendors to distribute their products to their target consumer. This gives us leverage with our vendor partners and has enabled us to negotiate product exclusives and first-to-market opportunities. In addition, our in-house product development capabilities enable us to offer our customers proprietary merchandise that can only be purchased through our stores or our website. As the nutritional supplement consumer often requires knowledgeable customer service, we also differentiate ourselves from mass and drug retailers with our well-trained sales associates. We believe that our expansive retail network, our differentiated merchandise offering, and our quality customer service result in a unique shopping experience.
          Our principal executive offices are located at 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, and our telephone number is (412) 288-4600. We also maintain a website at gnc.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), except from March 16, 2007 to August 28, 2007 when our form S-4 filing became effective, when our equivalent reports were made available to noteholders free of charge on our website or upon written request to 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, Attention: Chief Legal Officer. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this report and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act.
          In this report, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or “GNC” refer to General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Corporate History
          We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our operating subsidiaries.
          On February 8, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation, our ultimate parent company at that time, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. On March 16, 2007, the merger (the “Merger”) was consummated. Pursuant to the merger agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.

1


Table of Contents

          The merger consideration totaled $1.65 billion. The merger consideration was subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including an adjustment for the aggregate amount of certain differences of working capital from an agreed upon working capital target. In addition, as a result of the Merger, our Parent will obtain certain tax benefits. Pursuant to the merger agreement, our parent has agreed to make post-closing payments to GNC Parent Corporation’s former stockholders for any tax refunds that it receives as a result of these tax benefits and as and to the extent its future tax obligations are reduced by these tax benefits. We will not benefit from these tax assets and will continue to make payments to our parent in respect of taxes without regard to these tax benefits. The merger was funded with a combination of equity contributions and our issuance of new debt. The new debt, which was entered into or issued on the closing, consisted of a new senior credit facility comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the “New Senior Credit Facility”), $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “New Senior Notes”), and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “New Senior Subordinated Notes”). We utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay our December 2003 senior credit facility, our 8 5/8% senior notes issued in January 2005, and our 8 1 / 2 % senior subordinated notes issued in December 2003. We contributed the remainder of the debt proceeds, after payment of fees and expenses, to a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary, which then loaned such net proceeds to GNC Parent Corporation. GNC Parent Corporation used those proceeds, together with the equity contributions, to repay GNC Parent Corporation’s outstanding floating rate senior PIK notes issued in November 2006, pay the merger consideration, and pay fees and expenses related to the merger transactions.
          As a result of the Merger, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. became the sole equity holder of GNC Parent LLC and the ultimate parent company of both GNC Corporation, our direct parent company, and us. The outstanding capital stock of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. is beneficially owned by affiliates of Ares Management LLC and Teachers’ Private Capital (a division of Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board), certain institutional investors, certain of our directors, and certain former stockholders of GNC Parent Corporation, including members of our management. Refer to Note 1, “Nature of Business,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information.
          GNC Parent Corporation was formed in November 2006 to acquire all the outstanding common stock of GNC Corporation.
          We were formed in October 2003 and GNC Corporation was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2003 by Apollo Management V, L.P. “Apollo”, an affiliate of Apollo Management V, L.P. and members of our management to acquire General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from Numico USA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V. (collectively, “Numico”). In December 2003, we purchased all of the outstanding equity interests of General Nutrition Companies, Inc.
          General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was founded in 1935 by David Shakarian who opened its first health food store in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Since that time, the number of stores has continued to grow, and General Nutrition Companies, Inc. began producing its own vitamin and mineral supplements as well as foods, beverages, and cosmetics. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was acquired in August 1999 by Numico Investment Corp. and, prior to its acquisition, was a publicly traded company listed on the Nasdaq National Market.
Industry Overview
          We operate within the large and growing U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry. According to Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2007, our industry generated an estimated $22.5 billion in sales in 2006 and an estimated $23.4 billion in 2007, and is projected to grow at an average annual rate of approximately 4% per year for at least the next five years. Our industry is also highly fragmented, and we believe this fragmentation provides large operators, like us, the ability to compete more effectively due to scale advantages.

2


Table of Contents

          We expect several key demographic, healthcare, and lifestyle trends to drive the continued growth of our industry. These trends include:
   
Increased Focus on Healthy Living: Consumers are leading more active lifestyles and becoming increasingly focused on healthy living, nutrition, and supplementation. According to the Nutrition Business Journal, a study by the Hartman Group found that 85% of the American population today is involved to some degree in health and wellness compared to 70% to 75% a few years ago. We believe that growth in the nutritional supplements industry will continue to be driven by consumers who increasingly embrace health and wellness as a critical part of their lifestyles.
 
   
Aging Population: The average age of the U.S. population is increasing. U.S. Census Bureau data indicates that the number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to increase by approximately 56% from 2000 to 2020. We believe that these consumers are significantly more likely to use nutritional supplements, particularly VMHS products, than younger persons and have higher levels of disposable income to pursue healthy lifestyles.
 
   
Rising Healthcare Costs and Use of Preventive Measures: Healthcare related costs have increased substantially in the United States. A preliminary survey released by Kaiser Family Foundation and the Health Research and Educational Trust in 2006 found that between the spring of 2005 and the spring of 2006, premiums for employer-sponsored health insurance increased by 7.7% more than twice the rate of general inflation for the same period. To reduce medical costs and avoid the complexities of dealing with the healthcare system, and given increasing incidence of medical problems and concern over the use and effects of prescription drugs, many consumers take preventive measures, including alternative medicines and nutritional supplements.
 
   
Increasing Focus on Fitness: In total, U.S. health club memberships increased 4.9% between January 2004 and January 2006 from 39.4 million members to a record 41.3 million and has grown 70% from 24.1 million in 1995, according to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association. We believe that the growing number of fitness-oriented consumers, at increasingly younger ages, are interested in taking sports nutrition products to increase energy, endurance, and strength during exercise and to aid recovery after exercise.
          Participants in our industry include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail-order companies, and a variety of other smaller participants. The nutritional supplements sold through these channels are divided into four major product categories: VMHS; sports nutrition products; diet products; and other wellness products. Most supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants have narrow nutritional supplement product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs, with less knowledgeable sales associates than specialty retailers. We believe that the market share of supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants over the last five years has remained relatively constant.

3


Table of Contents

Business Overview
          The following charts illustrate, for the combined results of the predecessor from January 1 to March 15, 2007 and the successor from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the percentage of our net revenue generated by our three business segments and the percentage of our net U.S. retail supplement revenue generated by our product categories:
(PIE CHART)
(PIE CHART)
          Throughout 2007, we did not have any meaningful concentration of sales from any single product or product line.
      Retail Locations
          Our retail network represents the largest specialty retail store network in the nutritional supplements industry according to Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2007. As of December 31, 2007, there were 6,159 GNC store locations globally, including:
   
2,598 company-owned stores in the United States (all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico);
 
   
147 company-owned stores in Canada;
 
   
978 domestic franchised stores;
 
   
1,078 international franchised stores in 49 markets; and
 
   
1,358 GNC “store-within-a-store” locations under our strategic alliance with Rite Aid Corporation.

4


Table of Contents

          Most of our company-owned and franchised U.S. stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located in shopping malls and strip centers. We have approximately ten times the domestic store base of our nearest U.S. specialty retail competitor.
           Website. In December 2005 we also started selling products through our website, www.gnc.com. This additional sales channel has enabled us to market and sell our products in regions where we do not have retail operations or have limited operations. Some of the products offered on our website may not be available at our retail locations, thus enabling us to broaden the assortment of products available to our customers. The ability to purchase our products through the internet also offers a convenient method for repeat customers to evaluate and purchase new and existing products. To date, we believe that a majority of the sales generated by our website are incremental to the revenues from our retail locations.
      Franchise Activities
          We generate income from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer a number of services to franchisees including training, site selection, construction assistance, and accounting services. We believe that our franchise program enhances our brand awareness and market presence and will enable us to continue to expand our store base internationally with limited capital expenditures on our part. Over the last two years, we realigned our domestic franchise system with our corporate strategies and re-acquired or closed unprofitable or non-compliant franchised stores in order to improve the financial performance of the franchise system.
      Store-Within-a-Store Locations
          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance in December 1998 with Rite Aid to open our GNC store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from fees paid by Rite Aid for new store-within-a-store openings, sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, and retail sales of certain consigned inventory. In the third quarter of 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. At December 31, 2007, Rite Aid opened 140 stores of 1,125 additional stores that Rite Aid has committed to open by December 31, 2014.
      Marketing
          We market our proprietary brands of nutritional products through an integrated marketing program that includes television, print, and radio media, storefront graphics, direct mailings to members of our Gold Card loyalty program, and point of purchase promotional materials.
      Manufacturing and Distribution
          With our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and distribution facilities supporting our retail stores, we are a vertically integrated producer and supplier of high-quality nutritional supplements. By controlling the production and distribution of our proprietary products, we can protect product quality, monitor delivery times, and maintain appropriate inventory levels.

5


Table of Contents

      Products
          We offer a wide range of high-quality nutritional supplements sold under our GNC proprietary brand names, including Mega Men, Ultra Mega, Pro Performance, and Preventive Nutrition, and under nationally recognized third-party brand names. We report our sales in four major nutritional supplement categories: VMHS; sports nutrition; diet; and other wellness. We offer an extensive mix of brands and products, including approximately 2,600 SKUs across multiple categories. This variety is designed to provide our customers with a vast selection of products to fit their specific needs. Sales of our proprietary brands at our company-owned stores represented approximately 48% of our net retail product revenues for 2007, 46% for 2006 and 47% for 2005.
          Consumers may purchase a GNC Gold Card in any U.S. GNC store or at www.gnc.com for $15.00. A Gold Card allows a consumer to save 20% on all store and on-line purchases on the day the card is purchased and during the first seven days of every month for a year. Gold Card members also receive personalized mailings and e-mails with product news, nutritional information, and exclusive offers.
          Products are delivered to our retail stores through our distribution centers located in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania; Anderson, South Carolina; and Phoenix, Arizona. Our distribution centers support our company-owned stores as well as franchised stores and Rite Aid locations. Our distribution fleet delivers our finished goods and third-party products through our distribution centers to our company-owned and domestic franchised stores on a weekly or biweekly basis depending on the sales volume of the store. Each of our distribution centers has a quality control department that monitors products received from our vendors to ensure quality standards.
          Based on data collected from our point-of-sale systems, excluding certain required accounting adjustments of $(0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, $0.1 million for 2006, $3.0 million for 2005, and sales from gnc.com of $6.7 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $21.6 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $17.1 million in 2006, below is a comparison of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales by major product category and the percentages of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales for the periods shown:
                                                                                 
    Predecessor   Successor   Combined   Predecessor   Predecessor
                                    Year ended December 31,
    Period January 1 to   Period March 16 to            
    March 15, 2007   December 31, 2007   2007   2006   2005
                                                    (dollars in millions)                
U.S Retail Product Categories:
                                                                               
VMHS Products
  $ 96.2       40.4 %   $ 335.5       41.1 %   $ 431.7       40.9 %   $ 415.3       40.0 %   $ 377.7       40.6 %
Sports Nutrition Products
    85.6       35.9 %     291.1       35.7 %     376.6       35.7 %     369.7       35.6 %     330.3       35.5 %
Diet Products
    35.7       15.0 %     116.8       14.3 %     152.4       14.5 %     158.7       15.3 %     135.2       14.5 %
Other Wellness Products
    20.8       8.7 %     73.0       8.9 %     94.0       8.9 %     94.0       9.1 %     87.8       9.4 %
                     
Total U.S. Retail revenues
  $ 238.3       100.0 %   $ 816.4       100.0 %   $ 1,054.7       100.0 %   $ 1,037.7       100.0 %   $ 931.0       100.0 %
                     
      VMHS
          We sell vitamins and minerals in single vitamin and multi-vitamin form and in different potency levels. Our vitamin and mineral products are available in liquid, tablets, soft gelatin, and hard-shell capsules and powder forms. Many of our special vitamin and mineral formulations, such as Mega Men and Ultra Mega, are available only at GNC locations. In addition to our selection of VMHS products with unique formulations, we also offer the full range of standard “alphabet” vitamins. We sell herbal supplements in various solid dosage and soft gelatin capsules, tea, and liquid forms. We have consolidated our traditional herbal offerings under a single umbrella brand, Herbal Plus ® . In addition to the Herbal Plus line, we offer a full line of whole food-based supplements and top selling herb and natural remedy products. Our target customers for VMHS products are women over the age of 35.
          We also offer a variety of specialty products in our GNC and Preventive Nutrition product lines. These products emphasize third-party research and available literature regarding the positive benefits from certain ingredients. These offerings include products designed to provide nutritional support to specific areas of the body, such as joints, the heart and blood vessels, and the digestive system.

6


Table of Contents

      Sports Nutrition Products
          Sports nutrition products are designed to be taken in conjunction with an exercise and fitness regimen. Our target consumer for sports nutrition products is the 18-49 year old male. We typically offer a broad selection of sports nutrition products, such as protein and weight gain powders, sports drinks, sports bars, and high potency vitamin formulations, including GNC brands such as Pro Performance and popular third-party products.
      Diet Products
          Diet products consist of various formulas designed to supplement the diet and exercise plans of weight conscious consumers. Our target consumer for diet products is the 18-49 year old female. We typically offer a variety of diet products, including pills, meal replacements, shakes, diet bars, and teas. Our retail stores offer our proprietary and third-party products suitable for different diet and weight management approaches, including low-carbohydrate and products designed to increase thermogenesis (a change in the body’s metabolic rate measured in terms of calories) and metabolism. We also offer several diet products, including our Body Answers tm product lines.
      Other Wellness Products
          Other wellness products is a comprehensive category that consists of sales of our Gold Card preferred membership and sales of other nonsupplement products, including cosmetics, food items, health management products, books, and video tapes.
      Product Development
          We believe a key driver of customer traffic and purchases is the introduction of new products. According to the GNC 2005 Awareness Tracking Study Final Report commissioned by GNC from Parker Marketing Research, consumers surveyed rated the availability of “new, innovative products” as an emerging strength of our business. We identify changing customer trends through interactions with our customers and leading industry vendors to assist in the development, manufacturing, and marketing of our new products. We develop proprietary products independently and through the collaborative effort of our dedicated development team. During 2007, we targeted our product development efforts on specialty vitamins and sports nutrition products, condition specific products, and specialty vitamins.
      Research and Development
          We have an internal research and development group that performs scientific research on potential new products and enhancements to existing products, in part to assist our product development team in creating new products, and in part to support claims that may be made as to the purpose and function of the product.

7


Table of Contents

Business Segments
          We generate revenues from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The following chart outlines our business segments and the historical contribution to our consolidated revenues by those segments, after intercompany eliminations. For a description of operating income (loss) by business segment, our total assets by business segment, total revenues by geographic area, and total assets by geographic area, see the “Segments” note to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in millions)  
Retail
  $ 1,168.6       75.3 %   $ 1,122.7       75.5 %   $ 989.5       75.1 %
Franchise
    241.1       15.5 %     232.3       15.6 %     212.8       16.1 %
Manufacturing/Wholesale
(Third Party)
    143.1       9.2 %     132.1       8.9 %     115.4       8.8 %
             
Total
  $ 1,552.8       100.0 %   $ 1,487.1       100.0 %   $ 1,317.7       100.0 %
             
      Retail
          Our Retail segment generates revenues primarily from sales of products to customers at our company-owned stores in the United States and Canada, and in December 2005 we started selling products through our website, www.gnc.com.
      Locations
          As of December 31, 2007, we operated 2,745 company-owned stores across all 50 states and in Canada, Puerto Rico, and Washington, D.C. Most of our U.S. company-owned stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located primarily in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. Traditional mall and strip center locations typically generate a large percentage of our total retail sales. With the exception of our downtown stores, all of our company-owned stores follow one of two consistent formats, one for mall locations and one for strip shopping center locations. Our store graphics are periodically redesigned to better identify with our GNC customers and provide product information to allow the consumer to make educated decisions regarding product purchases and usage. Our product labeling is consistent within our product lines and the stores are designed to present a unified approach to packaging with emphasis on added information for the consumer. As an on-going practice, we continue to reset and upgrade all of our company-owned stores to maintain a more modern and customer-friendly layout, while promoting our GNC Live Well theme.
      Franchise
          Our Franchise segment is comprised of our domestic and international franchise operations. Our Franchise segment generates revenues from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees.
          As a means of enhancing our operating performance and building our store base, we began opening franchised locations in 1988. As of December 31, 2007, there were 2,056 franchised stores operating, including 978 stores in the United States and 1,078 stores operating in 49 international locations. Approximately 89% of our franchised stores in the United States are in strip shopping centers and are typically between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet. The international franchised stores are typically smaller and, depending upon the country and cultural preferences, are located in mall, strip center, street, or store-within-a-store locations. Typically, our international stores have a store format and signage similar to our U.S. franchised stores. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer site selection, construction assistance, accounting services, and

8


Table of Contents

a three-part training program, which consists of classroom instruction and training in a company-owned location, both of which occur prior to the franchised store opening, and actual on-site training during the first week of operations of the franchised store. We believe we have good relationships with our franchisees, as evidenced by our franchisee renewal rate of over 92% between 2002 and 2007. We do not rely heavily on any single franchise operator in the United States, since the largest franchisee owns and/or operates 12 store locations.
          All of our franchised stores in the United States offer both our proprietary products and third-party products, with a product selection similar to that of our company-owned stores. Our international franchised stores offer a more limited product selection than our franchised stores in the United States with the product selection heavily weighted toward proprietary products. Products are distributed to our franchised stores in the United States through our distribution centers and transportation fleet in the same manner as our company-owned stores. Products distributed to our international franchised stores are delivered to the franchisee’s freight forwarder at the U.S. port of deportation, at which point our responsibility for the delivery of the products ends.
      Franchises in the United States
          Revenues from our franchisees in the United States accounted for approximately 72% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, new franchisees in the United States were required to pay an initial fee of $40,000 for a franchise license. Existing GNC franchise operators may purchase an additional franchise license for a $30,000 fee. We typically offer limited financing to qualified franchisees in the United States for terms up to five years. Once a store begins operations, franchisees are required to pay us a continuing royalty of 6% of sales and contribute 3% of sales to a national advertising fund. Our standard franchise agreements for the United States are effective for a ten-year period with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the renewal fee is generally 33% of the franchisee fee that is then in effect. The franchisee renewal option is at our election for all franchise agreements executed after December 1995. Franchisees must meet certain conditions in order to exercise the franchisee renewal option. Our franchisees in the United States receive limited geographical exclusivity and are required to follow the GNC store format.
          Franchisees must meet certain minimum standards and duties prescribed by our franchise operations manual and we conduct periodic field visit reports to ensure our minimum standards are maintained. Generally, we enter into a five-year lease with one five-year renewal option with landlords for our franchised locations in the United States. This allows us to secure space at cost-effective rates, which we sublease to our franchisees at cost. By subleasing to our franchisees, we have greater control over the location and have greater bargaining power for lease negotiations than an individual franchisee typically would have. In addition, we can elect not to renew subleases for underperforming locations. If a franchisee does not meet specified performance and appearance criteria, the franchise agreement outlines the procedures under which we are permitted to terminate the franchise agreement. In these situations, we may take possession of the location, inventory, and equipment, and operate the store as a company-owned store or re-franchise the location. The offering and sale of our franchises in the United States are regulated by the FTC and various stated authorities. See “—Government Regulation—Franchise Regulation.”
      International Franchises
          Revenues from our international franchisees accounted for approximately 28% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, new international franchisees were required to pay an initial fee of approximately $25,000 for a franchise license for each full size store and on average continuing royalty fees of approximately 5%, with fees and royalties varying depending on the country and the store type. Our franchise program has enabled us to expand into international markets with limited capital expenditures. We expanded our international presence from 557 international

9


Table of Contents

franchised locations at the end of 2002 to 1,078 international locations as of December 31, 2007, without incurring any capital expenditures related to this expansion. We typically generate less revenue from franchises outside the United States due to lower international royalty rates and due to the franchisees purchasing a smaller percentage of products from us compared to our domestic franchisees.
          Franchisees in international locations enter into development agreements with us for either full-size stores, a store-within-a-store at a host location, or wholesale distribution center operations. The development agreement grants the franchisee the right to develop a specific number of stores in a territory, often the entire country. The international franchisee then enters into a franchise agreement for each location. The full-size store franchise agreement has an initial ten-year term with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and renewal periods, the international franchisee has the option to renew the agreement at 33% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Franchise agreements for international store-within-a-store locations have an initial term of five years, with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the international franchisee of a store-within-a-store location has the option to renew the agreement for up to a maximum of 50% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Our international franchisees often receive exclusive franchising rights to the entire country franchised, excluding military bases. Our international franchisees must meet minimum standards and duties similar to our U.S. franchisees. Our international franchise agreements and international operations may be regulated by various country, local and international laws. See “—Government Regulation—Franchise Regulation”.
Manufacturing/Wholesale
          Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment is comprised of our manufacturing operations in South Carolina and our wholesale sales business. This segment supplies our Retail and Franchise segments as well as various third parties with finished products. Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment generates revenues through sales of manufactured products to third parties, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party brand products to Rite Aid and drugstore.com. Our wholesale operations, including our Rite Aid and drugstore.com wholesale operations, are supported primarily by our Anderson, South Carolina distribution center.
      Manufacturing
          Our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and warehousing facilities support our Retail and Franchise segments and enable us to control the production and distribution of our proprietary products, to better control costs, to protect product quality, to monitor delivery times, and to maintain appropriate inventory levels. We operate two manufacturing facilities, one in Greenville, South Carolina and one in Anderson, South Carolina. We utilize our plants primarily for the production of proprietary products. Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a variety of products of different quantities, sizes, and packaging configurations while maintaining strict levels of quality control. Our manufacturing procedures are designed to promote consistency and quality in our finished goods. We conduct sample testing on raw materials and finished products, including weight, purity, and micro-bacterial testing. Our manufacturing facilities also service our wholesale operations, including the manufacture and supply of Rite Aid private label products for distribution to Rite Aid locations. We use our available capacity at these facilities to produce products for sale to third-party customers.
          The principal raw materials used in the manufacturing process are natural and synthetic vitamins, herbs, minerals, and gelatin. We maintain multiple sources for the majority of our raw materials, with the remaining being single-sourced due to the uniqueness of the material. As of December 31, 2007, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. Our distribution fleet delivers raw materials and components to our manufacturing facilities and also delivers our finished goods and third-party products to our distribution centers.

10


Table of Contents

      Wholesale
           Store-Within-a-Store Locations
          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance with Rite Aid to open GNC store-within-a-store locations. As of December 31, 2007, we had 1,358 store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, retail sales of certain consigned inventory and license fees. We are Rite Aid’s sole supplier for the PharmAssure ® vitamin brand and a number of Rite Aid private label supplements. In the third quarter of 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. At December 31, 2007, Rite Aid had opened 140 stores of 1,125 additional stores that Rite Aid has committed to open by December 31, 2014.
           Distribution Agreement with drugstore.com
          We have an internet distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc. with an initial term through June 2009. Through this strategic alliance, drugstore.com was the exclusive internet retailer of our proprietary products, the PharmAssure vitamin brand, and certain other nutritional supplements until June 2005, when this exclusive relationship terminated. This alliance allows us to access a larger base of customers, who may not otherwise live close to, or have the time to visit, a GNC store and provides an internet distribution channel in addition to www.gnc.com. We generate revenues from the distribution agreement with drugstore.com through sales of our proprietary and third-party products on a wholesale basis and through retail sales of certain other products on a consignment basis.
Employees
          As of December 31, 2007, we had a total of 5,158 full-time and 8,081 part-time employees, of whom approximately 10,753 were employed in our Retail segment; 33 were employed in our Franchise segment; 1,307 were employed in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment; 475 were employed in corporate support functions; and 671 were employed in Canada. None of our employees belongs to a union or is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is a large, highly fragmented, and growing industry, with no single industry participant accounting for a majority of total industry retail sales. Competition is based primarily on price, quality, and assortment of products, customer service, marketing support, and availability of new products. In addition, the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products.
          We compete with publicly owned and privately owned companies, which are highly fragmented in terms of geographical market coverage and product categories. We compete with other specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail-order companies, other internet sites, and a variety of other smaller participants. In addition, we believe that the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we compete with supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies and other retailers. Most supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants have narrow product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs and popular third-party

11


Table of Contents

diet products. Our international competitors also include large international pharmacy chains and major international supermarket chains as well as other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations also compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements.
Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
          We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized brand names under which we market our products. We own or have rights to material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the GNC brand name. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants, and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. We are also a party to several intellectual property license agreements relating to certain of our products. For example, we are a party to license agreements entered into in connection with the Numico acquisition pursuant to which we license certain patent rights to Numico and Numico licenses to us specific patent rights and proprietary information. These license agreements generally continue in existence until the expiration of the licensed patent, if applicable, the licensee’s election to terminate the agreement, or the mutual consent of the parties. The patents which we own generally have a term of 20 years from their filing date, although none of our owned or licensed patents are currently associated with a material portion of our business. The duration of our trademark registrations is generally 10, 15, or 20 years, depending on the country in which the marks are registered, and the registrations can be renewed by us. The scope and duration of our intellectual property protection varies throughout the world by jurisdiction and by individual product.
Insurance and Risk Management
          We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in the nutritional supplements industry, including policies to cover general products liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability, and other casualty and property risks. Our insurance rates are dependent upon our safety record as well as trends in the insurance industry. We also maintain workers’ compensation insurance and auto insurance policies that are retrospective in that the cost per year will vary depending on the frequency and severity of claims in the policy year. We currently maintain product liability insurance and general liability insurance.
          We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of products sold by GNC results in injury. With respect to product liability coverage, we carry insurance coverage typical of our industry and product lines. Our coverage involves self-insured retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the retention amount. We have the ability to refer claims to most of our vendors and their insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from such vendors’ products. In many cases, our insurance covers such claims that are not adequately covered by a vendor’s insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above the limits provided by our product vendors.
          We self-insure certain property and casualty risks due to our analysis of the risk, the frequency and severity of a loss, and the cost of insurance for the risk. We believe that the amount of self-insurance is not significant and will not have an adverse impact on our performance. In addition, we may from time to time self-insure liability with respect to specific ingredients in products that we may sell.

12


Table of Contents

Government Regulation
      Product Regulation
           Domestic
          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), the FDA regulates the formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling, and distribution of dietary supplements, (including vitamins, minerals, and herbs), and over-the-counter drugs. The FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.
          The FDCA has been amended several times with respect to dietary supplements, in particular by the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (“DSHEA”). DSHEA established a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling and marketing of dietary supplements. “Dietary supplements” are defined as vitamins, minerals, herbs, other botanicals, amino acids, and other dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet, as well as concentrates, metabolites, constituents, extracts, or combinations of such dietary ingredients. Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. “New” dietary ingredients (i.e., dietary ingredients that were “not marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994”) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been “present in the food supply as an article used for food” without being “chemically altered.” A new dietary ingredient notification must provide the FDA evidence of a “history of use or other evidence of safety” establishing that use of the dietary ingredient “will reasonably be expected to be safe.” A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. The FDA may determine that a new dietary ingredient notification does not provide an adequate basis to conclude that a dietary ingredient is reasonably expected to be safe. Such a determination could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredient. The FDA has announced that it plans to issue a guidance governing notification of new dietary ingredients. While FDA guidance is not mandatory, they are a strong indication of the FDA’s current views on the topic of the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending upon the recommendations made in the guidance, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could make it more difficult for us to successfully notify new dietary ingredients.
          The FDA issued a consumer warning in 1996, followed by proposed regulations in 1997, covering dietary supplements that contain ephedrine alkaloids, which are obtained from the botanical species ephedra and are commonly referred to as ephedra. In February 2003 the Department of Health and Human Services announced a series of actions that the Department of Health and Human Services and the FDA planned to execute with respect to products containing ephedra, including the solicitation of evidence regarding the significant or unreasonable risk of illness or injury from dietary supplements containing ephedra and the immediate execution of a series of actions against ephedra products making unsubstantiated claims about sports performance enhancement. In addition, many states proposed regulations and three states enacted laws restricting the promotion and distribution of ephedra-containing dietary supplements. The botanical ingredient ephedra was formerly used in several third-party and private label dietary supplement products. In January 2003, we began focusing our diet category on products that would replace ephedra products. In early 2003, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of our affiliates. Subsequently, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. Sales of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $35.2 million or 3.3% of our retail sales in 2003 and $182.9 million, or 17.1% of our retail sales in 2002. In February 2004, the FDA issued a final regulation declaring dietary supplements containing ephedra illegal under the FDCA because they present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under the conditions of use recommended or suggested in labeling, or if no conditions of use are suggested or recommended in labeling, under

13


Table of Contents

ordinary conditions of use. The rule took effect April 12, 2004 and banned the sale of dietary supplement products containing ephedra. Similarly, the FDA issued a consumer advisory in 2002 with respect to dietary supplements that contain the ingredient Kava Kava, and the FDA is currently investigating adverse effects associated with ingestion of this ingredient. One of our subsidiaries, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc., manufactured products containing Kava Kava from December 1995 until August 2002. All stores were instructed to stop selling products containing Kava Kava in December 2002. The FDA could take similar actions against other products or product ingredients which it determines present an unreasonable health risk to consumers.
          DSHEA permits “statements of nutritional support” to be included in labeling for dietary supplements without FDA pre-market approval. Such statements must be submitted to the FDA within 30 days of marketing, and dietary supplements bearing such claims must include a label disclosure that “This statement has not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.” Such statements may describe how a particular dietary ingredient affects the structure, function, or general well-being of the body, or the mechanism of action by which a dietary ingredient may affect body structure, function, or well-being, but may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent a disease. A company that uses a statement of nutritional support in labeling must possess scientific evidence substantiating that the statement is truthful and not misleading. If the FDA determines that a particular statement of nutritional support is an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a “health claim,” or, if the FDA determines that a particular claim is not adequately supported by existing scientific data or is false or misleading, we would be prevented from using the claim.
          In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called “third-party literature,” e.g., a reprint of a peer-reviewed scientific publication linking a particular dietary ingredient with health benefits, may be used “in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers” without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. The literature: (1) must not be false or misleading; (2) may not “promote” a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; (3) must present a balanced view of the available scientific information on the subject matter; (4) if displayed in an establishment, must be physically separate from the dietary supplements; and (5) should not have appended to it any information by sticker or any other method. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug.
          On June 22, 2007, the FDA issued a final rule establishing regulations to require good manufacturing practices (“GMPs”) for dietary supplements. The regulations establish the GMPs to ensure quality throughout the manufacturing, packaging, labeling, and storing of dietary supplements. The final rule includes requirements for establishing quality control procedures, designing and constructing manufacturing plants, testing ingredients and the finished product, recordkeeping, and handling consumer product complaints. As a companion document, the FDA also issued an interim final rule that outlines a petition process for manufacturers to request an exemption to the GMP requirement for 100 percent identity testing of specific dietary ingredients used in the processing of dietary supplements. Under the interim final rule, the manufacturer may be exempted from the dietary ingredient identity testing requirement if it can provide sufficient documentation that the reduced frequency of testing requested would still ensure the identity of the dietary ingredient. Companies with more than 500 employees have until June 2008 to comply with the new regulations, companies with less than 500 employees have until June 2009 to comply, and companies with fewer than 20 employees have until June 2010 to comply. We or our third-party suppliers or vendors may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring substantial additional expenses. In addition, if our third-party suppliers or vendors are not able to timely comply with the new rules, we may experience increased costs or delays in obtaining certain raw materials and third-party products.
          In December 2006, Congress passed the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Consumer Protection Act (S3546) (“Act”). The Act, which became effective in December 2007, mandates reporting of “serious adverse events” associated with dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs to FDA by a

14


Table of Contents

manufacturer, packer, or distributor whose name appears on the label of the product. Records must be maintained of all adverse events for six years after receipt. The Act also makes submission of a false report to FDA illegal. We may not be able to comply with the new requirements without incurring substantial additional expenses.
          The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning or notice of violation letter to a company, to publicize information about illegal products, detain products intended for import, to request a recall of illegal products from the market, and to request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action, or a criminal prosecution in the United States courts. The regulation of dietary supplements may increase or become more restrictive in the future.
          Legislation may be introduced which, if passed, would impose substantial new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements. HR 1249 would subject the dietary ingredient dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act, which would prevent our ability to sell products containing DHEA. S 2470 would amend the Controlled Substances Act to restrict the sale of DHEA-containing dietary supplements to minors. In October 2004, legislation was passed subjecting specified substances formerly used in some dietary supplements, such as androstenedione or “andro,” to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act. Under the 2004 law, these substances can no longer be sold as dietary supplements.
          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. We continue to be subject to three consent orders issued by the FTC. In 1984, the FTC instituted an investigation of General Nutrition, Incorporated, one of our subsidiaries, alleging deceptive acts and practices in connection with the advertising and marketing of certain of its products. General Nutrition, Incorporated accepted a proposed consent order which was finalized in 1989, under which it agreed to refrain from, among other things, making certain claims with respect to certain of its products unless the claims are based on and substantiated by reliable and competent scientific evidence, and paid an aggregate of $0.6 million to the American Diabetes Association, Inc., the American Cancer Society, Inc., and the American Heart Association for the support of research in the fields of nutrition, obesity, or physical fitness. We also entered into a consent order in 1970 with the FTC, which generally addressed “iron deficiency anemia” type products. As a result of routine monitoring by the FTC, disputes arose concerning its compliance with these orders and with regard to advertising for certain hair care products. While General Nutrition, Incorporated believes that, at all times, it operated in material compliance with the orders, it entered into a settlement in 1994 with the FTC to avoid protracted litigation. As a part of this settlement, General Nutrition, Incorporated entered into a consent decree and paid, without admitting liability, a civil penalty in the amount of $2.4 million and agreed to adhere to the terms of the 1970 and 1989 consent orders and to abide by the provisions of the settlement document concerning hair care products. We do not believe that future compliance with the outstanding consent decrees will materially affect our business operations. In 2000, the FTC amended the 1970 order to clarify language in it that was believed to be ambiguous and outmoded.
          The FTC continues to monitor our advertising and, from time to time, requests substantiation with respect to such advertising to assess compliance with the various outstanding consent decrees and with the Federal Trade Commission Act. Our policy is to use advertising that complies with the consent decrees and applicable regulations. We review all products brought into our distribution centers to assure that such products and their labels comply with the consent decrees. We also review the use of third-party point of purchase materials such as store signs and promotional brochures. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that inadvertent failures to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations will not occur. Some of the products sold by franchised stores are purchased by franchisees directly from other vendors and these products do not flow through our distribution centers. Although franchise contracts contain strict requirements for store operations, including compliance with federal, state, and local laws and regulations, we cannot exercise the same degree of control over franchisees as we do over our company-owned stores. As a result of our efforts to comply with applicable statutes and

15


Table of Contents

regulations, we have from time to time reformulated, eliminated, or relabeled certain of our products and revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program. We believe we are in material compliance with the various consent decrees and with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations concerning our products and marketing program. Compliance with the provisions of national, state, and local environmental laws and regulations has not had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity, or competitive position.
           Foreign
          Our products sold in foreign countries are also subject to regulation under various national, local, and international laws that include provisions governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. Government regulations in foreign countries may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of our products.
      New Legislation or Regulation
          We cannot determine what effect additional domestic or international governmental legislation, regulations, or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. New legislation or regulations may require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, require the recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation, impose additional record keeping, or require expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling, or scientific substantiation.
      Franchise Regulation
          We must comply with regulations adopted by the FTC and with several state laws that regulate the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC’s Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and certain state laws require that we furnish prospective franchisees with a franchise offering circular containing information prescribed by the Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and applicable state laws and regulations.
          We also must comply with a number of state laws that regulate some substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. These laws may limit a franchisor’s business practices in a number of ways, including limiting the ability to:
   
terminate or not renew a franchise without good cause;
 
   
interfere with the right of free association among franchisees;
 
   
disapprove the transfer of a franchise;
 
   
discriminate among franchisees with regard to franchise terms and charges, royalties, and other fees; and
 
   
place new stores near existing franchises.
          To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations. Bills intended to regulate certain aspects of franchise relationships have been introduced into Congress on several occasions during the last decade, but none have been enacted. Revisions to the FTC rule have also been proposed by the FTC and currently are in the comment stage of the rulemaking process.
          Our international franchise agreements and franchise operations are regulated by various foreign laws, rules, and regulations. To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations.

16


Table of Contents

      Environmental Compliance
          We are subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from our operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in our processes could also cause us to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes were sent in connection with current or former operations at our facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease our properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, we have incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of our properties or properties at which our waste has been disposed. We believe we have complied with, and are currently complying with, our environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations, which could be material.

17


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
          The following risk factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ significantly from the goals, plans, objectives, intentions and expectations expressed in this report. If any of the following risks and uncertainties or other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or not currently considered to be material actually occur, our business, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed substantially.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.
          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is large and highly fragmented. Participants include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, on-line merchants, mail-order companies, and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as some products become more mainstream, we experience increased competition for those products as more participants enter the market. For example, when the trend in favor of low-carbohydrate products developed, we experienced increased competition for our diet products from supermarkets, drug stores, mass merchants, and other food companies, which adversely affected sales of our diet products. Our international competitors include large international pharmacy chains, major international supermarket chains, and other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements. We may not be able to compete effectively and our attempt to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.
Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.
          We are highly dependent upon consumer perception of the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention, and other publicity about product use. A product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our consumers as less favorable or that questions earlier research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues. For example, sales of some of our VMHS products, such as St. John’s Wort, Sam-e, and Melatonin, and more recently sales of Vitamin E, were initially strong, but we believe decreased substantially as a result of negative publicity. As a result of the above factors, our operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, which may impair our ability to make payments when due on our debt. Period-to-period comparisons of our results should not be relied upon as a measure of our future performance. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research or otherwise, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, that questions the benefits of our or similar products, or that claims that such products are ineffective could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.

18


Table of Contents

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products could significantly harm our customer relationships and product sales.
          Our business is particularly subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, especially with respect to our diet products. For example, the recent trend in favor of low-carbohydrate diets was not as dependent on diet products as many other dietary programs, which caused and may continue to cause a significant reduction in sales in our diet category. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not be able to respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to these changes. If we are unable to do so, our customer relationships and product sales could be harmed significantly.
          Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our stores as a source for the latest products. This could harm our customer relationships and cause losses to our market share. The success of our new product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:
   
accurately anticipate customer needs;
 
   
innovate and develop new products;
 
   
successfully commercialize new products in a timely manner;
 
   
price our products competitively;
 
   
manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and
 
   
differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.
          If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could become obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.
We depend on the services of key executives and changes in our management team could affect our business strategy and adversely impact our performance and results of operations.
          Some of our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying opportunities and arranging necessary financing. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement could be found. We believe that they could not quickly be replaced with executives of equal experience and capabilities. Many of our executives are not bound by employment agreements with us, nor do we maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our executives. See Item 11, “Executive Compensation”.
          In the last two years, we have experienced significant management changes. In December 2004, our then Chief Executive Officer resigned. In 2005, six of our then executive officers resigned at different times, including our former Chief Executive Officer, who served in that position for approximately five months. In November 2005, our board of directors appointed Joseph Fortunato, then our Chief Operating Officer, as our Chief Executive Officer. Some of these changes were the result of the officer’s personal decision to pursue other opportunities. The remaining changes were instituted by us as part of strategic initiatives executed in 2005. Effective April 17, 2006, our Chief Operating Officer resigned to become a senior officer of Linens ‘n Things, Inc. Until March 2007, following completion of the Merger, he continued to serve as Merchandising Counselor. In April 2006, we appointed a new Chief Merchandising Officer, who resigned effective April 28, 2006, because of disagreements about the direction of our merchandising efforts. Our Executive Chairman of the Board, Robert J. DiNicola resigned immediately prior to the closing of the Merger.

19


Table of Contents

In addition, Susan Trimbo resigned effective March 31, 2007 as our Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs, Mark Weintrub resigned effective September 30, 2007 as our Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Curt Larrimer resigned effective December 31, 2007 as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Although the duties of Chief Financial Officer are being performed by J. Kenneth Fox, Senior Vice President and Treasurer, we have not yet identified a permanent replacement for Mr. Larrimer. We will continue to enhance our management team as necessary to strengthen our business for future growth. Although we do not anticipate additional significant management changes, these and other changes in management could result in changes to, or impact the execution of, our business strategy. Any such changes could be significant and could have a negative impact on our performance and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to successfully transition members of management into their new positions, management resources could be constrained.
Compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.
          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the United States Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various state, local, and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in lost revenues and increased costs to us. For instance, the FDA regulates, among other things, the composition, safety, labeling, and marketing of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary ingredients for human use). The FDA may not accept the evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient that we may wish to market, may determine that a particular dietary supplement or ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk, and may determine that a particular claim or statement of nutritional value that we use to support the marketing of a dietary supplement is an impermissible drug claim, is not substantiated, or is an unauthorized version of a “health claim.” See Item 1, “Business—Government regulations—Product regulation.” Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing particular dietary supplement products or making certain claims or statements of nutritional support for them. The FDA could also require us to remove a particular product from the market. For example, in April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. Sale of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $35.2 million, or 3.3%, of our retail sales in 2003 and approximately $182.9 million, or 17.1%, of our retail sales in 2002. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any additional products that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any product recalls or removals could also lead to liability, substantial costs, and reduced growth prospects.
          Additional or more stringent regulations of dietary supplements and other products have been considered from time to time. These developments could require reformulation of some products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of some products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of some products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, adverse event reporting, or other new requirements. Any of these developments could increase our costs significantly. For example, the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Drug Consumer Protection Act (S3546) which was passed by Congress in December 2006, imposes significant new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements including reporting of “serious adverse events” to FDA and recordkeeping requirements. Although regulatory requirements created by the new legislation will not become mandatory until December 2007, this new legislation could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. In June 2007, the FDA adopted final regulations on Good Manufacturing Practice in manufacturing, packaging, or holding dietary ingredients and dietary supplements, which will apply to the products we manufacture. These regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged, and held in compliance with certain rules. Although we will have until June 2008 to comply with these new regulations, they could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. Additionally, our third-party suppliers or vendors may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring substantial expenses. If our third-party suppliers or vendors are not able to timely

20


Table of Contents

comply with the new rules, we may experience increased cost or delays in obtaining certain raw materials and third-party products. Also, the FDA has announced that it plans to publish a guidance governing the notification of new dietary ingredients in 2007. Although FDA guidance is not mandatory, it is a strong indication of the FDA’s current views on the topic discussed in the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending on its recommendations, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could also raise our costs and negatively impact our business. We may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring additional expenses, which could be significant. See Item 1, “Business—Government regulation—Product regulation” for additional information.
Our failure to comply with FTC regulations and existing consent decrees imposed on us by the FTC could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.
          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies, including us, for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. As a result of these enforcement actions, we are currently subject to three consent decrees that limit our ability to make certain claims with respect to our products and required us to pay civil penalties and other amounts in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million. See Item 1, “Business—Government regulation—Product regulation.” Failure by us or our franchisees to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations could occur from time to time. Violations of these orders could result in substantial monetary penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues, and operating income.
          As a retailer, distributor, and manufacturer of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury. Our products consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. In addition, third-party manufacturers produce many of the products we sell. As a distributor of products manufactured by third parties, we may also be liable for various product liability claims for products we do not manufacture. We have been and may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that our products include inadequate instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. For example, as of February 29, 2008, we have been named as a defendant in 2 pending cases involving the sale of products that contain ephedra. See Item 1, “Business—Legal Proceedings.” Any product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and operating income. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to our insurer, and we have incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, we are entitled to indemnification by Numico for losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold before December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold before that time.
Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that may increase our cost of operations or expose us to environmental liabilities.
          Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and limit pollution of the environment. We could incur significant costs as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations, or to maintain compliance with such environmental laws, regulations, or permit requirements.

21


Table of Contents

Because we rely on our manufacturing operations to produce nearly all of the proprietary products we sell, disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships.
          Our manufacturing operations produced approximately 34% of the products we sold for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Other than powders and liquids, nearly all of our proprietary products are produced in our manufacturing facility located in Greenville, South Carolina. As of December 31, 2007, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. In the event any of our third-party suppliers or vendors were to become unable or unwilling to continue to provide raw materials in the required volumes and quality levels or in a timely manner, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement supply sources. If we are unable to obtain alternative supply sources, our business could be adversely affected. Any significant disruption in our operations at our Greenville, South Carolina facility for any reason, including regulatory requirements or the loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, war, or other force of nature, could disrupt our supply of products, adversely affecting our sales and customer relationships.
If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name.
          We have invested significant resources to promote our GNC brand name in order to obtain the public recognition that we have today. However, we may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademark in each jurisdiction in which we do business. In addition, because of the differences in foreign trademark laws concerning proprietary rights, our trademark may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as it does in the United States. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademark against competitors or against challenges by others. For example, a third party is currently challenging our right to register in the United States certain marks that incorporate our “GNC Live Well” trademark. This third party initiated proceedings in the United Stated Patent and Trademark Office to cancel four registrations for our “GNC Live Well” mark. Subsequently, we permitted three of these registrations to lapse and the Patent and Trademark Office has cancelled the fourth registration. Other third parties are also challenging our “GNC Live Well” trademark in foreign jurisdictions. Our failure to successfully protect our trademark could diminish the value and effectiveness of our past and future marketing efforts and could cause customer confusion. This could in turn adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Intellectual property litigation and infringement claims against us could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling, or using some aspect of our products, which could adversely affect our revenues and market share.
          We are currently and may in the future be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling, or using some aspect of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also may require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Claims that our technology or products infringe on intellectual property rights could be costly and would divert the attention of management and key personnel, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
A substantial amount of our revenues are generated from our franchisees, and our revenues could decrease significantly if our franchisees do not conduct their operations profitably or if we fail to attract new franchisees.
          As of December 31, 2007 approximately 33%, and as of December 31, 2006 approximately 34%, of our retail locations were operated by franchisees. Our franchise operations generated approximately 15.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and approximately 15.6% of our revenues for the same period in 2006. Our revenues from franchised stores depend on the franchisees’ ability to operate their stores profitably and adhere to our franchise standards. The closing of unprofitable franchised stores or the failure of franchisees to comply with our policies could adversely affect our

22


Table of Contents

reputation and could reduce the amount of our franchise revenues. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating income.
          If we are unable to attract new franchisees or to convince existing franchisees to open additional stores, any growth in royalties from franchised stores will depend solely upon increases in revenues at existing franchised stores, which could be minimal. In addition, our ability to open additional franchised locations is limited by the territorial restrictions in our existing franchise agreements as well as our ability to identify additional markets in the United States and other countries that are not currently saturated with the products we offer. If we are unable to open additional franchised locations, we will have to sustain additional growth internally by attracting new and repeat customers to our existing locations.
Economic, political, and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.
          As of December 31, 2007, we had 147 company-owned Canadian stores and 1,078 international franchised stores in 49 international markets. We derived 9.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 8.7% of our revenues for 2006 from our international operations. As part of our business strategy, we intend to expand our international franchise presence. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will increase the effects of these risks. These risks include, among others:
   
political and economic instability of foreign markets;
 
   
foreign governments’ restrictive trade policies;
 
   
inconsistent product regulation or sudden policy changes by foreign agencies or governments;
 
   
the imposition of, or increase in, duties, taxes, government royalties, or non-tariff trade barriers;
 
   
difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable and potentially longer payment cycles;
 
   
increased costs in maintaining international franchise and marketing efforts;
 
   
difficulty in operating our manufacturing facility abroad and procuring supplies from overseas suppliers;
 
   
exchange controls;
 
   
problems entering international markets with different cultural bases and consumer preferences; and
 
   
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and our growth strategy.
Franchise regulations could limit our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchises, which could adversely impact franchise revenues.
          Our franchise activities are subject to federal, state, and international laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises and the governance of our franchise relationships. These laws impose registration, extensive disclosure requirements, and bonding requirements on the offer and sale of franchises. In some jurisdictions, the laws relating to the governance of our franchise relationship impose fair dealing standards during the term of the franchise relationship and limitations on our ability to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise. We may, therefore, be required to retain an under-performing franchise and may be

23


Table of Contents

unable to replace the franchisee, which could adversely impact franchise revenues. In addition, we cannot predict the nature and effect of any future legislation or regulation on our franchise operations.
We are not insured for a significant portion of our claims exposure, which could materially and adversely affect our operating income and profitability.
          We have procured insurance independently for the following areas: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; (5) workers’ compensation insurance; and (6) various other areas. We are self-insured for other areas, including: (1) medical benefits; (2) workers’ compensation coverage in New York, with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to our tractors, trailers, and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at company-owned stores. We are not insured for some property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance, and the overall risk analysis. In addition, we carry product liability insurance coverage that requires us to pay deductibles/retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the deductible/retention amount. Because of our deductibles and self-insured retention amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a retention of $2.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase in the future. Alternatively, we could raise our deductibles/retentions, which would increase our already significant exposure to expense from claims. If any claim exceeds our coverage, we would bear the excess expense, in addition to our other self-insured amounts. If the frequency or severity of claims or our expenses increase, our operating income and profitability could be materially adversely affected. See Item 3, “Legal proceedings.”
The controlling stockholders of our Parent may take actions that conflict with the interests of other stockholders and investors. This control may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management.
          Affiliates of Ares Management LLC and Teachers’ Private Capital, a division of Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board, and certain of our directors and members of our management will indirectly beneficially own substantially all of the outstanding equity of our Parent and, as a result, will have the indirect power to elect our directors, to appoint members of management, and to approve all actions requiring the approval of the holders of our common stock, including adopting amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approving mergers, acquisitions, or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of our ultimate controlling stockholders might conflict with the interests of other stockholders or the holders of our debt. Our ultimate controlling stockholders also may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to the holders of our debt.
Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and otherwise adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects.
          As of December 31, 2007, our total consolidated long-term debt (including current portion) was approximately $1,087.0 million, and we had an additional $53.5 million available for borrowing on a collateralized basis under our $60.0 million senior revolving credit facility after giving effect to the use of $6.5 million of the revolving credit facility to secure letters of credit.
          All of the debt under our senior credit facility bears interest at variable rates. We are subject to additional interest expense if these rates increase significantly, which could also reduce our ability to borrow additional funds.

24


Table of Contents

          Our substantial debt could have material consequences on our financial condition. For example, it could:
   
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes;
 
   
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
   
require us to use all or a large portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, research and development efforts, capital expenditures, and other business activities;
 
   
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
   
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
   
restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;
 
   
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
   
limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, or pay cash dividends.
For additional information regarding the interest rates and maturity dates of our existing debt, see Item 7, ”Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Despite our current significant level of debt, we may still be able to incur additional debt, which could increase the risks described above, adversely affect our financial health, or prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes.
          We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional debt in the future, including collateralized debt. Although the New Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. If additional debt is added to our current level of debt, the risks described above would increase.
We require a significant amount of cash to service our debt. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and, as a result, we may not be able to make payments on our debt obligations.
          We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, to realize anticipated cost savings and operating improvements on schedule or at all, or to obtain future borrowings under our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, because we conduct our operations through our operating subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including payments on our debt. Under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. If we do not have sufficient liquidity, we may need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity, sell assets, or borrow more money. We may not be able to do so on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
          If we are unable to meet our obligations with respect to our debt, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our debt, seek equity financing, or sell assets. If we are unable to restructure, refinance, or sell assets in a timely manner or on terms satisfactory to us, the trading price of the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes could decline and we may default under our

25


Table of Contents

obligations. As of December 31, 2007 substantially all of our debt was subject to acceleration clauses. A default on any of our debt obligations could trigger these acceleration clauses and cause those and our other obligations to become immediately due and payable. Upon an acceleration of any of our debt, we may not be able to make payments under our debt.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations, including the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes.
          Upon certain “change of control” events, as that term is defined in the indentures governing the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. Because we do not have access to the cash flow of our subsidiaries, we will likely not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes or to repurchase notes tendered following a change of control would result in a default under the indentures. Accordingly, prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must refinance all of our outstanding indebtedness. We may be unable to refinance all of our outstanding indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we were unable to refinance all such indebtedness, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to repurchase the notes.
Restrictions in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business.
          The agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain customary restrictions on us or our subsidiaries, including covenants that restrict us or our subsidiaries, as the case may be, from:
   
incurring additional indebtedness and issuing preferred stock;
 
   
granting liens on our assets;
 
   
making investments;
 
   
consolidating or merging with, or acquiring, another business;
 
   
selling or otherwise disposing our assets;
 
   
paying dividends and making other distributions to GNC Parent LLC or GNC Corporation; and
 
   
entering into transactions with our affiliates.
          Our ability to comply with these covenants and other provisions of the New Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the New Senior Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments, or other events beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt, which could cause those and other obligations to become immediately due and payable. If any of our debt is accelerated, we may not be able to repay it.
          The senior credit facility also requires that we meet specified financial ratios, including, but not limited to, maximum total leverage ratios. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted.

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
          None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
          As of December 31, 2007, there were 6,159 GNC store locations globally. In our Retail segment, all but one of our company-owned stores are located on leased premises that typically range in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet. In our Franchise segment, substantially all of our franchised stores in the United States and Canada are located on premises we lease and then sublease to our respective franchisees. All of our franchised stores in 49 international markets are owned or leased directly by our franchisees. No single store is material to our operations.

27


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2007, our company-owned and franchised stores in the United States and Canada (excluding store-within-a-store locations) and our other international franchised stores consisted of:
                             
    Company-            
United States and Canada   Owned Retail   Franchise   International   Franchise
Alabama
    32       13     Aruba     2  
Alaska
    6       5     Australia     52  
Arizona
    51       9     Bahamas     4  
Arkansas
    20       6     Bahrain     2  
California
    211       153     Bolivia     1  
Colorado
    62       14     Brazil     1  
Connecticut
    37       5     Brunei     3  
Delaware
    14       4     Bulgaria     3  
District of Columbia
    6       1     Cayman Islands     3  
Florida
    209       103     Chile     121  
Georgia
    91       47     China     1  
Hawaii
    21       0     Colombia     7  
Idaho
    8       5     Costa Rica     10  
Illinois
    99       49     Dominican Republic     14  
Indiana
    51       22     Ecuador     17  
Iowa
    28       4     Egypt     1  
Kansas
    24       5     El Salvador     9  
Kentucky
    39       8     Guam     3  
Louisiana
    37       9     Guatemala     25  
Maine
    8       0     Honduras     3  
Maryland
    53       22     Hong Kong     35  
Massachusetts
    56       6     India     14  
Michigan
    81       39     Indonesia     32  
Minnesota
    60       11     Israel     16  
Mississippi
    20       9     Kuwait     4  
Missouri
    44       20     Lebanon     5  
Montana
    4       3     Malaysia     30  
Nebraska
    10       13     Mexico     234  
Nevada
    15       11     Mongolia     1  
New Hampshire
    15       5     Nicaragua     1  
New Jersey
    75       36     Nigeria     1  
New Mexico
    19       2     Oman     1  
New York
    163       33     Pakistan     5  
North Carolina
    95       28     Panama     6  
North Dakota
    6       0     Paraguay     1  
Ohio
    101       53     Peru     34  
Oklahoma
    29       8     Philippines     41  
Oregon
    23       5     Qatar     2  
Pennsylvania
    132       40     Saudi Arabia     35  
Puerto Rico
    23       0     Singapore     56  
Rhode Island
    12       1     South Korea     96  
South Carolina
    30       23     Spain     1  
South Dakota
    5       0     Taiwan     23  
Tennessee
    44       27     Thailand     29  
Texas
    199       74     Turkey     44  
Utah
    20       7     UAE     6  
Vermont
    4       0     Ukraine     4  
Virginia
    80       21     Venezuela     35  
Washington
    47       14              
West Virginia
    21       2              
Wisconsin
    53       3              
 
                           
Wyoming
    5       0     Total     1,074  
 
                           
Canada
    147       4              
 
                           
Total
    2,745       982              
 
                           

28


Table of Contents

          In our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, we lease facilities for manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, and distribution operations. We manufacture a majority of our proprietary products at an approximately 300,000 square-foot facility in Greenville, South Carolina. We also lease an approximately 630,000 square-foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing, and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but we retain the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. We lease a 210,000 square-foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square-foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. We also lease space at a distribution center in Canada.
          We lease four small regional sales offices in Clearwater, Florida; Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Tustin, California; and Mississauga, Ontario. None of the regional sales offices is larger than 5,000 square feet. Our 253,000 square-foot corporate headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is owned by Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, of which General Nutrition Incorporated, one of our subsidiaries, is a limited partner entitled to share in 75% of the partnership’s profits or losses. The partnership’s ownership of the land and buildings, and the partnership’s interest in the ground lease to General Nutrition Incorporated, are all encumbered by a mortgage in the original principal amount of $17.9 million, with an outstanding balance of $9.8 million as of December 31, 2007. This partnership is included in our consolidated financial statements.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
          We are engaged in various legal actions, claims, and proceedings arising out of the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, product liabilities, intellectual property matters, and employment-related matters resulting from our business activities. As is inherent with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. We continue to assess our requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” We believe that the amount of any potential liability resulting from these actions, when taking into consideration our general and product liability coverage, including indemnification obligations of third-party manufacturers, and the indemnification provided by Numico under the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the Numico Acquisition, will not have a material adverse impact on our business or financial, condition. However, if we are required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.
          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to us, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on our business or financial condition. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $2.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. We typically seek and have obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for our products or that manufacture or market products we sell. We also typically seek to be added, and have been added, as additional insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. We are also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms, and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer and by the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. We may incur material products liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues, and operating income.
           Ephedra (Ephedrine Alkaloids). As of February 29, 2008, we had been named as a defendant in 2 pending cases involving the sale of third-party products that contain ephedra. Of those cases, one involves a proprietary GNC product. Ephedra products have been the subject of adverse publicity and regulatory scrutiny in the United States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including

29


Table of Contents

the deaths of several individuals. In early 2003, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of its affiliates. Subsequently, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. In April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to our insurer, and we have incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, we are entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold prior to December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold prior to such time and, accordingly, we are entitled to indemnification from Numico for all of the pending cases.
           Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases. We are currently defending against five lawsuits (the “Andro Actions”) relating to the sale by GNC of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, “Andro Products”). These five lawsuits were filed in California, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida.
          In each of the five cases, plaintiffs have sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased certain nutritional supplements from the Company alleged to contain one or more Andro Products.
          On April 17 and 18, 2006, we filed pleadings seeking to remove each of the Andro Actions to the respective federal district courts for the districts in which the respective Andro Actions are pending. At the same time, we filed motions seeking to transfer each of the Andro Actions to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York based on “related to” bankruptcy jurisdiction, as one of the manufacturers supplying us with Andro Products, and to whom we sought indemnity, MuscleTech Research and Development, Inc. (“MuscleTech”), filed bankruptcy. We were successful in removing the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida Andro Actions to federal court and transferring these actions to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York based on bankruptcy jurisdiction. The California case was not removed and remains pending in state court.
          Following the conclusion of the MuscleTech Bankruptcy case, plaintiffs, in September 2007, filed a stipulation dismissing all claims related to the sale of MuscleTech products in the four cases currently pending in the Southern District of New York (New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida). Additionally, plaintiffs have filed motions with the Court to remand these actions to their respective state courts, asserting that the federal court is divested of jurisdiction because the MuscleTech bankruptcy action is no longer pending. The motions to remand remain pending before the District Court. A more detailed description, listed by original state court proceeding and current style, follows:
           Harry Rodriguez v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, New York, Index No. 02/126277 and currently styled Harry Rodriguez, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:06-cv-02987-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about December 6, 2002, alleged claims for unjust enrichment, violation of General Business Law Section 349 (misleading and deceptive trade practices), and violation of General Business Law Section 350 (false advertising). On July 2, 2003, the court granted part of the GNC motion to dismiss and dismissed the unjust enrichment cause of action. Still pending are plaintiffs’ claims of false advertising and misleading and deceptive trade practices. . On January 4, 2006, the court conducted a hearing on the GNC motion for summary judgment and plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, both of which remain pending.
           Everett Abrams v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Mercer County, New Jersey, Docket No. L-3789-02 and currently styled Everett Abrams, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:06-cv-07881-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed

30


Table of Contents

thereafter on or about December 20, 2002, alleged claims for false and deceptive marketing and omissions and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act. On November 18, 2003, the court signed an order dismissing plaintiff’s claims for affirmative misrepresentation and sponsorship with prejudice. The claim for knowing omissions remains pending.
           Shawn Brown, Ozan Cirak, Thomas Hannon, and Luke Smith v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc . (previously pending in the 15th Judicial Circuit Court, Palm Beach County, Florida, Index. No. CA-02-14221AB and currently styled Shawn Brown, Ozan Cirak, Thomas Hannon and Luke Smith, each individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:07-cv-06356-UA, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about November 27, 2002, alleged claims for violations of the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act, unjust enrichment, and violation of Florida Civil Remedies for Criminal Practices Act. These claims remain pending.
           Andrew Toth v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., et al . (previously pending in the Common Pleas Court of Philadelphia County, Philadelphia, Class Action No. 02-703886 and currently styled Andrew Toth and Richard Zatta, each individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Bodyonics, LTD, d/b/a Pinnacle and General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:06-cv-02721-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about April 8, 2003, alleged claims for violations of the Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law, and unjust enrichment. The court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and that order has been affirmed on appeal. Plaintiffs thereafter filed a petition in the Pennsylvania Supreme Court asking that the court consider an appeal of the order denying class certification. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court denied the petition after the case against GNC was removed as described above. The claims for violations of the Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law and unjust enrichment remain pending.
           Santiago Guzman , individually, on behalf of all others similarly situated, and on behalf of the general public v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (pending on the California Judicial Counsel Coordination Proceeding No. 4363, Los Angeles County Superior Court). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about February 17, 2004. The Second Amended Complaint, filed on or about November 27, 2006, alleged claims for violations of the Consumers Legal Remedies Act, violation of the Unfair Competition Act, and unjust enrichment. These claims remain pending.
          On January 25, 2008, a mediation was held for the Andro Actions and no resolution was reached. Based upon the information available to us at the present time, we believe that these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon our business or financial condition. As any liabilities that may arise from these cases are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time, no liability has been accrued in the accompanying financial statements.
           Class Action Settlement. Five class action lawsuits were filed against us in the state courts of Alabama, California, Illinois, and Texas with respect to claims that the labeling, packaging, and advertising with respect to a third-party product sold by us were misleading and deceptive. We denied any wrongdoing and are pursuing indemnification claims against the manufacturer. As a result of mediation, the parties agreed to a national settlement of the lawsuits, which has been approved by the court. Notice to the class has been published in mass advertising media publications. In addition, notice has been mailed to approximately 2.4 million GNC Gold Card members. Each person who purchased the third-party product and who is part of the class and who presented a cash register receipt or original product packaging will receive a cash reimbursement equal to the retail price paid, net of sales tax. Class members who purchased the product, but who do not have a cash register receipt or original product packaging, were given an opportunity to submit a signed affidavit that would then entitle them to receive one or more coupons. The deadline for submission of register receipts, original product packaging, or signed affidavits, was January 5, 2007. The number of coupons will be based on the total amount of purchases of the product subject to a maximum of five coupons per purchaser. Each coupon will have a

31


Table of Contents

cash value of $10.00 valid toward any purchase of $25.00 or more at a GNC store. The coupons will not be redeemable by any GNC Gold Card member during Gold Card Week and will not be redeemable for products subject to any other price discount. The coupons are to be redeemed at point of sale and are not mail-in rebates. They will be redeemable for a 90-day period from the date of issuance. We also agreed to donate 100,000 coupons to the United Way. In addition to the cash reimbursements and coupons, as part of the settlement we paid legal fees of approximately $1.0 million and incurred advertising and postage costs of approximately $0.4 million in 2006. Additionally, as of June 30, 2007, an accrual of $0.3 million existed for additional advertising and postage costs related to the notification letters. The deadline for class members to opt out of the settlement class or object to the terms of the settlement was July 6, 2006. A final fairness hearing took place on January 27, 2007. As of February 29, 2008, there had been 651 claims forms submitted. Due to the uncertainty that exists as to the extent of future sales to the purchasers, the coupons are an incentive for the purchasers to buy products or services from us (at a reduced gross margin). Accordingly, the Company will recognize the settlement by reducing revenue in future periods when the purchasers utilize the coupons.
           Franklin Publications. On October 26, 2005, General Nutrition Corporation was sued in the Common Pleas Court of Franklin County, Ohio by Franklin Publications, Inc. The case was subsequently removed to the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, Eastern Division. At the end of February, 2008, the case was settled. The lawsuit was based upon the GNC subsidiary’s termination, effective as of December 31, 2005, of two contracts for the publication of two monthly magazines mailed to certain GNC customers. Franklin was seeking a declaratory judgment as to its rights and obligations under the contracts and monetary damages for the GNC subsidiary’s alleged breach of the contracts. Franklin also alleged that the GNC subsidiary had interfered with Franklin’s business relationships with the advertisers in the publications, who were primarily GNC vendors, and had been unjustly enriched. We believe that the settlement will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
           Wage and Hour Claim. On August 11, 2006, the Company and General Nutrition Corporation, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, were sued in federal district court for the District of Kansas by Michelle L. Most and Mark A. Kelso, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated. The lawsuit purports to certify a nationwide class of GNC store managers and assistant managers and alleges that GNC failed to pay time and a half for working more than 40 hours per week. Plaintiffs contend that the Company and General Nutrition Corporation improperly applied fluctuating work week calculations and procedures for docking pay for working less than 40 hours per week under a fluctuating work week. In May 2007, the parties entered into a settlement of the claims, which is subject to court approval. On or about July 3, 2007, the Company sent a notice to all potential claimants, who may then elect to opt in to the settlement. While the actual settlement amount will be based on the number of claimants who actually opt in to participate in the settlement, if approved by the court, the settlement contemplates a maximum total payment by the Company of $1.9 million if all potential claimants opt in. Based on the number of actual opt-ins, the total amount paid in the third quarter of 2007 to the class is approximately $0.1 million. In addition, the Company paid the plaintiffs’ counsel an agreed amount of $0.7 million for attorneys’ fees following approval by the court of the settlement. On July 23, 2007, the court approved the settlement of claims as fair, reasonable, and adequate and entered its Order of Approval. The total amount paid to the class approximated $0.1 million. Final Judgment was entered by the Court on December 18, 2007 disposing of the claims of the opt-in plaintiffs.
           California Wage and Break Claim . On April 24, 2007, Kristin Casarez and Tyler Goodell filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange. We removed the lawsuit to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs purport to bring the action on their own behalf, on behalf of a class of all current and former non-exempt employees of GNC throughout the State of California employed on or after August 24, 2004, and as private attorney general on behalf of the general public. Plaintiffs allege that they and members of the putative class were not provided all of the rest periods and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that GNC failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled under California law. We intend to vigorously oppose class certification. Based on the information

32


Table of Contents

available to us at the present time, we believe that this matter will not have a material adverse effect upon our business or financial condition.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
          None

33


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.  
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF SECURITIES.
          There is no established public trading market for our common stock. As of March 1, 2008, 100 shares of our Common Stock were outstanding, all of which are held by our Parent. As of December 31, 2007, there was one holder of our common stock and there were 45 holders of our ultimate Parent’s common stock. See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in this report.
Dividends
          We did not pay dividends on our common stock during the 2007 or 2006 fiscal years. We do not presently intend to declare any cash dividends. We intend to retain our earnings to fund the operation of our business, to service and repay our debt, and to make strategic investments as they arise. Moreover, we are subject to certain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of the New Senior Credit Facility, New Senior Notes, and New Senior Subordinated Notes.
          In March 2006, we made payments totaling $49.9 million, to the common stockholders of GNC Corporation, our direct parent company. In November 2006, we distributed $19.0 million to GNC Corporation. At the same time, GNC Parent Corporation, our ultimate parent company at that time, paid a dividend totaling $275.0 million to its common stockholders.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
          Upon completion of the Merger, our Parent adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The purpose of the 2007 Plan is to enable us to attract, retain, and reward highly qualified personnel who will contribute to our success. The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and certain other stock-based awards. Awards under the 2007 Plan may be granted to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants, or advisors as determined by the administering committee of our ultimate Parent’s board of directors. At December 31, 2007 the total number of shares of our ultimate Parent’s Class A common stock reserved and available under the 2007 Plan is 8,419,178 shares. On February 12, 2008, the Board of Directors increased the total number of shares available by 2,000,000 shares to 10,419,178 shares. Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan are granted at not less than fair market value (or, in the case of persons holding more than 10% of the voting power of us, our ultimate Parent, or our subsidiaries, less than 110% of fair market value), generally vest over a five-year vesting schedule, and expire after ten years from date of grant. If any award granted under the 2007 Plan expires, terminates, is canceled, or is forfeited for any reason, the number of shares underlying such award will become available for future awards under the 2007 Plan. No awards other than stock options have been granted under the 2007 Plan.

34


Table of Contents

                         
                    Number of
                    securities remaining
                    available for future
                    issuance under
                    equity
    Number of securities   Weighted-average   compensation plans
    to be issued upon   exercise price of   (excluding
    exercise of   outstanding   securities
    outstanding options,   options, warrants   reflected in first
Plan category   warrants and rights   and rights   column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    6,714,492 1   $ 6.25       1,704,686  
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
Total
    6,714,492 1   $ 6.25       1,704,686  
 
(1)  
Consists of options to purchase shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock granted pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

35


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
          The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, for the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes included in this report. The selected consolidated financial data presented below and for the year ended December 31, 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes, which are not included in this report. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years then ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 and as of December 31, 2003 and for the 27 days then ended represent the period during which General Nutrition Centers, Inc. was owned by Apollo. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 represent the period during which General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was owned by Numico.
          On December 5, 2003, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from Numico in a business combination accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The selected consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 represent the period in 2003 that General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was owned by Numico. The selected consolidated financial data for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 represent the period of operations in 2003 after the Numico acquisition.
          As a result of the Numico acquisition, the consolidated statements of operations for the Apollo predecessor period include the following: interest and amortization expense resulting from the December 2003 senior credit facility and issuance of senior subordinated notes in December 2003 and senior notes in January 2005; amortization of intangible assets related to the Numico acquisition; and management fees that did not exist prior to the Numico acquisition. Further, as a result of purchase accounting, the fair values of our assets on the date of the Numico acquisition became their new cost basis.
          On February 8, 2007, our parent corporation entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc., pursuant to which GNC Acquisition Inc. agreed to merge with and into GNC Parent Corporation, and as a result GNC Parent Corporation would continue as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. This Merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the financial data presented as of December 31, 2007, and for the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 represents, the period of operations after the Merger.
          As a result of the Merger, the consolidated statement of operations for the successor period includes the following: interest and amortization expense resulting from the issuance of the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes; and amortization of intangible assets related to the Merger. Further, as a result of purchase accounting, the fair values of our assets on the date of the Merger became their new cost basis.
          You should read the following financial information together with the information under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes.

36


Table of Contents

                                                             
              Apollo                                     Numico
    Successor     Predecessor   Apollo Predecessor     Predecessor
    March 16-     January 1-                           27 Days Ended     Period ended
    December 31,     March 15,   Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,
(dollars in millions)   2007     2007   2006   2005   2004   2003     2003
                     
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                           
Revenue:
                                                           
Retail
  $ 909.3       $ 259.3     $ 1,122.7     $ 989.4     $ 1,001.8     $ 66.2       $ 993.3  
Franchising
    193.9         47.2       232.3       212.8       226.5       14.2         241.3  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    119.8         23.3       132.1       115.5       116.4       8.9         105.6  
                     
Total revenue
    1,223.0         329.8       1,487.1       1,317.7       1,344.7       89.3         1,340.2  
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    814.2         212.2       983.5       898.7       895.2       63.6         934.9  
                     
Gross profit
    408.8         117.6       503.6       419.0       449.5       25.7         405.3  
Compensation and related benefits
    195.8         64.3       260.8       228.6       230.0       16.7         235.0  
Advertising and promotion
    35.0         20.5       50.7       44.7       44.0       0.5         38.4  
Other selling, general and administrative
    71.3         17.3       92.4       76.2       73.7       5.1         70.9  
Other (expense)/ income (1)
    (0.4 )       (0.1 )     0.5       (3.1 )     (0.3 )             (10.1 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (2)
                                            709.4  
Merger related costs
            34.6                                  
                     
Operating income (loss)
    107.1         (19.0 )     99.2       72.6       102.1       3.4         (638.3 )
                                                             
Interest expense, net
    75.5         43.0       39.6       43.1       34.4       2.8         121.1  
                     
Income (loss) before income taxes
    31.6         (62.0 )     59.6       29.5       67.7       0.6         (759.4 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    12.6         (10.7 )     22.2       10.9       25.1       0.2         (174.5 )
                     
Net income/ (loss)
  $ 19.0       $ (51.3 )   $ 37.4     $ 18.6     $ 42.6     $ 0.4       $ (584.9 )
                     
 
(1)  
Other (expense) income includes foreign currency (gain) loss for all of the periods presented. Other expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2006 included $1.2 million loss on the sale of our Australian manufacturing facility. Other expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2005 included $2.5 million transaction fee income related to the transfer of our GNC Australian franchise rights to an existing franchisee. Other expense (income) for the period ended December 4, 2003 includes $7.2 million received from legal settlement proceeds that we collected from a raw material pricing settlement.
 
(2)  
For the period ended December 4, 2003 we recognized an impairment charge of $709.4 million (pre-tax) for goodwill and other intangibles as a result of increased competition from the mass market, negative publicity by the media on certain supplements, and increasing pressure from the FDA on the industry as a whole, each of which were identified in connection with a valuation related to the Numico acquisition.

37


Table of Contents

                                                             
              Apollo                                     Numico
    Successor     Predecessor   Apollo Predecessor     Predecessor
    March 16-     January 1-                           27 Days Ended     Period ended
    December 31,     March 15,   Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,
(dollars in millions)   2007     2007   2006   2005   2004   2003     2003
                     
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 28.9       $ 9.5     $ 24.1     $ 86.0     $ 85.2     $ 33.2       $ 9.4  
Working capital (3)
    258.1         233.6       249.5       298.7       283.5       200.0         96.2  
Total assets
    2,239.6         974.1       968.8       1,025.6       1,032.6       1,018.9         1,038.1  
Total current and non-current long-term debt
    1,087.0         10.7       431.4       473.4       510.4       514.2         1,747.4  
Stockholder’s equity (deficit)
    608.7         680.8       312.3       340.9       322.4       278.2         (1,077.1 )
 
                                                           
Other Data:
                                                           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    87.9         (46.8 )     74.6       64.2       83.5       4.7         92.9  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,671.4 )       (6.2 )     (23.4 )     (21.5 )     (27.0 )     (740.0 )       (31.5 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    1,602.8         38.6       (113.1 )     (41.7 )     (4.5 )     759.2         (90.8 )
Capital expenditures
  $ 28.9       $ 5.7     $ 23.8     $ 20.8     $ 28.3     $ 1.8       $ 31.0  
Number of stores (at end of period):
                                                           
Company-owned stores (4)
    2,745         2,699       2,688       2,650       2,642       2,748         2,757  
Franchised stores (4)
    2,056         2,018       2,007       2,014       2,036       2,009         1,978  
Store-within-a-store locations (4)
    1,358         1,266       1,227       1,149       1,027       988         988  
 
(3)  
Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

38


Table of Contents

 
(4)  
The following table summarizes our stores for the periods indicated:
                                                             
              Apollo                                     Numico
    Successor     Predecessor   Apollo Predecessor     Predecessor
    March 16-     January 1-                           27 Days Ended     Period ended
    December 31,     March 15,   Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,
    2007     2007   2006   2005   2004   2003     2003
                     
Company-owned stores
                                                           
Beginning of period balance
    2,699         2,688       2,650       2,642       2,748       2,757         2,898  
New store openings
    64         18       54       35       27               24  
Franchise conversions (a)
    44         17       80       102       55       4         56  
Store closings
    (62 )       (24 )     (96 )     (129 )     (188 )     (13 )       (221 )
                     
End of period balance
    2,745         2,699       2,688       2,650       2,642       2,748         2,757  
                     
 
                                                           
Franchised stores
                                                           
Domestic
                                                           
Beginning of period balance
    1,022         1,046       1,156       1,290       1,355       1,352         1,352  
Store openings
    16         4       5       17       31       5         98  
Store closings (b)
    (60 )       (28 )     (115 )     (151 )     (96 )     (2 )       (98 )
                     
End of period balance
    978         1,022       1,046       1,156       1,290       1,355         1,352  
                     
 
                                                           
International
                                                           
Beginning of period balance
    996         961       858       746       654       626         557  
Store openings
    115         44       169       132       115       28         88  
Store closings
    (33 )       (9 )     (66 )     (20 )     (23 )             (19 )
                     
End of period balance
    1,078         996       961       858       746       654         626  
                     
 
                                                           
Store-within-a-store (Rite Aid)
                                                           
Beginning of period balance
    1,266         1,227       1,149       1,027       988       988         900  
Store openings
    101         39       80       130       44               93  
Store closings
    (9 )             (2 )     (8 )     (5 )             (5 )
                     
End of period balance
    1,358         1,266       1,227       1,149       1,027       988         988  
                     
Total Stores
    6,159         5,983       5,922       5,813       5,705       5,745         5,723  
                     
 
(a)  
Stores that were acquired from franchisees stores and subsequently converted into company-owned stores.
 
(b)  
Includes franchised stores closed and acquired by us.

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.
          You should read the following discussion in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. Please refer to “Forward Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report.
Business Overview
          We are the largest global specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include VMHS, sports nutrition products, diet products, and other wellness products. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores and www.gnc.com, franchise activities, and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. We sell products through a worldwide network of more than 6,100 locations operating under the GNC brand name.
Revenues and Operating Performance from our Business Segments
          We measure our operating performance primarily through revenues and operating income from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale, and through monitoring of our unallocated costs from our warehousing, distribution and corporate segments, as follows:
   
Retail revenues are generated by sales to consumers at our company-owned stores and through www.gnc.com. Although we believe that our retail and franchise businesses are not seasonal in nature, historically we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, a substantial variation in our net sales and operating results from quarter to quarter, with the first half of the year being stronger than the second half of the year. According to Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2006, our industry is projected to grow at an average annual rate of 4% for the next five years due in part to favorable demographics, including an aging U.S. population, rising healthcare costs, and the desire by many to live longer, healthier lives.
 
   
Franchise revenues are generated primarily from:
  (1)  
product sales to our franchisees;
 
  (2)  
royalties on franchise retail sales; and
 
  (3)  
franchise fees, which are charged for initial franchise awards, renewals, and transfers of franchises.
          Since we do not anticipate the number of our domestic franchised stores to increase significantly, our domestic franchise revenue growth will be generated by royalties on increased franchise retail sales and product sales to our existing franchisees. We expect that the increase in the number of our international franchised stores over the next five years will result in increased initial franchise fees associated with new store openings and increased manufacturing/wholesale revenues from product sales to new franchisees. As franchise trends continue to improve, we also anticipate that franchise revenue from international operations will be driven by increased royalties on franchise retail sales and increased product sales to our franchisees.
   
Manufacturing/wholesale revenues are generated through sales of manufactured products to third parties, generally for third-party private label brands, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party products to and through Rite Aid and drugstore.com. While revenues generated through our strategic alliance with Rite Aid do not represent a substantial component of our business, we believe that sales of our products to and through Rite Aid will continue to grow in accordance with our projected retail revenue growth. Our revenues generated by our manufacturing and wholesale

40


Table of Contents

     
operations are subject to our available manufacturing capacity, and we anticipate that these revenues will remain stable over the next five years.
 
   
A significant portion of our business infrastructure is comprised of fixed operating costs. Our vertically integrated distribution network and manufacturing capacity can support higher sales volume without adding significant incremental costs. We therefore expect our operating expenses to grow at a lesser rate than our revenues, resulting in significant operating leverage in our business.
          The following trends and uncertainties in our industry could positively or negatively affect our operating performance:
   
volatility in the diet category;
 
   
broader consumer awareness of health and wellness issues and rising healthcare costs;
 
   
interest in, and demand for, condition-specific products based on scientific research;
 
   
significant effects of favorable and unfavorable publicity on consumer demand;
 
   
lack of a single product or group of products dominating any one product category;
 
   
rapidly evolving consumer preferences and demand for new products; and
 
   
costs associated with complying with new and existing governmental regulation.
Executive Overview
          In 2005, we undertook a series of strategic initiatives to rebuild the business and to establish a foundation for stronger future performance. These initiatives were implemented in order to reverse declining sales trends, a lack of connectivity with our customers, and deteriorating franchisee relations. In 2006 and 2007, we continued to focus on these strategies and continued to see favorable results. These initiatives have allowed us to capitalize on our national footprint, brand awareness, and competitive positioning to improve our overall performance. Specifically, we:
   
introduced a single national pricing structure in order to simplify our pricing approach and improve our customer value perception;
 
   
developed and executed a national, more diversified marketing program focused on competitive pricing of key items and reinforcing GNC’s well-recognized and dominant brand name among consumers;
 
   
overhauled our field organization and store programs to improve our value-added customer shopping experience;
 
   
focused our merchandising and marketing initiatives on driving increased traffic to our store locations, particularly with promotional events outside of Gold Card week;
 
   
improved supply chain and inventory management, resulting in better in-stock levels of products generally and “never out” levels of top products;
 
   
reinvigorated our proprietary new product development activities;

41


Table of Contents

   
revitalized vendor relationships, including their new product development activities and our exclusive or first-to-market access to new products;
 
   
realigned our franchise system with our corporate strategies and re-acquired or closed unprofitable or non-compliant franchised stores in order to improve the financial performance of the franchise system;
 
   
reduced our overhead cost structure; and
 
   
launched internet sales of our products on www.gnc.com.
          These and other strategies led to a reversal of the negative trends of the business. Domestic same store sales improved in each quarter of the year, culminating with a 3.3% increase in company-owned same store sales in the third quarter of 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, domestic same store sales increased 1.4% and 11.1% respectively.
          Additionally, in July 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through December 31, 2014, with Rite Aid’s commitment to open 1,125 new store-within-a-store locations by that date.
          The following discussion and analysis of our historical financial condition and results of operations covers periods prior to and including the consummation of the Merger. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of these periods does not reflect the complete and significant impact the Merger and related transactions has had on us. As a result of the Merger and related transactions, we are highly leveraged. Significant additional liquidity requirements, resulting primarily from increased interest expense and other factors, such as increased depreciation and amortization as a result of the application of purchase accounting, will significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity going forward.
Related Parties
          For the period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, we have related party transactions with Ares Management and Ontario Teachers Pension Plan and affiliates. For the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006, and 2005, we had related party transactions with Apollo Management V and its affiliates. For further discussion of these transactions, see Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and the “Related Party Transactions” note to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
Results of Operations
          The following information presented as of December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 and for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, the period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006, and 2005 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. In the table below and in the accompanying discussion, the period January 1 to March 15, 2007 and March 16 to December 31, 2007 have been combined for discussion purposes as we believe this further enhances comparability to the other years presented rather than a discussion of the separate periods. This approach is not consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and yields results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the new basis of accounting established at the Acquisition date. Material differences that were generated as a result of the Merger are explained in the appropriate sections.
          The foregoing information may contain financial measures other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for our historical consolidated financial statements. In addition, the adjusted combined operating results may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the adjustments and may not be predictive of future results of operations. We present this information because we use it to monitor and evaluate our ongoing operating results and trends, and believe it provides investors with an understanding of our operating performance over comparative periods.
          As discussed in the “Segment” note to our consolidated financial statements, we evaluate segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are revenues and operating income or loss for each segment. Revenues and operating income or loss, as evaluated by

42


Table of Contents

management, exclude certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as warehousing and transportation costs, impairments, and other corporate costs. The following discussion compares the revenues and the operating income or loss by segment, as well as those items excluded from the segment totals.
          Same store sales growth reflects the percentage change in same store sales in the period presented compared to the prior year period. Same store sales are calculated on a daily basis for each store and exclude the net sales of a store for any period if the store was not open during the same period of the prior year. Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, we also included our internet sales, as generated through www.gnc.com and drugstore.com, in our domestic company-owned same store sales calculation. When a store’s square footage has been changed as a result of reconfiguration or relocation in the same mall or shopping center, the store continues to be treated as a same store. If, during the period presented, a store was closed, relocated to a different mall or shopping center, or converted to a franchised store or a company-owned store, sales from that store up to and including the closing day or the day immediately preceding the relocation or conversion are included as same store sales as long as the store was open during the same period of the prior year. We exclude from the calculation sales during the period presented from the date of relocation to a different mall or shopping center and from the date of a conversion. In the second quarter of 2006, we modified the calculation method for domestic franchised same store sales consistent with this description, which has been the method historically used for domestic company-owned same store sales.
Results of Operations
(Dollars in millions and percentages expressed as a percentage of total net revenues)
                                                                                 
    Predecessor     Successor     Combined     Predecessor  
    Period     Period        
    January 1 to March 15,     March 16 to December 31,     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
    2007     2007     2007     2006     2005  
Revenues:
                                                                               
Retail
  $ 259.3       78.6 %   $ 909.3       74.3 %   $ 1,168.6       75.3 %   $ 1,122.7       75.5 %   $ 989.4       75.1 %
Franchise
    47.2       14.3 %     193.9       15.9 %     241.1       15.5 %     232.3       15.6 %     212.8       16.1 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    23.3       7.1 %     119.8       9.8 %     143.1       9.2 %     132.1       8.9 %     115.5       8.8 %
                                                                 
Total net revenues
    329.8       100.0 %     1,223.0       100.0 %     1,552.8       100.0 %     1,487.1       100.0 %     1,317.7       100.0 %
 
                                                                               
Operating expenses:
                                                                               
Cost of sales, including warehousing, distribution and occupancy costs
    212.2       64.4 %     814.2       66.5 %     1,026.4       66.1 %     983.5       66.1 %     898.7       68.2 %
Compensation and related benefits
    64.3       19.5 %     195.8       16.0 %     260.1       16.7 %     260.8       17.5 %     228.6       17.3 %
Advertising and promotion
    20.5       6.2 %     35.0       2.9 %     55.5       3.6 %     50.7       3.4 %     44.7       3.4 %
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
    16.5       5.0 %     62.1       5.1 %     78.6       5.1 %     87.8       6.0 %     72.2       5.5 %
Amortization expense
    0.8       0.2 %     9.2       0.7 %     10.0       0.6 %     4.6       0.3 %     4.0       0.3 %
Foreign currency gain
    (0.1 )     0.0 %     (0.4 )     0.0 %     (0.5 )     0.0 %     (0.7 )     0.0 %     (0.6 )     0.0 %
Other expense
    34.6       10.5 %           0.0 %     34.6       2.2 %     1.2       0.0 %     (2.5 )     -0.2 %
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    348.8       105.8 %     1,115.9       91.2 %     1,464.7       94.3 %     1,387.9       93.3 %     1,245.1       94.5 %
 
                                                                               
Operating income:
                                                                               
Retail
    28.2       8.6 %     106.5       8.8 %     134.7       8.7 %     127.4       8.6 %     77.2       5.9 %
Franchise
    14.5       4.4 %     55.0       4.5 %     69.5       4.5 %     64.1       4.3 %     52.0       3.9 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    10.3       3.1 %     38.9       3.2 %     49.2       3.1 %     51.0       3.4 %     46.0       3.5 %
Unallocated corporate and other (costs) income:
                                                                               
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (10.7 )     -3.2 %     (40.7 )     -3.3 %     (51.4 )     -3.3 %     (50.7 )     -3.4 %     (50.0 )     -3.8 %
Corporate costs
    (26.7 )     -8.2 %     (52.6 )     -4.4 %     (79.3 )     -5.1 %     (91.4 )     -6.2 %     (55.1 )     -4.2 %
Merger-related costs
    (34.6 )     -10.5 %           0.0 %     (34.6 )     -2.2 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
Other (expense) income
          0.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %     (1.2 )     0.0 %     2.5       0.2 %
 
                                                           
Subtotal unallocated corporate and other costs net
    (72.0 )     -21.9 %     (93.3 )     -7.7 %     (165.3 )     -10.6 %     (143.3 )     -9.6 %     (102.6 )     -7.8 %
                                                                 
Total operating income
    (19.0 )     -5.8 %     107.1       8.8 %     88.1       5.7 %     99.2       6.7 %     72.6       5.5 %
 
                                                                               
Interest expense, net
    43.0               75.5               118.5               39.6               43.1          
 
                                                                     
 
                                                                               
(Loss) Income before income taxes
    (62.0 )             31.6               (30.4 )             59.6               29.5          
 
                                                                               
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (10.7 )             12.6               1.9               22.2               10.9          
 
                                                                     
 
                                                                               
Net (loss) income
  $ (51.3 )           $ 19.0             $ (32.3 )           $ 37.4             $ 18.6          
 
                                                                     
Note:  The numbers in the above table have been rounded to millions. All calculations related to the Results of Operations for the year-over-year comparisons below were derived from the table above and could occasionally differ immaterially if you were to use the unrounded data for these calculations.

43


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues increased $65.7 million, or 4.4%, to $1,552.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,487.1 million for the same period in 2006. The increase was the result of increased same store sales in our Retail segment, increased product sales in our Franchise segment, and increased revenue in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment.
           Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment increased $45.9 million, or 4.1%, to $1,168.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,122.7 million for the same period in 2006. Included as part of the revenue increase was $28.3 million in revenue for sales through www.gnc.com compared to $17.1 million in 2006. In 2007, our domestic company-owned same store sales improved by 1.4% and our Canadian company-owned stores improved by 8.5% for the same period. Our company-owned store base increased by 44 stores to 2,598 domestically, and our Canadian store base increased by 13 stores to 147 at December 31, 2007.
           Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $8.8 million, or 3.8%, to $241.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $232.3 million for the same period in 2006. This increase is due to increases in our international franchise revenue of $11.3 million as a result of higher product sales and royalties, offset by a $2.4 million decrease in domestic franchise revenue, the result of operating 68 fewer domestic franchise stores in the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. There were 978 domestic franchise stores at December 31, 2007 compared to 1,046 at December 31, 2006. Our international franchise store base increased by 117 stores to 1,078 at December 31, 2007 compared to 961 at December 31, 2006.
           Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facility in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and drugstore.com, increased $11.0 million, or 8.3%, to $143.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $132.1 million for the same period in 2006. Wholesale sales to Rite Aid and drugstore.com increased by $12.3 million, primarily a result of 131 net store-within-a-store openings in 2007. Sales in the South Carolina plant increased by $4.3 million, as available capacity in the plant was utilized for third party contracts. Additionally, we had $5.7 million in sales in the year ended December 31, 2006 from our Australia facility, which was sold in November 2006.
Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy costs, increased $42.9 million, or 4.4%, to $1,026.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $983.5 million for the same period in 2006. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 66.1% for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
           Product costs. Product costs increased $35.4 million, or 4.8%, to $768.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $732.8 million for the same period in 2006. This increase is primarily due to increased sales volumes at the retail stores partially offset by increased vendor support. Consolidated product costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 49.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 49.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006. Included in product costs was $15.5 million of non-cash expense from amortization of inventory step up to fair value due to the Merger.

44


Table of Contents

           Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $1.7 million, or 3.1%, to $54.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $52.5 million for the same period in 2006. This increase was attributable to higher third party shipping and fuel costs and increased supply costs. Consolidated warehousing and distribution costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 3.5% for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
           Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs increased $5.8 million, or 2.9%, to $204.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $198.2 million for the same period in 2006. This increase was the result of higher lease-related costs of $9.1 million, which was the result of normal increases in lease related costs and the addition of 44 corporate stores since December 31, 2006, and increased utility costs of $0.5 million, which were partially offset by a reduction in depreciation expense of $3.8 million. Consolidated occupancy costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006. Included in occupancy costs was $0.1 million of income related to lease adjustments to fair value as a result of the Merger.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $0.3 million, or 0.1%, to $404.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $403.9 million for the same period in 2006. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 26.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 27.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
           Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits decreased $0.7 million, or 0.3%, to $260.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $260.8 million for the same period in 2006. Decreases occurred in incentive accruals and payments of $8.9 million and, in 2006, we paid $19.1 million in discretionary payments to our employee option holders. These decreases were offset by Merger-related costs and normal operating increases. Increases occurred in the following areas due to merger-related costs: (1) $3.8 million of non-cash stock based compensation generated as a result of the cancellation of all stock options at the merger date; (2) $9.6 million in accelerated discretionary payments made to vested option holders and includes the associated payroll taxes; and (3) $1.9 million in incentives related to the sale of the Company. Additionally, operating increases occurred in the following areas: (1) $5.8 million of increased wages in our stores to support the higher sales and the 44 new locations added since December 31, 2006; (2) $3.6 million in increased health care costs; (3) $2.2 million in workers compensation expense; and (4) other compensation and related benefits accounts of $0.4 million.
           Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $4.8 million, or 9.4%, to $55.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $50.7 million during the same period in 2006. Advertising expense increased as a result of an increase in print and television advertising of $2.4 million, an increase in website advertising of $0.8 million, a reduction in contributions from our domestic franchisees to our national ad fund of $0.8 million, and increase in other advertising related expenses of $0.8 million.
           Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, decreased $3.8 million, or 4.1%, to $88.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $92.4 million for the same period in 2006. This decrease was due to reductions in: (1) professional expenses of $5.2 million; (2) legal settlement expenses of $4.3 million; and (3) depreciation expense of $1.1 million. These were partially offset by increases in (1) amortization expense of $5.4 million; (2) third-party commission selling expense of $1.9 million; (3) credit card fees of $0.9 million; and (4) other SG&A expenses of $1.7 million. Additionally, in 2006, we paid $3.1 million in discretionary payments to our non-employee option holders.
Foreign Currency Gain
          We recognized a consolidated foreign currency gain of $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to a gain of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. These gains resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary.

45


Table of Contents

Other Expense / Income
          Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 included costs related to the Merger, which were $34.6 million. These costs were comprised of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to our previous owner of $7.5 million, and other costs of $0.7 million.
          Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million, as a result of the loss on the sale of our Australian subsidiary, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2006.
Operating Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income decreased $11.1 million, or 11.1%, to $88.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $99.2 million for the same period in 2006. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
          Included in the 2007 operating income was (1) $15.4 million of amortization as a result of purchase accounting from the Merger; and (2) $34.6 million of fees and expenses associated with the Merger and $15.3 million of compensation related costs associated with the Merger, which included $9.6 million of option related payments and associated payroll taxes, $3.8 million of non-cash compensation related to the cancellation of stock options at the merger date and $1.9 million of incentives paid at the completion of the Merger. The 2006 operating income included $22.6 million in discretionary payments made to stock option holders and accruals for future payments in conjunction with a distribution made to shareholders in March and December 2006, and $1.2 million of loss related to the sale of our Australian facility.
           Retail. Operating income increased $7.3 million, or 5.7%, to $134.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $127.4 million for the same period in 2006. Revenue and margin increases were offset by $9.6 million of amortization of inventory step up and lease adjustments as a result of the Merger.
           Franchise. Operating income increased $5.4 million, or 8.5%, to $69.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $64.1 million for the same period in 2006. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in margins related to wholesale sales to our international and domestic franchisees, offset by amortization expense of $0.1 million for inventory step up as a result of the Merger.
           Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income decreased $1.8 million, or 3.6%, to $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $51.0 million for the same period in 2006. This decrease was primarily the result of higher third-party contract sales volume and margins offset by $5.7 million expense from amortization of inventory step up as a result of the Merger.
           Warehousing and Distribution Costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $0.7 million, or 1.3%, to $51.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $50.7 million for the same period in 2006. This increase was primarily a result of increased fuel costs, as well as the cost of common carriers.
           Corporate Costs. Corporate overhead cost decreased $12.1 million, or 13.2%, to $79.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $91.4 million for the same period in 2006. This decrease was primarily the result of Merger related compensation costs of $15.3 million and an increase in self-insurance costs offset by reductions in (1) incentive compensation expense; (2) professional fees; and (3) legal settlement expenses. Additionally, the 2006 costs included $22.6 million in discretionary payments made to stock option holders and accruals for future payments in conjunction with distributions made to shareholders in March and December 2006.
           Merger Related Costs. Merger related costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 included costs by our parent, and recognized by us, in relation to the Merger, of $34.6 million. These costs were comprised

46


Table of Contents

of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to our previous owner of $7.5 million, and other costs of $0.7 million.
           Other expense/income. Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million, as a result of the loss on the sale of our Australian subsidiary.
Interest Expense
          Interest expense increased $78.9 million, to $118.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $39.6 million for the same period in 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the write-off of $34.8 million in call premiums and deferred fee write-offs, and an increase in our debt and interest rates, as a result of the Merger.
Income Tax Expense
          We recognized $1.9 million of consolidated income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $22.2 million for the same period of 2006. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 37.3%.
Net Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income decreased $69.7 million, to ($32.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $37.4 million for the same period in 2006. Net income, as a percentage of net revenue, was (2.1%) for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues increased $169.4 million, or 12.9%, to $1,487.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1,317.7 million for the same period in 2005. The increase was primarily the result of increased same store sales in our Retail and Franchise segments and increased revenue in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment due to a higher volume of third-party contracts for manufacturing sales for certain soft-gelatin products.
           Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment increased $133.3 million, or 13.5%, to $1,122.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $989.4 million for the same period in 2005. The sales increase was the result of improved same store sales of 11.1% in our domestic company-owned stores and 14.1% in our Canadian company-owned stores. Included in our domestic revenue was $17.2 million from our gnc.com website that began e-commerce in late December 2005. These same store increases came from growth in all of our major product categories including vitamins, minerals, herbs and supplements, sports nutrition and diet. Our company-owned store base increased by 37 stores to 2,554 domestically, primarily due to franchised store acquisitions, and our Canadian store base increased to 134 at December 31, 2006 compared to 133 at December 31, 2005.
           Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $19.5 million, or 9.2%, to $232.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $212.8 million for the same period in 2005. This improvement in revenue resulted primarily from increased wholesale product sales of $10.4 million to our domestic franchisees and $8.0 million to our international franchisees and an increase in other revenue, consisting primarily of royalties from franchisees, of $1.1 million. Our domestic franchised stores recognized improved retail sales for the year ended December 31, 2006, as evidenced by an increase in same store sales for these stores of 5.7%. Our domestic franchised store base declined by 110 stores, to 1,046 at December 31, 2006, from 1,156 at December 31, 2005. Since the beginning of 2005, we have closed 85 domestic franchised stores and acquired 181 that were converted into company-owned stores. Our

47


Table of Contents

international franchised store base increased by 103 stores to 961 at December 31, 2006 compared to 858 at December 31, 2005.
           Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and Australia, until it was sold in November 2006, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and drugstore.com, increased $16.6 million, or 14.4%, to $132.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $115.5 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was generated primarily by the Greenville, South Carolina manufacturing facility, which had an increase of $17.8 million, principally as a result of utilizing available manufacturing capacity for third-party product contract manufacturing. We also had an increase of $1.8 million in sales to Rite Aid. These increases were partially offset by decreased sales to drugstore.com of $2.1 million and a decrease in revenue at our Australia facility of $0.9 million.
Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy costs, increased $84.8 million, or 9.4%, to $983.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $898.7 million for the same period in 2005. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 66.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 68.2% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
           Product costs. Product costs increased $77.1 million, or 11.8%, to $732.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $655.7 million for the same period in 2005. This increase is primarily due to increased sales volumes at the retail stores. Consolidated product costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 49.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2005. This improvement was due to increased volume in our Retail and Franchise segments, which generate higher margins than Manufacturing/Wholesale.
           Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $1.1 million, or 2.1%, to $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $51.4 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was primarily a result of increased fuel costs that affected our private fleet, as well as the cost of common carriers, offset by cost savings in wages, benefits, and other distribution costs. Consolidated warehousing and distribution costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
           Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs increased $6.6 million, or 3.4%, to $198.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $191.6 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was the result of higher lease-related costs of $6.2 million, which was the result of a larger store base and normal increases in lease costs, and utility costs of $1.1 million, which were partially offset by a reduction in depreciation expense and other occupancy related expenses of $0.7 million. Consolidated occupancy costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 14.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $54.4 million, or 15.6%, to $403.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $349.5 million for the same period in 2005. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 27.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 26.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
           Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits increased $32.2 million, or 14.1%, to $260.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $228.6 million for the same period in 2005. The increase was the result of increases in: (1) incentives and commission expense of $29.4 million, a portion of which related to discretionary payments to employee stock option holders of $19.1 million and the remainder was incentive expense of $10.3 million; (2) base wage expense, primarily in our

48


Table of Contents

retail stores for part-time wages to support the increased sales volumes and our increased store base, of $6.0 million; and (3) non-cash stock based compensation expense of $1.7 million. These increases were partially offset by decreased severance costs of $1.7 million and self-insurance costs of $3.2 million.
           Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $6.0 million, or 13.4%, to $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $44.7 million during the same period in 2005. Advertising expense increased as a result of an increase in television advertising of $7.6 million, offset by decreases in other advertising related expenses of $1.6 million.
           Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, increased $16.2 million, or 21.3%, to $92.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $76.2 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was due to increases in: (1) professional expenses of $8.6 million, a portion of which related to a discretionary payment made to our non-employee stock option holders for $3.1 million; (2) commission expense on our internet sales through www.gnc.com of $4.7 million; (3) accrual for legal settlement of $3.5 million; (4) credit card discount fees of $1.5 million; and (5) intangible assets amortization of $0.6 million, in addition to a decrease in interest income on franchisee notes receivable of $0.8 million. These were partially offset by decreases in other SG&A expenses of $0.7 million and bad debt expense of $2.8 million, as a result of the decrease in accounts receivable, which was a direct result of the franchise acquisitions since the prior year.
Foreign Currency Gain
          We recognized a consolidated foreign currency gain of $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to a gain of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. These gains resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary.
Other Expense / Income
          Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million, as a result of the loss on the sale of our Australian subsidiary, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2006. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.5 million, which was the recognition of transaction fee income related to the transfer of our Australian franchise rights.
Operating Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $26.6 million, or 36.6%, to $99.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $72.6 million for the same period in 2005. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 5.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
           Retail. Operating income increased $50.2 million, or 65.0%, to $127.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $77.2 million for the same period in 2005. The primary reason for the increase was increased sales and margin in all major product categories.
           Franchise. Operating income increased $12.1 million, or 23.3%, to $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $52.0 million for the same period in 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in wholesale sales to our international and domestic franchisees, to support the increased retail sales domestically and internationally as well as the increased store growth internationally.
           Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income increased $5.0 million, or 10.9%, to $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $46.0 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was primarily the result of higher third-party contract sales volume and increased efficiencies in production, enabling higher margins.
           Warehousing and Distribution Costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $0.7 million, or 1.4%, to $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $50.0 million for the

49


Table of Contents

same period in 2005. This increase was primarily a result of increased fuel costs, as well as the cost of common carriers, offset by reduced wages and other operating expenses in our distribution centers.
           Corporate Costs. Corporate overhead cost increased $36.3 million, or 65.9%, to $91.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $55.1 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was primarily the result of increases in: (1) incentive compensation expense, including discretionary payments to option holders; (2) professional fees; and (3) accruals for legal settlements, offset by decreases in severance and self-insurance costs.
           Other expense/income. Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million, as a result of the loss on the sale of our Australian subsidiary. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.5 million, which was the recognition of transaction fee income related to the transfer of our Australian franchise rights.
Interest Expense
          Interest expense decreased $3.5 million, or 8.1%, to $39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $43.1 million for the same period in 2005. This decrease was primarily attributable to the write-off of $3.9 million of deferred financing fees in the first quarter of 2005 resulting from the early extinguishment of debt and an increase in other interest income, partially offset by an increase in our variable interest rate on our senior credit facility.
Income Tax Expense
          We recognized $22.2 million of consolidated income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $10.9 million for the same period of 2005. The increased tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2006, was primarily the result of an increase in income before income taxes of $30.1 million. The effective tax rate remained relatively consistent for the year ended December 31, 2006, and was 37.3%, compared to 36.8% for the same period in 2005.
Net Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $18.8 million, or 101.1%, to $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $18.6 million for the same period in 2005. Net income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 1.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
          At December 31, 2007, we had $28.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $258.1 million in working capital compared with $24.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $249.6 million in working capital at December 31, 2006. The $8.5 million increase in working capital was primarily driven by increases in inventory and receivables offset by increases in accrued interest and current portion of long-term debt.
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
          Cash provided by operating activities was $41.1 million, $74.6 million and $64.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The primary reason for the changes in each year was the change in net income between each of the periods and changes in working capital accounts. Net income decreased $69.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the same period in 2006. Net income increased $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the same period in 2005.
          For the year ended December 31, 2007, inventory increased $8.5 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as a result of payments on existing notes; reduction in our receivable

50


Table of Contents

portfolio, fewer company-financed franchise store openings than in prior years and the closing of 88 domestic franchises in 2007. Accrued liabilities increased by $7.0 million, primarily the result of increases in accrued interest on debt.
          For the year ended December 31, 2006, inventory increased $31.3 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of payments on existing notes; reduction in our receivable portfolio, fewer company-financed franchise store openings than in prior years and the closing of 115 domestic franchises in 2006. Accrued liabilities increased by $12.3 million, primarily the result of increases in deferred revenue from our Gold Card program and increases in incentive accruals for our corporate incentive compensation program.
          For the year ended December 31, 2005, inventory increased $33.3 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods, bulk inventory and packaging supplies and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of payments on existing notes, fewer company-financed franchise store openings than in prior years and the closing of 151 domestic franchises in 2005. Accrued interest for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $6.0 million due to the 2005 issuance of the $150.0 million senior notes, which had interest payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 each year. Other assets decreased $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily a result of a reduction in prepaids and long-term deposits.
Cash Used in Investing Activities
          We used cash from investing activities of $1,677.6 million, $23.4 million and $21.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capital expenditures, which were primarily for improvements to our retail stores and our South Carolina manufacturing facility and which represent the majority of our cash used in investing activities, were $34.5 million, $23.8 million, and $20.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. We received $1.4 million in 2006 as a result of the sale of our Australian manufacturing facility.
Cash Used in Financing Activities
          We received cash from financing activities of $1,641.4 million in 2007. The primary sources of this cash were: (1) proceeds from the issuance of the new debt, (2) borrowings from new credit facilities, and (3) issuance of new equity.
          We used cash in financing activities of $113.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The primary uses of this cash were a restricted payment of $49.9 million to the holders of GNC common stock, $20.3 million returned to GNC Corporation to fund $1.7 million in deferred IPO costs and a $19.0 million payment by GNC Corporation related to the redemption of its 12% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock offset by $0.4 million in proceeds contributed to us from GNC Corporation’s common stock activity, and $42.0 million in debt payments, which included a $40.0 million payment in November 2006 under our December 2003 term loan facility.
          In January 2005, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes and used the net proceeds from this issuance, along with $39.4 million cash on hand, to pay down $185.0 million of our indebtedness under our term loan facility. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we also paid $4.7 million in fees related to the January 2005 senior notes offering and paid down an additional $2.0 million of debt.
           December 2003 Senior Credit Facility. In connection with the Numico acquisition, in December 2003 we entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. We borrowed the entire $285.0 million under the original term loan facility to fund part of the Numico acquisition, with none of the $75.0 million revolving credit facility being utilized to fund the Numico acquisition. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004 and we repaid a portion of the term loan facility in January 2005. Interest on the term loan facility was payable quarterly in arrears and at December 31, 2006 carried an average interest rate of 8.1%. The December 2003 senior credit facility was repaid in full in connection with the Merger.

51


Table of Contents

           December 2003 Senior Subordinated Notes. On December 5, 2003, we issued $215.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes in connection with the Numico acquisition. The senior subordinated notes had a maturity in 2010 and bore interest at the rate of 8 1 / 2 % per annum. Substantially all of the December 2003 senior subordinated notes were repurchased pursuant to a tender offer in connection with the Merger. The balance of the notes were decreased at the same time.
           January 2005 Senior Notes. In January 2005, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, with an interest rate of 8 5/8%. The senior notes had a maturity date in 2011. We used the net proceeds of this offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay $185.0 million of the indebtedness under the term loan facility of our December 2003 senior credit facility. The January 2005 Senior Notes were repurchased pursuant to a tender offer in connection with the Merger.
           New $735.0 Million Senior Credit Facility . In connection with the Merger, we entered into the New Senior Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders. The New Senior Credit Facility consists of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. We borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the new senior term loan facility, as well as approximately $10.5 million of the $60.0 million new senior revolving credit facility (excluding approximately $9.4 million of letters of credit), to fund the Merger and related transactions. The $10.5 million borrowing under the new senior revolving credit facility was repaid by the end of March 2007. The term loan facility will mature in September 2013. The revolving credit facility will mature in March 2012. The New Senior Credit Facility permits us to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, commencing in fiscal 2008, the Credit Agreement requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage of excess cash flow for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, our direct parent company, and our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed our obligations under the New Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the New Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of our equity interests and the equity interests of our domestic subsidiaries.
          All borrowings under the New Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, in each case, applicable margins of 1.50% per annum for the term loan facility and 1.50% per annum for the revolving credit facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.25% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.
          The New Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, us, and our subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.
          The New Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the senior credit facility when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the senior credit facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the

52


Table of Contents

facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.
           New Senior Notes . In connection with the Merger, we completed a private offering of $300.0 million of our Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “New Senior Notes”). The New Senior Notes are our senior non collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future collateralized debt, including the New Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all our existing and future non collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all our existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the New Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior non collateralized basis by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the New Senior Notes indenture). If we fail to make payments on the New Senior Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.
          We may elect in our sole discretion to pay interest on the New Senior Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the New Senior Notes or issuing new New Senior Notes (“PIK interest”), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the New Senior Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the New Senior Notes by increasing the principal amount of the New Senior Notes or by issuing new New Senior Notes (“partial PIK interest”). Cash interest on the New Senior Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If we elect to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the New Senior Notes or issue new New Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the New Senior Notes on the relevant record date. The New Senior Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
          We may redeem some or all of the New Senior Notes at any time after March 15, 2009, at specified redemption prices. In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2009, we may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings if at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes remain outstanding immediately after such redemption. If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The New Senior Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the New Senior Notes indenture restricts our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to its stockholders.
           New Senior Subordinated Notes . In connection with the Merger, we completed a private offering of $110.0 million of our 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “New Senior Subordinated Notes”). The New Senior Subordinated Notes are our senior subordinated non collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all our existing and future senior debt, including our New Senior Credit Facility and the New Senior Notes and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all our existing and future subordinated debt. The New Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non collateralized basis by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the New Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If we fail to make payments on the New Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the New Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2007.
          We may redeem some or all of the New Senior Subordinated Notes at any time after March 15, 2009, at specified redemption prices. At any time prior to March 15, 2009, we may on one or more occasions redeem up to 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including special interest, if any) to the redemption date with net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings if at least 50% of

53


Table of Contents

the original aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding after the redemption. If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the New Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The New Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the New Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to our stockholders.
          We expect to fund our operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under the amount remaining available under our $60.0 million revolving credit facility. We expect our primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. We anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our future operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, our ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control. We believe that we have complied with our covenant reporting and compliance in all material respects for the year ended December 31, 2007.

54


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
          The following table summarizes our future minimum non-cancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2007:
                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than                    
(in millions)   Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     After 5 years  
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 1,089.7     $ 8.0     $ 16.3     $ 16.8     $ 1,048.6  
Scheduled interest payments (2)
    529.7       89.1       174.4       171.4       94.8  
Operating lease obligations (3)
    363.1       100.6       135.9       73.6       53.0  
Purchase commitments (4)(5)
    35.8       15.8       10.4       3.3       6.3  
     
 
  $ 2,018.3     $ 213.5     $ 337.0     $ 265.1     $ 1,202.7  
     
 
(1)  
These balances consist of the following debt obligations: (a) $675.0 million for the new senior credit facility based on a variable interest rate; (b) $300.0 million for our New Senior Notes based on a variable interest rate; (c) $110.0 million for our New Senior Subordinated Notes with a fixed interest rate; and (d) $9.8 million for our mortgage with a fixed interest rate. Repayment of the new senior credit facility assumes that 1.0% of the original balance is due and payable annually and does not take into account any unscheduled payments that may occur due to our future cash positions.
 
(2)  
The interest that will accrue on the long-term obligations includes variable rate payments, which are estimated using the associated LIBOR index as of December 31, 2007. The Senior Credit Facility uses the three month LIBOR index while the Senior Toggle Notes uses the six month LIBOR index. Also included in the scheduled interest payments is the activity associated with our interest rate swap agreements which also use the three month LIBOR index. Using the three month and six month LIBOR rates as of February 29, 2008 rather than our rates in effect at December 31, 2007 resulted in an $84.0 million decrease in scheduled interest payments. This $84.0 million decrease is made up of a $62.2 million decrease in interest on the Senior Credit Facility and a $29.2 million decrease on the Senior Toggle Notes offset by a $7.4 million increase in payments related to our swap agreements.
 
(3)  
These balances consist of the following operating leases: (a) $340.0 million for company-owned retail stores; (b) $68.0 million for franchise retail stores, which is offset by $68.0 million of sublease income from franchisees; and (c) $23.1 million relating to various leases for tractors/trailers, warehouses, automobiles, and various equipment at our facilities.
 
(4)  
These balances consist of $3.6 million of advertising, $6.4 million inventory commitments, $12.0 million in anticipated legal settlement costs, and $13.8 million related to a management services agreement. In connection with the Merger, we entered into a new management services agreement with our parent, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., pursuant to which we agreed to pay an annual fee of $1.5 million in consideration for certain management and advisory services. See Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — New Management Services Agreement.”
 
(5)  
We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when cash settlement with taxing authorities may occur for our unrecognized tax benefits. Also, certain other long term liabilities, included in our consolidated balance sheet relate principally to the fair value of our interest rate swap agreement, payables to former shareholders, and rent escalation liabilities, and we are unable to estimate the timing of these payments. Therefore, these long term liabilities are not included in the table above. See Note 5, “Income Taxes,” and Note 14, “Other Long Term Liabilities,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

55


Table of Contents

          In addition to the obligations scheduled above, we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives that provide for compensation and certain other benefits. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control, some of these agreements provide for severance or other payments, if those circumstances would ever occur during the term of the employment agreement.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
          As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are, therefore, not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market, or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.
          We have a balance of unused barter credits on account with a third-party barter agency. We generated these barter credits by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied us with barter credits. We did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products that were previously fully reserved for on our balance sheet. In accordance with the SFAS 153, “Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets- an amendment of APB Opinion No 29”, a sale is recorded based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero, as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and are only realized when we purchase services or products through the bartering company. The credits can be used to offset the cost of purchasing services or products. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the available credit balance was $8.5 million. The barter credits are available for use through March 31, 2009.
Effect of Inflation
          Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of raw materials, labor, and equipment. We do not believe that inflation had any material effect on our results of operations in the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
          You should review the significant accounting policies described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this report.
Use of Estimates
          Certain amounts in our financial statements require management to use estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Our accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this report. Our critical accounting policies and estimates are described in this section. An accounting estimate is considered critical if:
   
the estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made;
 
   
different estimates reasonably could have been used; or

56


Table of Contents

   
changes in the estimate that would have a material impact on our financial condition or our results of operations are likely to occur from period to period.
          Management believes that the accounting estimates used are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable. However, actual results could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to these balances in future periods.
Revenue Recognition
          We operate primarily as a retailer, through company-owned stores, franchised stores, and to a lesser extent, as a wholesaler. On December 28, 2005, we started recognizing revenue through product sales on our website, gnc.com. We apply the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, ‘‘Revenue Recognition’’, which requires the following:
   
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.
 
   
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.
 
   
The price is fixed or determinable.
 
   
Collectibility is reasonably assured.
          We recognize revenues in our Retail segment at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. Gross revenues are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s estimates after a review of historical customer returns. We recognize revenues on product sales to franchisees and other third parties when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee or third-party. We recognize revenues from franchise fees at the time a franchised store opens or at the time of franchise renewal or transfer, as applicable.
Inventories
          Where necessary, we provide estimated allowances to adjust the carrying value of our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value. These estimates require us to make approximations about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow moving, obsolete, or in excess of need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of management’s forecasts of market conditions, industry trends, and competition. We are also subject to volatile changes in specific product demand as a result of unfavorable publicity, government regulation, and rapid changes in demand for new and improved products or services.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
          The majority of our retail revenues are received as cash or cash equivalents. The majority of our franchise revenues are billed to the franchisees with varying terms for payment. We offer financing to qualified domestic franchisees with the initial purchase of a franchise location. The notes are demand notes, payable monthly over periods of five to seven years. We generate a significant portion of our revenue from ongoing product sales to franchisees and third-party customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on regular evaluations of our franchisees’ and third-party customers’ financial health, the current status of trade receivables, and any historical write-off experience. We maintain both specific and general reserves for doubtful accounts. General reserves are based upon our historical bad debt experience, overall review of our aging of accounts receivable balances, general economic conditions of our industry, or the geographical regions and regulatory environments of our third-party customers and franchisees.

57


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, are evaluated periodically by us for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, foreign exchange rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, this estimate may differ from actual cash flows.
Self-Insurance
          We have procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. We are self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) workers’ compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to our tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. Our associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Prior to the Numico acquisition, General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was included as an insured under several of Numico’s global insurance policies.
          We carry product liability insurance with a retention of $2.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. We carry general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. We reimburse the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
          As part of the medical benefits program, we contract with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. We then reimburse these service providers as claims are processed from our employees. We maintain a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per incident with a maximum limit up to $2.0 million per participant, per benefit year, respectively. We have no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. Our liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in the “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities” footnote and was $1.9 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
          On an annual basis, we perform a valuation of the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets associated with our operating segments. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, we write down the value of the asset. The valuation of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future, and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may result in an impact on their valuation.
          Historically, we have recognized impairments to our goodwill and intangible assets based on declining financial results and market conditions. The most recent valuation was performed at October 1, 2007, and no impairment was found. There was also no impairment found during 2006 or 2005. At September 30, 2003, we evaluated the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets, and recognized an impairment charge accordingly. See the “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Based upon our improved capitalization of our financial statements subsequent to the Numico acquisition, the stabilization of our financial condition, our anticipated future results based on current estimates and current market conditions, we do not currently expect to incur additional impairment charges in the near future.

58


Table of Contents

Leases
          We have various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, we receive varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate us for costs incurred in the construction of stores. We amortize these reimbursements as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. We determine the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.
         Income Taxes
          We are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income (loss) for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset. Further, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.
          We adopted FASB Financial Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” at the beginning of fiscal 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, we recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by the interpretation. The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This measurement step is inherently difficult and requires subjective estimations of such amounts to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
          Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
          In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS No. 159 expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. The objective of SFAS No. 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under SFAS No. 159, a company may elect to use fair value to measure eligible items at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each

59


Table of Contents

subsequent reporting date. Eligible items include, but are not limited to, accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees, issued debt and firm commitments. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 . We continue to evaluate the adoption of SFAS 159 and its impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
          In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. This Statement was initially effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008, the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not currently recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The effectiveness date of January 1, 2008 applies to all other assets and liabilities within the scope of this standard. We do not expect any material financial statement implications relating to the adoption of this Statement.
          In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). This bulletin expresses the SEC’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. The interpretations in this bulletin are being issued to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet. This statement is effective for annual financial statements with years ending December 31, 2006. We have adopted SAB 108 for the year ended December 31, 2006. We have evaluated the effects of applying SAB 108 and have determined that its adoption does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
          In March 2006, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) issued EITF Abstract Issue No. 06-03, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross versus Net Presentation)” (“EITF 06-03”), that clarifies how a company discloses its recording of taxes collected that are imposed on revenue producing activities. EITF 06-03 is effective for the first interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. We have evaluated the effects of applying EITF 06-03 and have determined that its adoption does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. SFAS 141R significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under SFAS 141R, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact income tax expense. SFAS 141R provides guidance regarding what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R also amends SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and acquired tax contingencies after January 1, 2009, even for business combinations completed before this date. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. We will adopt SFAS 141R beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and will change its accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis. We are currently evalutating the impact of adopting SFAS 141R on our consolidated financial statements.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a

60


Table of Contents

component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. We will adopt SFAS 160 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 160 on its consolidated financial statements.
     In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 48-1, Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“the FSP”). The FSP provides guidance about how an enterprise should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. Under the FSP, a tax position could be effectively settled on completion of examination by a taxing authority if the entity does not intend to appeal or litigate the result and it is remote that the taxing authority would examine or re-examine the tax position. We applied the provisions of the FSP during 2007.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
          Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to foreign currency and interest rate risks. We do not use derivative financial instruments in connection with these commodity market risks.
          We are exposed to market risks from interest rate changes on our variable debt. Although changes in interest rates do not impact our operating income the changes could affect the fair value of such financial instruments and interest payments. As of December 31, 2007, we had fixed rate debt of $119.8 million and variable rate debt of $967.2 million. In conjunction with the Merger, we entered into an interest rate swap, effective April 2, 2007, which effectively converts a portion of the variable LIBOR component of the effective interest rate on two $150.0 million notional portions of our debt under our $675.0 million senior credit facility to a fixed rate over a specified term. Each of these $150.0 million notional amounts has a three month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the term loan.
          These agreements are summarized in the following table:
                                 
Derivative   Total Notional Amount   Term   Company Pays   Counterparty Pays
Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   April 2007 - April 2010   LIBOR + 225 basis points     4.8965 %
Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   April 2007 - April 2009   LIBOR + 225 basis points     4.9430 %
          Based on our variable rate debt balance as of December 31, 2007, a 1% change in interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest cost by $6.7 million.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
          We are subject to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate changes in the conversion from local currencies to the U.S. dollar of the reported financial position and operating results of our non-U.S. based subsidiaries. We are also subject to foreign currency exchange rate changes for purchases of goods and services that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The primary currency to which we are exposed to fluctuations is the Canadian Dollar. The fair value of our net foreign investments and our foreign denominated payables would not be materially affected by a 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates for the periods presented.

61


Table of Contents

ITEM 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    63  
 
       
       
As of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
    65  
 
       
       
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    66  
 
       
       
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    67  
 
       
       
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    68  
 
       
    69  

62


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for stock-based compensation in 2006 and the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 10, 2008

63


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for stock-based compensation in 2006 and the manner in which is accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
July 30, 2007

64


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 28,854       $ 24,080  
Receivables, net (Note 3)
    84,666         74,827  
Inventories, net (Note 4)
    334,149         319,382  
Deferred tax assets, net (Note 5)
    17,029         16,738  
Other current assets (Note 6)
    33,474         29,898  
 
             
Total current assets
    498,172         464,925  
 
                 
Long-term assets:
                 
Goodwill (Note 7)
    626,270         81,022  
Brands (Note 7)
    720,000         212,000  
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)
    172,872         23,062  
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 8)
    190,848         168,708  
Deferred financing fees, net (Note 5)
    26,377         12,269  
Deferred tax assets, net (Note 5)
            675  
Other long-term assets (Note 9)
    5,093         6,124  
 
             
Total long-term assets
    1,741,460         503,860  
 
             
 
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,239,632       $ 968,785  
 
             
 
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable, includes cash overdraft of $4,124 and $4,137, respectively (Note 10)
  $ 101,953       $ 104,121  
Accrued payroll and related liabilities (Note 11)
    27,477         30,988  
Accrued income taxes (Note 5)
    1,878         4,968  
Accrued interest (Note 13)
    18,110         7,531  
Current portion, long-term debt (Note 13)
    8,031         1,765  
Other current liabilities (Note 12)
    82,635         65,977  
 
             
Total current liabilities
    240,084         215,350  
 
                 
Long-term liabilities:
                 
Long-term debt (Note 13)
    1,078,950         429,590  
Deferred tax liabilities, net (Note 5)
    267,788          
Other long-term liabilities (Note 14)
    44,085         11,514  
 
             
Total long-term liabilities
    1,390,823         441,104  
 
             
 
                 
Total liabilities
    1,630,907         656,454  
 
                 
Stockholder’s equity:
                 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding (Note 18)
             
Paid-in-capital
    590,593         261,899  
Retained earnings
    18,984         49,108  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (852 )       1,324  
 
             
Total stockholder’s equity
    608,725         312,331  
 
             
 
                 
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 2,239,632       $ 968,785  
 
             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

65


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    March 16 -       January 1 -     Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
Revenue
  $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829     $ 1,487,116     $ 1,317,708  
 
                                 
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    814,238         212,175       983,530       898,740  
 
                         
Gross profit
    408,749         117,654       503,586       418,968  
 
                                 
Compensation and related benefits
    195,792         64,311       260,825       228,626  
Advertising and promotion
    35,062         20,473       50,745       44,661  
Other selling, general and administrative
    71,213         17,396       92,310       76,111  
Foreign currency gain
    (424 )       (154 )     (666 )     (555 )
Merger- related costs
            34,603              
Other expense
                  1,203       (2,500 )
 
                         
Operating income (loss)
    107,106         (18,975 )     99,169       72,625  
 
                                 
Interest expense, net (Note 13)
    75,522         43,036       39,568       43,078  
 
                         
 
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    31,584         (62,011 )     59,601       29,547  
 
                                 
Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 5)
    12,600         (10,697 )     22,226       10,881  
 
                         
 
                                 
Net income (loss)
    18,984         (51,314 )     37,375       18,666  
 
                                 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
    (852 )       (283 )     100       61  
 
                         
 
                                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 18,132       $ (51,597 )   $ 37,475     $ 18,727  
 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

66


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
                                                 
                                    Accumulated        
                                    Other     Total  
    Common Stock             Retained     Comprehensive     Stockholder’s  
Predecessor   Shares     Dollars     Paid-in-Capital     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2004
    100           $ 278,258     $ 43,001     $ 1,163     $ 322,422  
 
                                   
 
                                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
                (901 )                 (901 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                632                   632  
Net income
                      18,666             18,666  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            61       61  
 
                                   
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    100     $     $ 277,989     $ 61,667     $ 1,224     $ 340,880  
 
                                   
 
                                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
                (18,618 )                 (18,618 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                2,528                   2,528  
Net income
                      37,375             37,375  
Restricted payment made by General Nutrition Centers, Inc. to GNC Corporation Common Stockholders
                      (49,934 )           (49,934 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            100       100  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100     $     $ 261,899     $ 49,108     $ 1,324     $ 312,331  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Adoption of FIN 48
                      (418 )           (418 )
Cancellation of stock options
                (47,018 )                 (47,018 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                4,124                   4,124  
Net loss
                      (51,314 )           (51,314 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            (283 )     (283 )
Capital contribution from selling shareholder
                463,393                   463,393  
 
                                   
 
Balance at March 15, 2007
    100     $     $ 682,398     $ (2,624 )   $ 1,041     $ 680,815  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Successor
                                               
 
                                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    100             589,000                   589,000  
Return of capital to GNC Corporation
                (314 )                 (314 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                1,907                   1,907  
Net income
                      18,984             18,984  
Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $2,051
                            (3,584 )     (3,584 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            2,732       2,732  
 
                                   
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    100     $     $ 590,593     $ 18,984     $ (852 )   $ 608,725  
 
                                   
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Period       Period        
    March 16 -       January 1 -        
    December 31,       March 15,     Year ended December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,984       $ (51,314 )   $ 37,375     $ 18,666  
 
                                 
Depreciation expense
    20,810         6,510       34,583       37,045  
Loss on fixed asset disposal
                  220       665  
Loss on sale of subsidiary
                  1,203        
Deferred fee writedown — early debt extinguishment
            11,680       890       3,890  
Amortization of intangible assets
    9,191         865       4,595       3,990  
Amortization of deferred financing fees
    2,921         589       2,966       2,825  
Amortization of original issue discount
    247                      
Increase in provision for inventory losses
    10,400         2,247       9,816       9,353  
Non-cash stock based compensation
    1,907         4,124       2,528       632  
Decrease in provision for losses on accounts receivable
    (335 )       (39 )     (1,982 )     1,784  
Decrease (increase) in net deferred taxes
    9,303         (3,874 )     (3,588 )     1,321  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                 
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (10,752 )       1,676       (2,334 )     (6,142 )
Decrease (increase) in inventory, net
    (6,377 )       (2,128 )     (31,261 )     (33,259 )
Decrease in franchise note receivables, net
    2,587         912       4,649       6,650  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (7,474 )       3,394       (471 )     6,078  
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
    (5,110 )       3,749       787       (2,853 )
(Decrease) increase in accrued taxes
    12,619         (4,967 )     2,601       2,431  
Increase (decrease) in interest payable
    18,110         (7,531 )     (346 )     6,014  
(Decrease) increase in accrued liabilities
    10,882         (12,681 )     12,342       5,096  
 
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    87,913         (46,788 )     74,573       64,186  
 
                         
 
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Capital expenditures
    (28,851 )       (5,693 )     (23,846 )     (20,825 )
Proceeds from sale of subsidiary
                  1,356        
Acquisition of the Company
    (1,642,061 )                    
Sales of corporate stores to franchisees
    77               21       23  
Store acquisition costs
    (489 )       (555 )     (965 )     (733 )
 
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,671,324 )       (6,248 )     (23,434 )     (21,535 )
 
                         
 
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Issuance of new equity
    552,291                      
Return of capital to Parent
    (314 )             (18,618 )     (901 )
Restricted payment made by General Nutrition Centers, Inc. to GNC Corporation Common Stockholders
                  (49,934 )      
Contribution from selling shareholders
            463,393              
Increase (decrease) in cash overdrafts
    4,124         (4,136 )     (927 )     919  
Borrowings from new revolving credit facility
    10,500                      
Payments on new revolving credit facility
    (10,500 )                    
Borrowings from new senior credit facility
    675,000                      
Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes
    110,000                      
Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes
    297,000                      
Proceeds from issuance of 8 5/8% senior notes
                        150,000  
Redemption of 8 5/8% senior notes
            (150,000 )            
Redemption of 8 1/2% senior notes
            (215,000 )            
Payment of 2003 senior credit facility
            (55,290 )            
Payments on long-term debt
    (6,021 )       (334 )     (41,974 )     (187,014 )
Financing fees
    (29,298 )             (1,674 )     (4,710 )
 
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,602,782         38,633       (113,127 )     (41,706 )
 
                         
 
                                 
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    (29 )       (165 )     55       (93 )
 
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    19,342         (14,568 )     (61,933 )     852  
Beginning balance, cash
    9,512         24,080       86,013       85,161  
 
                         
Ending balance, cash
  $ 28,854       $ 9,512     $ 24,080     $ 86,013  
 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

68


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS
      General Nature of Business . General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (“GNC” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include: vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS”), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products.
     The Company’s organizational structure is vertically integrated as the operations consist of purchasing raw materials, formulating and manufacturing products and selling the finished products through its retail, franchising and manufacturing/wholesale segments. The Company operates primarily in three business segments: Retail; Franchising; and Manufacturing/Wholesale. Corporate retail store operations are located in North America and Puerto Rico and in addition the Company offers products domestically through gnc.com and drugstore.com. Franchise stores are located in the United States and 49 international markets. The Company operates its primary manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and distribution centers in Arizona, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. The Company manufactures the majority of its branded products, but also merchandises various third-party products. Additionally, the Company licenses the use of its trademarks and trade names.
     The processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of the Company’s products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), Consumer Product Safety Commission, United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which the Company’s products are sold.
      Acquisition of the Company. On October 16, 2003, the Company entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Numico and Numico USA, Inc. to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interest of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (“GNCI”) from Numico USA, Inc. on December 5, 2003, (the “Acquisition”). The purchase equity contribution was made by GNC Investors, LLC (“GNC LLC”), an affiliate of Apollo Management LP (“Apollo”), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of the Company. The equity contribution from GNC LLC was recorded by GNC Corporation (our “Parent”). Our Parent utilized this equity contribution to purchase its investment in the Company. The transaction closed on December 5, 2003 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”, (“SFAS No. 141”).
      Merger of the Company. On February 8, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (“Parent”), pursuant to which GNC Acquisition Inc. agreed to merge with and into GNC Parent Corporation, and as a result GNC Parent Corporation would continue as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the “Merger”). The purchase equity contribution was made by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (collectively, the “Sponsors”), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of the Company. The transaction closed on March 16, 2007 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The transaction occurred between unrelated parties and no common control existed. The merger consideration (excluding acquisition costs of $13.7 million) totaled $1.65 billion, including the repayment of existing debt and other liabilities, and was funded with a combination of equity contributions and the issuance of new debt. The following reconciles the total merger consideration to the cash purchase price:

69


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    March 16, 2007  
    (in thousands)  
Merger consideration
  $ 1,650,000  
Acquisition costs
    13,732  
Debt assumed by buyer
    (10,773 )
 
     
Fair value of net assets acquired
    1,652,959  
Non-cash rollover of shares
    (36,709 )
 
     
Cash paid at acquisition
  $ 1,616,250  
 
     
     The Company is subject to certain tax adjustments that will be settled upon filing of the predecessor’s final tax return, and receipt of the tax refund associated with that return. Also, pursuant to the Merger agreement, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration for amounts refunded from tax returns. During the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the Company paid $25.9 million for total cash paid for the Merger of $1,642.1 million.
     In connection with the Merger on March 16, 2007, the Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. In addition, the Company obtained a new senior credit facility comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the term loan facility and $10.5 million under the revolving credit facility to fund a portion of the acquisition price. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5/8% senior notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1/2% senior subordinated notes issued in December 2003. The Company contributed the remainder of the debt proceeds, after payment of fees and expenses, to a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary, which then loaned such net proceeds to GNC Parent Corporation. GNC Parent Corporation used those proceeds, together with the equity contributions, to repay GNC Parent Corporation’s outstanding floating rate senior PIK notes issued in November 2006, pay the merger consideration, and pay fees and expenses related to the merger transactions.
     In connection with the Merger, the Company recognized charges of $34.6 million in the period ending March 15, 2007. In addition, the Company recognized compensation charges associated with the Merger of $15.3 million in the period ending March 15, 2007.
     Pursuant to the Merger agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation with GNC Parent Corporation surviving the merger. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.

70


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     In conjunction with the Merger, final fair value adjustments were made to the Company’s financial statements as of March 16, 2007. As a result of the Merger and the final fair values assigned, the accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2007 reflect these adjustments made in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The following table summarizes the fair values assigned to the Company’s assets and liabilities in connection with the Merger.
                 
    Original     Adjusted  
    March 16, 2007     March 16, 2007  
    (in thousands)  
Assets:
               
Current assets
  $ 457,900     $ 480,230  
Goodwill
    574,623       626,259  
Other intangible assets
    902,961       901,661  
Property, plant and equipment
    178,136       181,765  
Other assets
    20,946       16,813  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 2,134,566     $ 2,206,728  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities:
               
Current liabilities
    204,857       232,943  
Long-term debt
    10,773       10,773  
Deferred tax liability
    243,355       257,732  
Other liabilities
    23,029       52,321  
 
           
Total liabilities
  $ 482,014     $ 553,769  
 
           
 
               
Fair value of net assets acquired
  $ 1,652,552     $ 1,652,959  
 
           

71


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with the instructions to Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. The Company’s normal reporting period is based on a calendar year.
     The financial statements as of December 31, 2007 reflect periods subsequent to the Merger and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Included for the period ending December 31, 2007 are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Merger are labeled as “Predecessor” and the periods subsequent to the Merger are labeled as “Successor”.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
      Principles of Consolidation . The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
     The Company has no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
      Use of Estimates . The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, these estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of the most significant estimates pertaining to the Company include the valuation of inventories, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax valuation allowances and the recoverability of long-lived assets. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances, historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such reviews and if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
      Cash and Cash Equivalents . The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include all cash and liquid deposits and investments with a maturity of three months or less. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit cards process within 24-48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card transactions are classified as cash and the amounts due from these transactions totaled $3.6 million at December 31, 2007 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2006.
      Inventories . Inventory components consist of raw materials, finished product and packaging supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first in/first out (“FIFO”) basis. Cost is determined using a standard costing system which approximates actual costs. The Company regularly reviews its inventory levels in order to identify slow moving and short dated products, expected length of time for product sell through and future expiring product. Upon analysis, the Company has established certain valuation allowances to reserve for such inventory. When allowances are considered necessary, after such reviews, the inventory balances are adjusted and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.
      Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . The Company sells product to its franchisees and, to a lesser extent, various third parties. See the footnote, “Receivables”, for the

72


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
components of accounts receivable. To determine the allowance for doubtful accounts in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan (as amended)”, factors that affect collectibility from the Company’s franchisees or third-party customers include their financial strength, payment history, reported sales and the overall retail economy. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for franchisees based on an assessment of the franchisees’ operations which includes analysis of their operating cash flows, sales levels, and status of amounts due to the Company, such as rent, interest and advertising. In addition, the Company considers the franchisees’ inventory and fixed assets, which the Company can use as collateral in the event of a default by the franchisee. An allowance for international franchisees is calculated based on unpaid, non collateralized amounts associated with their receivable balance. An allowance for receivable balances due from third parties is recognized, if considered necessary, based on facts and circumstances. These allowances are deducted from the related receivables and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.
      Notes Receivable. The Company offers financing to qualified franchisees in connection with the initial purchase of a franchise store. The notes offered by the Company to its franchisees are demand notes, payable monthly over a period ranging from five to seven years. Interest accrues principally at an annual rate that ranges from 10.0% to 13.75%, based on the amount of initial deposit, and is payable monthly. Allowances for these receivables are recognized in accordance with the Company’s policy described in the Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts policy.
      Property, Plant and Equipment . Property, plant and equipment expenditures are recorded at cost. As a result of the Merger, the remaining estimated useful lives of already-existing property and equipment were reevaluated on a prospective basis using the fair values determined at the date of the Merger. These remaining useful lives ranged from 1 year to 16 years across all asset classes with the exception of buildings, whose useful lives ranged from 15 to 37 years. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the property. Fixtures are depreciated over three to eight years, and equipment is generally depreciated over ten years. Computer equipment and software costs are generally depreciated over three years. Amortization of improvements to retail leased premises is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvements, or over the life of the related leases including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever period is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over 40 years and building improvements are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the building. The Company records tax depreciation in conformity with the provisions of applicable tax law.
     Expenditures that materially increase the value or clearly extend the useful life of property, plant and equipment are capitalized in accordance with the policies outlined above. Repair and maintenance costs incurred in the normal operations of business are expensed as incurred. Gains from the sale of property, plant and equipment are recognized in current operations.
     The Company recognized depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment of $6.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, $20.8 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, $34.6 million and $37.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      Goodwill and Intangible Assets . Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter. The Company records goodwill and franchise rights upon the acquisition of franchisee stores when the consideration given to the franchisee exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the store. This goodwill is accounted for in accordance with the above policy. See the footnote, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”.
      Long-lived Assets. The Company periodically performs reviews of underperforming businesses and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” These reviews may include an analysis of the current operations and capacity utilization, in conjunction with an

73


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
analysis of the markets in which the businesses are operating. A comparison is performed of the undiscounted projected cash flows of the current operating forecasts to the net book value of the related assets. If it is determined that the full value of the assets may not be recoverable, an appropriate charge to adjust the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value may be required.
      Revenue Recognition . The Company operates predominately as a retailer, through Company-owned stores, franchised stores and sales through its website, www.gnc.com and to a lesser extent through wholesale operations. For all years and periods presented herein, the Company has complied with and adopted Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.”
     The Retail segment recognizes revenue at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. These revenues are recorded via the Company’s point of sale system. Gross revenues are netted against actual customer returns and an allowance for expected customer returns. The Company records a reserve for expected customer returns based on management’s estimate, which is derived from historical return data. Revenue is deferred on sales of the Company’s Gold Cards and subsequently amortized over 12 months. The length of the amortization period is determined based on matching the discounts associated with the Gold Card program to the revenue deferral during the twelve month membership period. For an annual fee, the card provides customers with a 20% discount on all products purchased, both on the date the card is purchased and certain specified days of every month. The Company also defers revenue for sales of gift cards until such time the gift cards are redeemed for products.
     The Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. See the footnote, “Franchise Revenue”. These revenues are netted by actual franchisee returns and an allowance for projected returns. The franchisees purchase a majority of the products they sell from the Company at wholesale prices. Revenue on product sales to franchisees is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee. Franchise fees are recognized by the Company at the time of a franchise store opening. Interest on the financing of franchisee notes receivable is recognized as it becomes due and payable. Gains from the sale of company-owned stores to franchisees are recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate”. This standard requires gains on sales of corporate stores to franchisees to be deferred until certain criteria are satisfied regarding the collectibility of the related receivable and the seller’s remaining obligations. Remaining sources of franchise income, including royalties, are recognized as earned.
     The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment sells product primarily to the other Company segments, third-party customers and historically to certain related parties. Revenue is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the customer. The Company also has a consignment arrangement with certain customers and revenue is recognized when products are sold to the ultimate customer.
      Cost of Sales. The Company purchases products directly from third party manufacturers as well as manufactures its own products. The Company’s cost of sales includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs. The cost of manufactured products includes depreciation expense related to the manufacturing facility and related equipment.
      Vendor Allowances. The Company enters into two main types of arrangements with certain vendors, the most significant of which results in the Company receiving credits as sales rebates based on arrangements with such vendors (“sales rebates”). The Company also enters into arrangements with certain vendors through which the Company receives rebates for purchases during the year typically based on volume discounts (“volume rebates”). As the right of offset exists under these arrangements, rebates received under both arrangements are recorded as a reduction in the vendors’ accounts payable balances on the balance sheet and represent the estimated amounts due to GNC under the rebate provisions of such contracts. Rebates are presented as a reduction in accounts payable and are immaterial at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The corresponding rebate income is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold, in accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”)

74


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Reseller for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor”. For volume rebates, the appropriate level of such income is derived from the level of actual purchases made by GNC from suppliers. The amount recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold was $6.6 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $20.9 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, $23.8 million and $19.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      Distribution and Shipping Costs . The Company bills franchisees and third-party customers shipping and transportation costs and reflects these charges in revenue. The unreimbursed costs that are associated with these costs are included in cost of sales.
      Research and Development . Research and development costs arising from internally generated projects are expensed by the Company as incurred. The Company recognized $0.1 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, $ 0.5 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.8 million in research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2006, and 2005. These costs are included in Other SG&A costs in the accompanying financial statements.
      Advertising Expenditures . The Company recognizes advertising, promotion and marketing program costs the first time the advertising takes place with exception to the costs of producing advertising, which are expensed as incurred during production. The Company administers national advertising funds on behalf of its franchisees. In accordance with the franchisee contracts, the Company collects advertising fees from the franchisees and utilizes the proceeds to coordinate various advertising and marketing campaigns. The Company recognized $20.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, $35.0 million of the period March 16 to December 31, 2007 and $50.7 million and $44.7 million in advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, and 2005.
     The Company has a balance of unused barter credits on account with a third-party barter agency. The Company generated these barter credits by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied us with barter credits. We did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products that were previously fully reserved for on our balance sheet. In accordance with the SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29”, a sale is recorded based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero, as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and are only realized when we purchase services or products through the bartering company. The credits can be used to offset the cost of purchasing services or products. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the available credit balance was $8.5 million. The barter credits are available for use through March 31, 2009.
      Other expense/income. Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million, as a result of the loss on the sale of our Australian subsidiary. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.5 million, which was the recognition of transaction fee income related to the transfer of our Australian franchise rights.
      Merger Related Costs. For the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, Merger related costs of $34.6 million includes costs incurred by our parent, and recognized by us, in relation to the Merger. These costs were comprised of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to our previous owner of $7.5 million and other costs of $0.7 million.
      Leases. The Company has various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, the Company receives varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate the Company for costs incurred in the construction of stores. These reimbursements are amortized by the Company as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. The Company determines the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.

75


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The Company leases a 630,000 square foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing, and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but the Company retains the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. As part of a tax incentive arrangement, the Company assigned the facilities to the counties and leases them back under operating leases. The Company leases the facilities from the counties where located, in lieu of paying local property taxes. Upon exercising its right to purchase the facilities back from the counties, the Company will be subject to the applicable taxes levied by the counties. In accordance with SFAS No. 98, ‘‘Accounting for Leases,’’ the purchase option in the lease agreements prevent sale-leaseback accounting treatment. As a result, the original cost basis of the facilities remains on the balance sheet and continues to be depreciated.
     The Company leases a 210,000 square foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. The Company conducts additional manufacturing that it performs for wholesalers or retailers of third-party products, and until the sale of the Australia facility, had additional warehousing at leased facilities located in New South Wales, Australia. The Company also has operating leases for its fleet of distribution tractors and trailers and fleet of field management vehicles. In addition, the Company also has a minimal amount of leased office space in California, Florida, Delaware and Illinois. The expense associated with leases that have escalating payment terms is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. See the footnote, “Long-Term Lease Obligations.”
      Contingencies . In Accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” the Company accrues a loss contingency if it is probable and can be reasonably estimated that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements if those financial statements have not been issued. If both of the conditions above are not met, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred. The Company accrues costs that are part of legal settlements when the settlement is determined by the court or is probable.
      Pre-Opening Expenditures . The Company recognizes the cost associated with the opening of new stores as incurred. These costs are charged to expense and are not material for the periods presented. Franchise store pre-opening costs are incurred by the franchisees.
      Deferred Financing Fees . Costs related to the financing of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003, 8 5/8% Senior Notes and the December 2003 senior credit facility were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the respective debt. As of March 15, 2007, the remaining deferred financing fees were written off as the debt was extinguished as a part of the Merger. In conjunction with the Merger, $29.3 million in costs related to the financing of new debt were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the new debt. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2007 was $2.9 million.
      Income Taxes . The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, (“SFAS 109”). As prescribed by SFAS 109, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. See the footnote, “Income Taxes.”
     For the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company will file a consolidated federal income tax return. For state income tax purposes, the Company will file on both a consolidated and separate return

76


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
basis in the states in which it conducts business. The Company filed in a consistent manner for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
     The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized an adjustment of $0.4 million to retained earnings for the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits, net of the deferred tax effect. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. See Note 5 for additional information regarding the change in unrecognized tax benefits.
      Self-Insurance. The Company has procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company is self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker’s compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company’s tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. The Company is not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. The Company’s associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Prior to the Acquisition, GNCI was included as an insured under several of Numico’s global insurance policies.
     The Company carries product liability insurance with a retention of $2.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. The Company carries general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. The Company reimburses the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
     As part of the medical benefits program, the Company contracts with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. The Company then reimburses these service providers as claims are processed from Company employees. The Company maintains a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per individual per plan year with a maximum lifetime benefit limit of $2.0 million per individual. The Company has no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. The Company’s liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in the “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities” footnote and was $1.9 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
      Stock Compensation . The Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (R) effective January 1, 2006. The Company selected the modified prospective method, which does not require adjustment to prior period financial statements and measures expected future compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value on grant date. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under SFAS No. 123 (R), which is consistent with disclosures previously included in prior year financial statements under SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, (“SFAS 123”). The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company’s financial statements over the option vesting period.
     Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and as permitted under SFAS 123 the Company measured compensation expense related to stock options in accordance with APB No. 25 and related interpretations which use the intrinsic value method. If compensation expense were determined based on the estimated fair value of options granted, consistent with the fair market value method in SFAS 123, its net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 would be reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in our “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” note.
      Foreign Currency . For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency. In accordance with SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”, assets and liabilities of those operations, denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the accumulated foreign currency gain amount was $2.7 million and $1.3

77


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
million, respectively. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.
      Financial Instruments and Derivatives. As part of the Company’s financial risk management program, it uses certain derivative financial instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily in respect of its long term debt obligations. The Company tries to manage its interest rate risk in order to balance its exposure to both fixed and floating rates while minimizing its borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, the Company primarily uses interest rate swap agreements to manage exposure to interest rate changes related to its senior credit facility borrowings. These interest rate swap agreements are primarily designated as cash flow hedges. The Company measures hedge effectiveness by assessing the changes in the fair value or expected future cash flows of the hedged item. The changes in the fair value of the hedges are reported in other long term assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2007, the Company had interest rate swap agreements outstanding that effectively converted notional amounts of $300.0 million of debt from floating to fixed interest rates. The outstanding agreements mature in April 2009 and April 2010. The Company would have paid $5.6 million ($3.6 million net of tax) at December 31, 2007 to settle these interest rate swap agreements, which represents the fair value, including accrued interest of $0.2 million, of these agreements on that date. This amount is included in comprehensive income at December 31, 2007.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements .
     In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under SFAS 159, a company may elect to use fair value to measure eligible items at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Eligible items include, but are not limited to, accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees, issued debt and firm commitments. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 . The Company continues to evaluate the adoption of SFAS 159 and the impact on its consolidated financial statements or results of operations.  
     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. This statement was initially effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008, the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not currently recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The effectiveness date of January 1, 2008 applies to all other assets and liabilities within the scope of this standard. The Company does not expect any material financial statement implications relating to the adoption of this Statement.
     In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). This bulletin expresses the SEC’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. The interpretations in this bulletin are being issued to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet. This statement is effective for annual financial statements with years ending December 31, 2006. We have adopted SAB 108 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

78


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company evaluated the effects of applying SAB 108 and have determined that its adoption does not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
     In March 2006, the FASB’s EITF issued EITF Abstract Issue No. 06-03, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross versus Net Presentation)” (“EITF 06-03”), that clarifies how a company discloses its recording of taxes collected that are imposed on revenue producing activities. EITF 06-03 is effective for the first interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company evaluated the effects of applying EITF 06-03 and have determined that its adoption does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. SFAS 141R significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under SFAS 141R, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact income tax expense. SFAS 141R provides guidance regarding what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. SFAS 141R also amends SFAS 109, such that adjustments made to deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies after January 1, 2009, even for business combinations completed before this date, will impact net income. The Company will adopt SFAS 141R beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 141R on its consolidated financial statements.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. The Company will adopt SFAS 160 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 160 on its consolidated financial statements.
     In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 48-1, “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48” (“the FSP”). The FSP provides guidance about how an enterprise should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. Under the FSP, a tax position could be effectively settled on completion of examination by a taxing authority if the entity does not intend to appeal or litigate the result and it is remote that the taxing authority would examine or re-examine the tax position. The Company applied the provisions of the FSP during 2007.

79


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 3. RECEIVABLES
     Receivables at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)
Trade receivables
  $ 83,107       $ 68,992  
Other
    4,896         5,666  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (3,337 )       (3,466 )
Related party
            3,635  
 
             
 
  $ 84,666       $ 74,827  
 
             
NOTE 4. INVENTORIES
     Inventories at each respective period consisted of the following:
                         
    Successor  
    December 31, 2007  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves     Value  
            (in thousands)          
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 287,430     $ (8,578 )   $ 278,852  
Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials
    51,755       (1,281 )     50,474  
Packaging supplies
    4,823             4,823  
 
                 
 
  $ 344,008     $ (9,859 )   $ 334,149  
 
                 
                         
    Predecessor  
    December 31, 2006  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves     Value  
            (in thousands)          
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 280,722     $ (8,677 )   $ 272,045  
Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials
    44,630       (2,119 )     42,511  
Packaging supplies
    4,826             4,826  
 
                 
 
  $ 330,178     $ (10,796 )   $ 319,382  
 
                 

80


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
     Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    (in thousands)  
    Assets     Liabilities     Net     Assets     Liabilities     Net  
Deferred tax:
                                               
Current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Operating reserves
  $ 2,779     $     $ 2,779     $ 3,956     $     $ 3,956  
Inventory capitalization
          (394 )     (394 )     4,191             4,191  
Deferred revenue
    12,084             12,084       11,804             11,804  
Prepaid expenses
          (8,520 )     (8,520 )           (8,289 )     (8,289 )
Accrued worker compensation
    1,680             1,680       2,774             2,774  
Settlements
    3,290             3,290                    
Stock compensation
                      1,061             1,061  
Foreign tax credits
    4,675             4,675                    
Other
    1,435             1,435       1,811       (570 )     1,241  
 
                                   
Total current
  $ 25,943     $ (8,914 )   $ 17,029     $ 25,597     $ (8,859 )   $ 16,738  
 
                                               
Non-current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Intangibles
  $     $ (303,319 )   $ (303,319 )   $     $ (14,282 )   $ (14,282 )
Fixed assets
    12,771             12,771       14,709             14,709  
Stock compensation
    694             694                    
Net operating loss carryforwards
    23,726             23,726       13,227             13,227  
Interest rate swap
    2,051             2,051                    
Other
    7,244             7,244       3,407       (3,159 )     248  
Valuation allowance
    (10,955 )           (10,955 )     (13,227 )           (13,227 )
 
                                   
Total non-current
  $ 35,531     $ (303,319 )   $ (267,788 )   $ 18,116     $ (17,441 )   $ 675  
 
                                   
Total net deferred taxes
  $ 61,474     $ (312,233 )   $ (250,759 )   $ 43,713     $ (26,300 )   $ 17,413  
 
                                   
     As of December 31, 2007 the Company had deferred tax assets relating to federal tax net operating losses (NOLs) in the amount of $10.8 million. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had deferred tax assets relating to state NOLs in the amount of $12.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively. With the exception of $2.0 million of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007, a valuation allowance has been provided for all the state NOLs as the Company believes that these NOLs, with lives ranging from five to twenty years, will not be realizable prior to their expiration.
     Deferred income taxes were not provided on cumulative undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, as unremitted earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were determined to be permanently reinvested.
     Income before income taxes consisted of the following components:

81


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
    March 16-     January 1-    
    December 31,     March 15,   Year ended December 31,
    2007     2007   2006   2005
                      (in thousands)
Domestic
  $ 25,607       $ (63,672 )   $ 56,453     $ 26,435  
Foreign
    5,977         1,661       3,148       3,112  
               
Total income before income taxes
  $ 31,584       $ (62,011 )   $ 59,601     $ 29,547  
               
     Income tax expense/(benefit) for all periods consisted of the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Period                
    March 16-       Period January 1-        
    December 31,       March 15,     Year ended December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
                      (in thousands)          
Current:
                                 
Federal
  $       $ (21,547 )   $ 21,675     $ 7,024  
State
    462         (279 )     2,299       1,255  
Foreign
    2,835         444       1,840       1,281  
 
                         
 
    3,297         (21,382 )     25,814       9,560  
 
                                 
Deferred:
                                 
Federal
    8,266         9,984       (3,695 )     1,172  
State
    1,037         701       107       149  
Foreign
                         
 
                         
 
    9,303         10,685       (3,588 )     1,321  
 
                         
 
                                 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 12,600       $ (10,697 )   $ 22,226     $ 10,881  
 
                         
     The following table summarizes the differences between the Company’s effective tax rate for financial reporting purposes and the federal statutory tax rate.
                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
    March 16-     January 1-    
    December 31,     March 15,   Year ended December 31,
    2007     2007   2006   2005
Percent of pretax earnings:
                                 
Statutory federal tax rate
    35.0 %       35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Increase/(decrease):
                                 
Other permanent differences
    2.0 %       (17.4 %)     (1.1 %)     (2.4 %)
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit
    3.1 %       (0.4 %)     3.5 %     3.9 %
Other
    (0.2 %)       0.1 %     (0.1 %)     0.3 %
 
                                 
 
                                 
Effective income tax rate
    39.9 %       17.3 %     37.3 %     36.8 %
 
                                 
     In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” (“FIN 48”) which applies to all open tax positions

82


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109.  This Interpretation is intended to result in increased relevance and comparability in financial reporting of income taxes and to provide more information about the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities.
     The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $0.4 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. Additionally, as a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recorded $15.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to a balance sheet reclassification that did not impact retained earnings. A total of $11.3 million of this reclassification relates to the gross presentation of certain tax positions related to periods that are subject to the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement between the Company and Numico. Under these provisions Numico is responsible for the satisfaction of these claims, and, as such the Company recorded a corresponding receivable of $11.3 million. The remaining $3.7 million related to tax positions previously categorized as current liabilities.   
     After the recognition of these items in connection with the implementation of FIN 48, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007 was $14.2 million. At December 31, 2007, the Company had a liability of $6.9 million for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties were $0.7 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2007 and as of January 1, 2007, respectively.
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company is not aware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.
     A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Period March 16-       Period January  
    December 31,       1- March 15,  
    2007       2007  
    (in thousands)
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period
  $ 15,771       $ 14,190  
Additions for tax positions taken during current period
    617         1,581  
Reductions for tax positions taken during prior periods
    (235 )        
Expiration of statute of limitations
    (9,282 )        
 
             
 
                 
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of period
  $ 6,871       $ 15,771  
 
             
     At December 31, 2007, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is immaterial. Due to the Merger, the majority of unrecognized tax benefits would be reversed through adjustments to the opening balance sheet. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, we believe that our unrecognized tax benefits reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash. Favorable resolution would be recognized as a reduction to our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.
     The Company files a consolidated federal tax return and various consolidated and separate tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the state and local jurisdictions in which it operates.  The Company has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service, (“IRS”), through its December 4, 2003 tax

83


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
year.  The IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s 2005, 2006 and short period 2007 federal income tax returns in February 2008. The IRS is expected to issue an examination report in the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company has various state and local jurisdiction tax years open to examination (earliest open period 2002), and the Company also has certain state and local jurisdictions currently under audit. As of December 31, 2007, the Company believes that it is appropriately reserved for any potential federal and state income tax exposures.
NOTE 6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
     Other current assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)
Current portion of franchise note receivables
  $ 1,598       $ 2,905  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (256 )       (22 )
Prepaid rent
    12,806         12,009  
Prepaid insurance
    5,877         5,406  
Prepaid income tax
    3,122          
Other current assets
    10,327         9,600  
 
             
 
  $ 33,474       $ 29,898  
 
             
NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
     Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line or declining balance basis over periods not exceeding 35 years.
     Management utilized various resources in arriving at its final fair value adjustments that were made to the Company’s financial statements as of March 16, 2007. In connection with the Merger, final fair values were assigned to various other intangible assets. The Company’s brands were assigned a final fair value representing the longevity of the Company name and general recognition of the product lines. The Gold Card program was assigned a final fair value representing the underlying customer listing, for both the Retail and Franchise segments. The retail agreements were assigned a final fair value reflecting the opportunity to expand the Company stores within a major drug store chain and on military facilities. A final fair value was assigned to the agreements with the Company’s franchisees, both domestic and international, to operate stores for a contractual period. Final fair values were assigned to the Company’s manufacturing and wholesale segments for production and continued sales to certain customers. During the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the Company updated the purchase price allocations, as a result of updates in the assumptions used in the valuation models.
     For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company acquired 17, 44 and 73 franchise stores, respectively. These acquisitions are accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and the Company records the acquired inventory, fixed assets, franchise rights and goodwill, with an applicable reduction to receivables and cash. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $1.3 million, of which $0.6 million was paid in cash. For the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $1.2 million, of which $0.5 million was paid in cash. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $3.6 million, of which $0.5 million was paid in cash.

84


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity.
                                 
                    Manufacturing/        
    Retail     Franchising     Wholesale     Total  
    (in thousands)  
Predecessor
                               
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 22,970     $ 56,693     $ 446     $ 80,109  
Additions: Acquired franchise stores
    913                   913  
Reclassification: Due to franchise store acquisitions
    2,795       (2,795 )            
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 26,678     $ 53,898     $ 446     $ 81,022  
Acquired franchise stores
    161                   161  
 
                       
Balance at March 15, 2007
  $ 26,839     $ 53,898     $ 446     $ 81,183  
 
                       
 
                               
Successor
                               
 
                               
Balance at March 16, 2007
  $ 238,296     $ 126,971     $ 209,356     $ 574,623  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    24,149       (9,668 )     (6,515 )     7,966  
Other adjustments
    43,670                   43,670  
Acquired franchise stores
    11                   11  
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 306,126     $ 117,303     $ 202,841     $ 626,270  
 
                       
     During the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the Company made purchase accounting adjustments, which consisted principally of a $12.0 million adjustment related to pre-acquisition contingencies. The remaining adjustments related to finalizing the valuation of intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment.
     During the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the Company recorded adjustments of $43.7 million primarily due to $45.3 million in adjustments to correct deferred taxes related to the Merger. This adjustment resulted in a corresponding increase to goodwill.

85


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following at each respective period.
                                                 
            Retail     Franchise     Operating     Franchise        
    Gold Card     Brand     Brand     Agreements     Rights     Total  
    (in thousands)  
Predecessor
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 514     $ 59,659     $ 152,341     $ 24,296     $ 1,650     $ 238,460  
Acquired franchise stores
                            1,197       1,197  
Reclassification: Due to franchise store acquisition
          7,817       (7,817 )                  
Amortization expense
    (514 )                 (2,944 )     (1,137 )     (4,595 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $     $ 67,476     $ 144,524     $ 21,352     $ 1,710     $ 235,062  
Acquired franchise stores
                            207       207  
Amortization expense
                      (609 )     (256 )     (865 )
 
                                   
Balance at March 15, 2007
  $     $ 67,476     $ 144,524     $ 20,743     $ 1,661     $ 234,404  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Successor
                                               
 
                                               
Balance at March 16, 2007
  $ 3,300     $ 500,000     $ 220,000     $ 178,000     $ 1,661     $ 902,961  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    5,700                   (7,000 )           (1,300 )
Acquired franchise stores
                            252       252  
Other additions
                      150             150  
Amortization expense
    (2,959 )                 (5,448 )     (784 )     (9,191 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 6,041     $ 500,000     $ 220,000     $ 165,702     $ 1,129     $ 892,872  
 
                                   
     The following table represents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major intangible asset:
                                                       
        Successor       Predecessor  
    Estimated   December 31, 2007       December 31, 2006  
    Life           Accumulated     Carrying               Accumulated     Carrying  
    in years   Cost     Amortization     Amount       Cost     Amortization     Amount  
        (in thousands)
Brands — retail
    $ 500,000     $     $ 500,000       $ 67,476     $     $ 67,476  
Brands — franchise
      220,000             220,000         144,524             144,524  
Gold card — retail
  3     3,500       (1,155 )     2,345         2,230       (2,230 )      
Gold card — franchise
  3     5,500       (1,804 )     3,696         340       (340 )      
Retail agreements
  25-35     31,000       (985 )     30,015         8,500       (3,627 )     4,873  
Franchise agreements
  25     70,000       (2,217 )     67,783         21,900       (5,421 )     16,479  
Manufacturing agreements
  25     70,000       (2,216 )     67,784                      
Other intangibles
  1-5     150       (30 )     120                      
Franchise rights
  1-5     1,913       (784 )     1,129         2,995       (1,285 )     1,710  
 
                                       
 
      $ 902,063     $ (9,191 )   $ 892,872       $ 247,965     $ (12,903 )   $ 235,062  
 
                                       
     The following table represents future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets with finite lives:
         
    Estimated  
    amortization  
Years ending December 31,   expense  
    (in thousands)  
2008
    10,898  
2009
    9,063  
2010
    7,190  
2011
    6,735  
2012
    6,661  
Thereafter
    132,325  
 
     
Total
  $ 172,872  
 
     

86


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
     Property, plant and equipment at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 59,381       $ 60,283  
Machinery and equipment
    52,066         79,488  
Leasehold improvements
    54,897         52,859  
Furniture and fixtures
    33,711         59,741  
Software
    8,138         15,075  
Construction in progress
    2,527         1,262  
 
             
Total property, plant and equipment
  $ 210,720       $ 268,708  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (19,872 )       (100,000 )
 
             
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 190,848       $ 168,708  
 
             
     General Nutrition, Incorporated, a subsidiary of the Company, is a 50% limited partner in a partnership that owns and manages the building that houses the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company occupies the majority of the available lease space of the building. The general partner is responsible for the operation and management of the property and reports the results of the partnership to the Company. The Company has consolidated the limited partnership, net of elimination adjustments, in the accompanying financial statements. Minority interest has been reflected in the accompanying financial statements as the partnership had sustained cumulative net losses from inception; however, during 2007, an insignificant net profit was realized.
NOTE 9. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
     Other assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Long-term franchise notes receivables
  $ 1,413       $ 3,912  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (282 )       (893 )
Long-term deposit
    2,516         3,047  
Other
    1,446         58  
 
             
 
  $ 5,093       $ 6,124  
 
             
     Annual maturities of the Company’s long term and current (see current portion in Note 6, “Other Current Assets”) franchise notes receivable at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
         
Years ending December 31,   Receivables  
    (in thousands)  
2008
  $ 1,598  
2009
    776  
2010
    250  
2011
    150  
2012
    237  
Thereafter
     
 
     
Total
  $ 3,011  
 
     

87


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
     Accounts payable at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Trade payables
  $ 97,829       $ 99,984  
Cash overdrafts
    4,124         4,137  
 
             
Total
  $ 101,953       $ 104,121  
 
             
NOTE 11. ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED LIABILITIES
     Accrued payroll and related liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Accrued payroll
  $ 22,533       $ 23,871  
Accrued taxes and benefits
    4,944         7,117  
 
             
Total
  $ 27,477       $ 30,988  
 
             
NOTE 12. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
     Other current liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Deferred revenue
  $ 32,558       $ 32,821  
Payable to former shareholders
    13,663          
Accrued occupancy
    4,829         4,428  
Accrued worker compensation
    4,634         7,806  
Accrued taxes
    6,072         7,887  
Other current liabilities
    20,879         13,035  
 
             
Total
  $ 82,635       $ 65,977  
 
             
     Deferred revenue consists primarily of Gold Card and gift card deferrals.

88


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 13. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST
     In conjunction with the Merger, the Company repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. The new debt, which was entered into or issued on the closing, consisted of a senior credit facility comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the “2007 Senior Credit Facility”), $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Toggle Notes”), and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5/8% Senior Notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003.
     Long-term debt at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
2007 Senior credit facility
  $ 669,937       $  
Senior Toggle Notes
    297,247          
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    110,000          
2003 Senior credit facility
            55,290  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
            150,000  
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
            215,000  
Mortgage
    9,774         11,065  
Capital leases
    23          
Less: current maturities
    (8,031 )       (1,765 )
Total
  $ 1,078,950       $ 429,590  
     At December 31, 2007, the Company’s total debt principal maturities are as follows:
                                         
            Senior     10.75% Senior              
Years Ending   2007 Senior     Toggle     Subordinated     Mortgage Loan/        
December 31,   Credit Facility     Notes (a)     Notes     Capital Leases     Total  
  (in thousands)
2008
  $ 6,750     $     $     $ 1,281     $ 8,031  
2009
    6,750                   1,381       8,131  
2010
    6,750                   1,476       8,226  
2011
    6,750                   1,582       8,332  
2012
    6,750                   1,695       8,445  
Thereafter
    636,187       300,000       110,000       2,382       1,048,569  
 
                             
 
  $ 669,937     $ 300,000     $ 110,000     $ 9,797     $ 1,089,734  
 
                             
 
(a)  
The Senior Toggle Notes include the balance of the initial original issue discount of approximately $3.0 million.

89


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The Company’s net interest expense for each respective period is as follows:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    March 16-       January 1-     Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands)
2003 Senior credit facility
                                 
Term Loan
  $       $ 918     $ 7,327       6,646  
Revolver
            132       639       613  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
            3,807       12,938       12,327  
8 1/2 % Senior Subordinated Notes
            2,695       18,275       18,275  
Call premiums
            23,159              
Deferred financing fees
    2,922         589       3,856       2,825  
Deferred fee writedown- early extinguishment
            11,680             3,890  
 
                                 
2007 Senior credit facility
                                 
Term Loan
    41,165                      
Revolver
    374                      
Senior Toggle Notes
    23,455                      
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    9,361                      
OID amortization
    247                      
Mortgage
    680         392       628       890  
Interest income
    (2,682 )       (336 )     (4,095 )     (2,388 )
 
                         
Interest expense, net
  $ 75,522       $ 43,036     $ 39,568     $ 43,078  
 
                         
     Accrued interest at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
2003 Senior credit facility
  $       $ 43  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
            5,965  
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
            1,523  
2007 Senior credit facility
    5,787          
Senior Toggle Notes
    8,841          
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    3,482          
 
             
Total
  $ 18,110       $ 7,531  
 
             

90


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      Description of Debt:
      2007 Senior Credit Facility . In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into the 2007 Senior Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the term loan facility, as well as $10.5 million of the $60.0 million revolving credit facility (excluding approximately $9.4 million of letters of credit), to fund the Merger and related transactions. The $10.5 million borrowing under the new senior revolving credit facility was repaid by the end of March 2007. The term loan facility will mature in September 2013. The revolving credit facility will mature in March 2012. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility permits the Company to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage of excess cash flow for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, the Company’s direct parent company, and the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the 2007 Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of the Company’s equity interests and the equity interests of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.
     All borrowings under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, in each case, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 1.25% per annum for the revolving credit facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.25% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.
     The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, the Company, and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.
     The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the senior credit facility when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the senior credit facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.
     The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-payment vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $25.0 million of the $60.0 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. The Company pays interest based on the aggregate available amount of the credit facility at a per annum rate equal to 0.5%. The Company pays

91


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
interest on outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility at the applicable margin in effect plus the Eurodollar loan rate. As of December 31, 2007, this rate was 7.0%. The Company also pays an additional interest rate of 2.5% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit issued. As of December 31, 2007, $6.5 million of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit.
      Senior Toggle Notes . In connection with the Merger, the Company completed a private offering of $300.0 million of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 at 99% of par value. The Senior Toggle Notes are the Company’s senior noncollateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future collateralized debt, including the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all the Company’s existing and future non collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are guaranteed on a senior non collateralized basis by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Toggle Notes indenture). If the Company fails to make payments on the Senior Toggle Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.
     The Company may elect in its sole discretion to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issuing new Senior Toggle Notes (“PIK interest”), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing new Senior Toggle Notes (“partial PIK interest”). Cash interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If the Company elects to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue new Senior Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date. The Senior Toggle Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.
     The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Toggle Notes at any time after March 15, 2009, at specified redemption prices. In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings if at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes remain outstanding immediately after such redemption. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
     The Senior Toggle Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase the Company’s stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Toggle Notes indenture restricts the Company’s and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to its stockholders.
     In accordance with the terms of the Senior Toggle Notes agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.
      10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes . In connection with the Merger, the Company completed a private offering of $110.0 million of its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are the Company’s senior subordinated non collateralized obligations and are

92


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
subordinated to all the Company’s existing and future senior debt, including the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Toggle Notes and rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all the Company’s existing and future subordinated debt. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non collateralized basis by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If the Company fails to make payments on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.
     The Company may redeem some or all of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at any time after March 15, 2009, at specified redemption prices. At any time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 105% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including special interest, if any) to the redemption date with net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings if at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding after the redemption. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
     The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase the Company’s stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts the Company’s and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to the Company’s stockholders.
     In accordance with the terms of the 10.75% Senior Subordinate Notes agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.
     The Company expects to fund its operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under the amount remaining available under the Company’s $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company expects its primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The Company anticipates that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the Company’s revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet its future operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, the Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance the Company’s indebtedness and to satisfy the Company’s other debt obligations will depend on the Company’s future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond the Company’s control. The Company believes that it has complied with the Company’s covenant reporting and compliance in all material respects for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Predecessor Debt:
      Senior Credit Facility . In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. Our Parent and our domestic subsidiaries guaranteed our obligations under the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility at December 31, 2004 consisted of a $285.0 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004. In January 2005, as a stipulation of the December 2004 amendment, we used the net proceeds of their Senior Notes offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash

93


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. As of December 31, 2007, the balance has been fully paid.
     Interest on the term loan facility was payable quarterly in arrears and at December 31, 2006 and 2005, carried an average interest rate of 8.1% and 7.4%, respectively.
     The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-party vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $50.0 million of the $75 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2006, $9.3 million of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit.
      Senior Notes . In January 2005, the Company issued $150.0 million of its Senior Notes. The Senior Notes were scheduled to mature on January 15, 2011, and bear interest at the rate of 8 5/8% per annum, which is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning with the first payment due on July 15, 2005.
      Senior Subordinated Notes . In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company issued $215.0 million of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on December 1, 2010, and bear interest at the rate of 8 1/2% per annum, which is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning with the first payment due on June 1, 2004.
NOTE 14. OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES
     Other Long Term Liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31,       December 31,  
    2007       2006  
    (in thousands)  
Fair value of interest rate swap agreements
  $ 5,490       $  
Payable to former shareholders
    12,771          
Liability for unrecognized tax benefits
    6,871          
Rent escalations
    9,467         7,734  
Other
    9,486         3,780  
 
             
Total
  $ 44,085       $ 11,514  
 
             

94


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s financial instruments consisted of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, franchise notes receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on the interest rates currently available and their underlying risk, the carrying value of the franchise notes receivable approximates their fair value. These fair values are reflected net of reserves, which are recognized according to Company policy. The carrying amount of the senior credit facility and mortgage is considered to approximate fair value since they carry an interest rate that is currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The Company determined the estimated fair values by using currently available market information and estimates and assumptions where appropriate. Accordingly, as considerable judgment is required to determine these estimates, changes in the assumptions or methodologies may have an effect on these estimates. The actual and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    December 31, 2007       December 31, 2006  
    Carrying     Fair       Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value       Amount     Value  
    (in thousands)  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 28,854     $ 28,854       $ 24,080     $ 24,080  
Receivables
    84,666       84,666         74,827       74,827  
Franchise notes receivable
    2,473       2,473         5,902       5,902  
Accounts payable
    101,953       101,953         104,121       104,121  
Long term debt
    1,086,981       1,065,534         431,356       445,144  
NOTE 16. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS
     The Company enters into operating leases covering its retail store locations. The Company is the primary lessor of the majority of all leased retail store locations and sublets the locations to individual franchisees. The leases generally provide for an initial term of between five and ten years, and may include renewal options for varying terms thereafter. The leases require minimum monthly rental payments and a pro rata share of landlord allocated common operating expenses. Most retail leases also require additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels (“Percent Rent”). According to the individual lease specifications, real estate taxes, insurance and other related costs may be included in the rental payment or charged in addition to rent. Other lease expenses relate to and include distribution facilities, transportation equipment, data processing equipment and automobiles.
     As the Company is the primary lessee for the majority of the franchise store locations, it is ultimately liable for the lease payments to the landlord. The Company makes the payments to the landlord directly, and then bills the franchisee for reimbursement of this cost. If a franchisee defaults on its sub-lease and its sub-lease is terminated, the Company has in the past converted, and expects in the future to, convert any such franchise store into a corporate store and fulfill the remaining lease obligation.
     The composition of the Company’s rental expense for all periods presented included the following components:

95


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor         Predecessor  
    March 16-       January 1-        
    December 31,       March 15,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
              (in thousands)  
Retail stores:
                                 
Rent on long-term operating leases, net of sublease income
  $ 83,867       $ 20,887     $ 99,194     $ 96,952  
Landlord related taxes
    12,138         2,987       14,920       13,678  
Common operating expenses
    24,659         6,364       28,143       26,619  
Percent rent
    9,880         2,863       12,035       9,571  
 
                         
 
    130,544         33,101       154,292       146,820  
Truck fleet
    3,441         904       4,295       4,413  
Other
    6,847         4,031       10,505       10,131  
 
                         
 
  $ 140,832       $ 38,036     $ 169,092     $ 161,364  
 
                         
     Minimum future obligations for non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of at least one year in effect at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
                                         
    Company     Franchise                      
    Retail     Retail             Sublease        
    Stores     Stores     Other     Income     Total  
    (in thousands)  
2008
    94,977       25,876       5,672       (25,876 )     100,649  
2009
    72,307       17,657       4,773       (17,657 )     77,080  
2010
    54,376       11,814       4,415       (11,814 )     58,791  
2011
    41,637       7,809       3,475       (7,809 )     45,112  
2012
    26,146       3,227       2,353       (3,227 )     28,499  
Thereafter
    50,582       1,653       2,463       (1,653 )     53,045  
 
                             
 
  $ 340,025     $ 68,036     $ 23,151     $ (68,036 )   $ 363,176  
 
                             
NOTE 17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
     The Company is engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising out of the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, product liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from the Company’s business activities. As is inherent with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. The Company continues to assess its requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with SFAS 5. The Company believes that the amount of any potential liability resulting from these actions, when taking into consideration their general and product liability coverage, including indemnification obligations of third-party manufacturers, and the indemnification provided by Numico under the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the Numico Acquisition, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business or financial condition. However, if the Company is required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating results.
     As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to them, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and operating results. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $2.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0

96


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
million. The Company typically seeks and has obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for its products or that manufacture or market products it sells. The Company also typically seeks to be added, and has been added, as additional insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. The Company is also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. The Company may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect its reputation, revenues and operating income.
        Ephedra (Ephedrine Alkaloids). As of February 29, 2008, the Company has been named as a defendant in 2 pending cases involving the sale of third-party products that contain ephedra. Of those cases, one involves a proprietary GNC product. Ephedra products have been the subject of adverse publicity and regulatory scrutiny in the United States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including the deaths of several individuals. In early 2003, the Company instructed all of its locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of its affiliates. Subsequently, the Company instructed all of its locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. In April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to the Company insurer and the Company has incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, the Company is entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold prior to December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold prior to such time and, accordingly, the Company is entitled to indemnification from Numico for all of the pending cases.
        Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases. The Company is currently defending against five lawsuits (the “Andro Actions”) relating to the sale by GNC of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, “Andro Products”). These five lawsuits were filed in California, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Florida.
       In each of the five cases, plaintiffs have sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased certain nutritional supplements from the Company alleged to contain one or more Andor Products.
       On April 17 and 18, 2006, the Company filed pleadings seeking to remove each of the Andro Actions to the respective federal district courts for the districts in which the respective Andro Actions are pending. At the same time, the Company filed motions seeking to transfer each of the Andro Actions to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York based on “related to” bankruptcy jurisdiction, as one of the manufacturers supplying them with Andro Products, and to whom they sought indemnity, MuscleTech Research and Development, Inc. (“MuscleTech”), filed bankruptcy. The Company was successful in removing the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida Andro Actions to federal court and transferring these actions to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York based on bankruptcy jurisdiction. The California case was not removed and remains pending in state court.
       Following the conclusion of the MuscleTech Bankruptcy case, plaintiffs, in September 2007, filed a stipulation dismissing all claims related to the sale of MuscleTech products in the four cases currently pending in the Southern District of New York (New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida). Additionally, plaintiffs have filed motions with the Court to remand these actions to their respective state courts, asserting that the federal court is divested of jurisdiction because the MuscleTech bankruptcy action is no longer pending. The motions to remand remain pending before the District Court. A more detailed description, listed by original stated court proceeding and current style, follows:
   
Harry Rodriguez v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, New York, Index No. 02/126277 and currently styled

97


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Harry Rodriguez, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. Case No. 1:06-cv-02987-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about December 6, 2002, alleged claims for unjust enrichment, violation of General Business Law Section 349 (misleading and deceptive trade practices), and violation of General Business Law Section 350 (false advertising). On July 2, 2003, the court granted part of the GNC motion to dismiss and dismissed the unjust enrichment cause of action. On January 4, 2006, the court conducted a hearing on the GNC motion for summary judgment and plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, both of which remain pending.
   
Everett Abrams v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Mercer County, New Jersey, Docket No. L-3789-02 and currently styled Everett Abrams, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. , Case No. 1:06-cv-07881-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about December 20, 2002, alleged claims for false and deceptive marketing and omissions and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act. On November 18, 2003, the court signed an order dismissing plaintiff’s claims for affirmative misrepresentation and sponsorship with prejudice. The claim for knowing omissions remains pending.
 
   
Shawn Brown, Ozan Cirak, Thomas Hannon, and Luke Smith v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending in the 15 th Judicial Circuit Court, Palm Beach County, Florida, Index. No. CA-02-14221AB and currently styled Shawn Brown, Ozan Cirak, Thomas Hannon and Like Smith, each individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:07-cv-06356-UA, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Second Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about November 27, 2002, alleged claims for violations of the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act, unjust enrichment, and violation of Florida Civil Remedies for Criminal Practices Act. These claims remain pending.
 
   
Andrew Toth v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., et al. (previously pending in the Common Pleas Court of Philadelphia County, Philadelphia, Class Action No. 02-703886 and currently styled Andrew Toth and Richard Zatta, each individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Bodyonics, LTD, d/b/a Pinnacle and General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 1:06-cv-02721-JSR, In the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about July 25, 2002. The Amended Complaint, filed thereafter on or about April 8, 2003, alleged claims for violations of the Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law, and unjust enrichment. The court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and that order has been affirmed on appeal. Plaintiffs thereafter filed a petition in the Pennsylvania Supreme Court asking that the court consider an appeal of the order denying class certification. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court denied the petition after the case against GNC was removed as described above. The Claims for the violations of the Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law and unjust enrichment remain pending.
 
   
Santiago Guzman, individually, on behalf of all others similarly situated, and on behalf of the general public v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (previously pending on the California Judicial Counsel Coordination Proceeding No. 4363, Los Angeles County Superior Court). Plaintiffs filed this putative class action on or about February 17, 2004. The Second Amended Complaint, filed on or about November 27, 2006, alleged claims for violations of the Consumers Legal Remedies Act, violation of the Unfair Competition Act, and unjust enrichment. These claims remain pending.
          On January 25, 2008, a mediation was held for the Andro Actions and no resolution was reached.
          Based upon the information available to the Company at the present time, they believe that these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon their business or financial condition. As any liabilities

98


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
that may arise from these cases are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time, no liability has been accrued in the accompanying financial statements.
      Class Action Settlement. Five class action lawsuits were filed against us in the state courts of Alabama, California, Illinois, and Texas with respect to claims that the labeling, packaging, and advertising with respect to a third-party product sold by the Company were misleading and deceptive. The Company denied any wrongdoing and is pursuing indemnification claims against the manufacturer. As a result of mediation, the parties agreed to a national settlement of the lawsuits, which has been approved by the court. Notice to the class has been published in mass advertising media publications. In addition, notice has been mailed to approximately 2.4 million GNC Gold Card members. Each person who purchased the third-party product and who is part of the class and who presented a cash register receipt or original product packaging will receive a cash reimbursement equal to the retail price paid, net of sales tax. Class members who purchased the product, but who do not have a cash register receipt or original product packaging, were given an opportunity to submit a signed affidavit that would then entitle them to receive one or more coupons. The deadline for submission of register receipts, original product packaging, or signed affidavits, was January 5, 2007. The number of coupons will be based on the total amount of purchases of the product subject to a maximum of five coupons per purchaser. Each coupon will have a cash value of $10.00 valid toward any purchase of $25.00 or more at a GNC store. The coupons will not be redeemable by any GNC Gold Card member during Gold Card Week and will not be redeemable for products subject to any other price discount. The coupons are to be redeemed at point of sale and are not mail-in rebates. They will be redeemable for a 90-day period from the date of issuance. The Company also agreed to donate 100,000 coupons to the United Way. In addition to the cash reimbursements and coupons, as part of the settlement the Company paid legal fees of approximately $1.0 million and incurred advertising and postage costs of approximately $0.4 million in 2006. Additionally, as of June 30, 2007, an accrual of $0.3 million existed for additional advertising and postage costs related to the notification letters. The deadline for class members to opt out of the settlement class or object to the terms of the settlement was July 6, 2006. A final fairness hearing took place on January 27, 2007. As of February 29, 2008, there had been 651 claims forms submitted. Due to the uncertainty that exists as to the extent of future sales to the purchasers, the coupons are an incentive for the purchasers to buy products or services from the Company (at a reduced gross margin). Accordingly, the Company will recognize the settlement by reducing revenue in future periods when the purchasers utilize the coupons.
      Franklin Publications. On October 26, 2005, General Nutrition Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was sued in the Common Pleas Court of Franklin County, Ohio by Franklin Publications, Inc. (“Franklin”). The case was subsequently removed to the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, Eastern Division. At the end of February 2008, the case was settled. The lawsuit is based upon the GNC subsidiary’s termination, effective as of December 31, 2005, of two contracts for the publication of two monthly magazines mailed to certain GNC customers. Franklin was seeking a declaratory judgment as to its rights and obligations under the contracts and monetary damages for the GNC subsidiary’s alleged breach of the contracts. Franklin also alleges that the GNC subsidiary had interfered with Franklin’s business relationships with the advertisers in the publications, who were primarily GNC vendors, and has been unjustly enriched. The Company believes that the settlement will not have a material adverse affect on their business or financial condition.
      Wage and Hour Claim. On August 11, 2006, the Company and General Nutrition Corporation, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, were sued in federal district court for the District of Kansas by Michelle L. Most and Mark A. Kelso, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated. The lawsuit purports to certify a nationwide class of GNC store managers and assistant managers and alleges that GNC failed to pay time and a half for working more than 40 hours per week. Counsel for the plaintiffs contends that the Company and General Nutrition Corporation improperly applied fluctuating work week calculations and procedures for docking pay for working less than 40 hours per week under a fluctuating work week. In May 2007, the parties entered in to a settlement of the claims, which is subject to court approval. On or about July 3, 2007, the Company sent a notice to all potential claimants, who may then elect to opt in to the settlement. While the actual settlement amount will be based on the number of claimants who actually opt in to participate in the settlement, if approved by the court, the

99


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
settlement contemplates a maximum total payment by the Company of $1.9 million if all potential claimants opt in. Based on the number of actual opt-ins, the total amount paid in the third quarter of 2007 to the class is approximately $0.1 million. In addition, the Company paid the plaintiffs counsel and agreed amount of $0.7 million for attorney’s fees following approval by the court of the settlement. On July 23, 2007, the court approved the settlement of claims as fair, reasonable, and adequate and entered its Order of Approval. The total amount paid to the class approximated $0.1 million. Final Judgment was entered by the Court on December 18, 2007 disposing of the claims of the opt-in plaintiffs.
      California Wage and Break Claim . On April 24, 2007, Kristin Casarez and Tyler Goodell filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange. The Company removed the lawsuit to the United States District Court for the Central district of California. Plaintiffs purport to bring the action on their own behalf, on behalf of a class of all current and former non-exempt employees of GNC throughout the State of California employed on or after August 24, 2004, and as private attorney general on behalf of the general public. Plaintiffs allege that they and members of the putative class were not provided all of the rest periods and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that GNC failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled to under California law. We intend to vigorously oppose class certification. Based on the information available to the Company at the present time, they believe that this matter will not have a material adverse effect upon their business or financial condition.
Commitments
     The Company maintains certain purchase commitments with various vendors to ensure its operational needs are fulfilled of approximately $35.8 million. The future purchase commitments consisted of $10.0 million of advertising and inventory commitments, $13.8 million management services agreement and bank fees and $12.0 million related to future litigation costs. Other commitments related to the Company’s business operations cover varying periods of time and are not significant. All of these commitments are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences to the Company’s operations or financial condition.
Contingencies
     Due to the nature of the Company’s business operations having a presence in multiple taxing jurisdictions, the Company periodically receives inquiries and/or audits from various state and local taxing authorities. Any probable and reasonably estimated liabilities that may arise from these inquiries have been accrued and reflected in the accompanying financial statements. In conjunction with the Acquisition by Apollo Funds V, certain other contingencies will be indemnified by Numico. These indemnifications include certain legal costs associated with certain identified cases as well as any tax costs, including audit settlements, that would be for liabilities incurred prior to December 5, 2003.
NOTE 18. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
     At December 31, 2007 there were 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding. All of our outstanding stock was owned by our Parent at December 31, 2007.
NOTE 19. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
Stock Options
     The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006. The Company selected the modified prospective method, which does not require adjustment to prior period financial statements and measures expected future compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value on grant date. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under SFAS 123(R), which is consistent with disclosures previously included in prior year financial statements under SFAS 123. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company’s financial statements over the option vesting period. As of the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R), the net unrecognized compensation

100


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
cost, after taking into consideration estimated forfeitures, related to options outstanding was $4.4 million. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 the net unrecognized compensation cost was $9.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.6 years and 1.8 years, respectively.
     In 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company of the Parent (the “Board”) and Parent’s stockholders approved and adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Parent to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The Plan is available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the Board. The total number of shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock reserved and available for the 2007 Plan is 8.4 million shares. On February 12, 2008, the Board approved an additional 2.0 million shares to be made available to 2007 Plan. Stock options under the Plan generally are granted with exercise prices at or above fair market value, typically vest over a four or five-year period and expire ten years from date of grant. As of December 31, 2007 the Company had 6.7 million outstanding stock options under the Plan. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares have been granted under the Plan.
Predecessor
     In 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company and our Parent approved and adopted the GNC Corporation 2006 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). In 2003 the Board approved and adopted the GNC Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the 2003 “Plan”). Hereafter, collectively referred to as the (“Plans”). The purpose of the Plans is to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plans provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance shares. The Plans are available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the Board. The total number of shares of our Parent’s Common Stock reserved and available for the 2006 Plan is 3.8 million shares and under the 2003 Plan is 4.0 million shares. Stock options under the Plans generally are granted fair market value, vest over a four-year vesting schedule and expire after seven years from date of grant. As of December 31, 2006 the Company had 4.8 million outstanding stock options under the Plans. If stock options are granted at an exercise price that is less than fair market value at the date of grant, compensation expense is recognized immediately for the intrinsic value. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares were granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2006.

101


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table outlines our Parent’s total stock options activity:
                         
            Weighted    
            Average   Aggregate
    Total Options   Exercise Price   Intrinsic Value
                    (in thousands)
Predecessor
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    4,157,205     $ 3.52          
Granted
    2,177,247       3.52          
Forfeited
    (1,628,049 )     3.52          
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    4,706,403     $ 3.52          
Granted
    562,456       6.56          
Exercised
    (170,700 )     3.52          
Forfeited
    (285,323 )     5.04          
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    4,812,836     $ 3.65     $ 41,123  
Cancellation at March 15, 2007
    (4,812,836 )                
 
                       
Outstanding at March 15, 2007
                     
 
                       
 
                       
Successor
                       
Granted
    7,607,934     $ 6.25          
Forfeited
    (893,442 )                
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    6,714,492     $ 6.25     $ 22,794  
 
                       
 
                       
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
        $     $  
 
                       

102


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     SFAS No. 123(R) requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation expense for the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was $1.9 million. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the Company recognized total compensation expense of $4.1 million, of which $3.8 million related to the acceleration of the vesting of these options. The Company recorded $47.0 million as a reduction in equity on March 15, 2007 related to the cancellation of these options. For the year ended December 31, 2006 stock-based compensation expense of $2.5 million included $2.3 million of stock option expense recorded as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).
     As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was 9.2 years and 4.8 years, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 4.5 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $1.61, $3.74, and $4.48, respectively. The amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.6 million and the related tax benefit was $0.2 million.
     As stated above, SFAS 123(R) established a fair-value-based method of accounting for generally all share-based payment transactions. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes valuation method to establish fair value of all awards. The Black-Scholes model utilizes the following assumptions in determining a fair value: price of underlying stock, option exercise price, expected option term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and expected stock price volatility over the option’s expected term. As the Company has had minimal exercises of stock options through December 31, 2007 and 2006 option term has been estimated by considering both the vesting period, which is typically for the successor and predecessor plans, five and four years, respectively, and the contractual term of ten and seven years, respectively. As the Company’s underlying stock is not publicly traded on an open market, the Company utilized a historical industry average to estimate the expected volatility. The assumptions used in the Company’s Black-Scholes valuation related to stock option grants made as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Dividend yield
    0.00%       0.00%       0.00%  
Expected option life
  7.5 years   5 years   5 years
Volatility factor percentage of market price
    23.00% - 25.00%       22.00%       24.00%  
Discount rate
    4.16% - 4.96%       4.47% - 5.10%       3.84% - 4.35%  
     As the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizes certain estimates and assumptions, the existing models do not necessarily represent the definitive fair value of options for future periods.

103


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Had compensation costs for stock options been determined using the fair market value method of SFAS No. 123, the effect on net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been as follows:
         
    Year ended  
    December 31,  
    2005  
    (in thousands)  
Net income as reported
  $ 18,666  
Add: total stock-based employee compensation costs determined using intrinsic value method, net of tax
    399  
Less: total stock-based employee compensation costs determine using fair value method, net of tax
    (1,294 )
 
     
Adjusted net income
  $ 17,771  
 
     
NOTE 20. SEGMENTS
     The Company has three operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment. The operating segments represent identifiable components of the Company for which separate financial information is available. This information is utilized by management to assess performance and allocate assets accordingly. The Company’s management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income or loss for each segment. Operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, excludes certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as distribution and warehousing, impairments and other corporate costs. The following table represents key financial information for each of the Company’s business segments, identifiable by the distinct operations and management of each: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The Retail segment includes the Company’s corporate store operations in the United States and Canada. The Franchise segment represents the Company’s franchise operations, both domestically and internationally. The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment represents the Company’s manufacturing operations in South Carolina and Australia and the Wholesale sales business. This segment supplies the Retail and Franchise segments, along with various third parties, with finished products for sale. The Warehousing and Distribution, Corporate Costs, and Other Unallocated Costs represent the Company’s administrative expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.

104


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table represents key financial information of the Company’s business segments:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    March 16 -       January 1 -     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
              (in thousands)  
Revenue:
                                 
Retail
  $ 909,264       $ 259,313     $ 1,122,670     $ 989,493  
Franchise
    193,896         47,237       232,289       212,750  
Manufacturing/Wholesale:
                                 
Intersegment (1)
    133,051         35,477       170,310       163,847  
Third Party
    119,827         23,279       132,157       115,465  
 
                         
Sub total Manufacturing/Wholesale
    252,878         58,756       302,467       279,312  
Sub total segment revenues
    1,356,038         365,306       1,657,426       1,481,555  
Intersegment elimination (1)
    (133,051 )       (35,477 )     (170,310 )     (163,847 )
 
                         
Total revenue
  $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829     $ 1,487,116     $ 1,317,708  
 
                         
 
       
(1) Intersegment revenues are eliminated from consolidated revenue.        
                                   
Operating income (loss):
                                 
Retail
  $ 106,448       $ 28,249     $ 127,444     $ 77,191  
Franchise
    55,000         14,518       64,060       51,976  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    38,915         10,267       51,040       45,960  
Unallocated corporate and other (costs) income:
                                 
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (40,697 )       (10,667 )     (50,706 )     (49,986 )
Corporate costs
    (52,560 )       (26,739 )     (91,466 )     (55,016 )
Merger-related costs
            (34,603 )            
Other (expense) income
                  (1,203 )     2,500  
 
                         
Sub total unallocated corporate and other (costs) income
    (93,257 )       (72,009 )     (143,375 )     (102,502 )
 
                         
Total operating income (loss)
    107,106         (18,975 )     99,169       72,625  
 
                                 
Interest expense, net
    75,522         43,036       39,568       43,078  
 
                         
 
                                 
Income before income taxes
    31,584         (62,011 )     59,601       29,547  
 
                                 
Income tax expense
    12,600         (10,697 )     22,226       10,881  
 
                         
 
                                 
Net income
  $ 18,984       $ (51,314 )   $ 37,375     $ 18,666  
 
                         

105


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    March 16 -       January 1 -     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
                  (in thousands)           
Depreciation and amortization:
                                 
Retail
  $ 14,806       $ 4,114     $ 22,143     $ 24,313  
Franchise
    4,025         365       1,837       1,889  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    7,014         1,714       8,364       8,414  
Corporate / Other
    4,144         1,182       6,834       6,420  
 
                         
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 29,989       $ 7,375     $ 39,178     $ 41,036  
 
                         
Capital expenditures:
                                 
Retail
  $ 18,347       $ 4,778     $ 15,440     $ 11,657  
Franchise
    4                      
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    6,694         285       5,933       6,033  
Corporate / Other
    3,806         630       2,473       3,135  
 
                         
Total capital expenditures
  $ 28,851       $ 5,693     $ 23,846     $ 20,825  
 
                         
Total assets
                                 
Retail
  $ 1,242,999       $ 472,131     $ 485,153     $ 441,364  
Franchise
    476,685         273,348       275,530       290,092  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    426,250         129,438       133,899       148,445  
Corporate / Other
    93,698         106,348       74,203       145,739  
 
                         
Total assets
  $ 2,239,632       $ 981,265     $ 968,785     $ 1,025,640  
 
                         
Geographic areas
                                 
Total revenues:
                                 
United States
  $ 1,156,806       $ 314,804     $ 1,413,650     $ 1,255,468  
Foreign
    66,181         15,025       73,466       62,240  
 
                         
Total revenues
  $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829     $ 1,487,116     $ 1,317,708  
 
                         
Long-lived assets:
                                 
United States
  $ 189,416       $ 181,617     $ 171,609     $ 185,541  
Foreign
    6,526         3,323       3,223       4,055  
 
                         
Total long-lived assets
  $ 195,942       $ 184,940     $ 174,832     $ 189,596  
 
                         
     The following table represents sales by general product category. The category “Other” includes other wellness products sales from the Company’s point of sales system and certain required accounting adjustments of ($0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, $0.1 million for 2006, $3.0 million for 2005, and sales from www.gnc.com of $6.7 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $21.6 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $17.1 million for 2006.
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Period       Period        
    March 16-       January 1-        
    December       March 15,     Year ended December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
              (in thousands)      
U.S Retail Product Categories:
                                 
VMHS
  $ 335,521       $ 96,190     $ 415,344     $ 377,699  
Sports Nutrition Products
    291,069         85,566       369,731       330,308  
Diet and Weight Management Products
    116,772         35,652       158,693       135,219  
Other Wellness Products
    99,721         26,880       111,140       90,800  
 
                         
Total U.S. Retail revenues
    843,083         244,288       1,054,908       934,026  
Canada retail revenues (1)
    66,181         15,025       67,762       55,467  
 
                         
Total Retail Revenue
  $ 909,264       $ 259,313     $ 1,122,670     $ 989,493  
 
                         
 
(1)  
Product sales for Canda are managed in local currency, therefore the total results are reflected in this table.

106


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     In addition to the Retail product categories discussed above, Franchise revenues are primarily generated from (1) product sales to franchisees, (2) royalties from franchise retail sales and (3) franchise fees, and Manufacturing/ Wholesale sales are generated from sales of manufactured products to third parties, primarily in the VMHS product category.
NOTE 21. FRANCHISE REVENUE
     The Company’s Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. The Company enters into franchise agreements with initial terms of ten years. The Company charges franchisees three types of flat franchise fees associated with stores: initial, transfer and renewal. The initial franchise fee is payable prior to the franchise store opening as consideration for the initial franchise rights and services performed by the Company. Transfer fees are paid as consideration for the same rights and services as the initial fee and occur when a former franchisee transfers ownership of the franchise location to a new franchisee. This is typically a reduced fee compared to the initial franchise fee. The renewal franchise fee is charged to existing franchisees upon renewal of the franchise contract. This fee is similar to, but typically less than the initial fee.
     Once the franchised store is opened, transferred or renewed, the Company has no further obligations under these fees to the franchisee. Therefore, all initial, transfer and renewal franchise fee revenue is recognized in the period in which a franchise store is opened, transferred or date the contract period is renewed. The Company recognized initial franchise fees of $1.4 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, $0.3 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, $1.5 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The following is a summary of our franchise revenue by type:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    March 16 -       January 1 -        
    December 31,       March 15,     Year ended December 31,  
    2007       2007     2006     2005  
                      (in thousands)          
Product sales
  $ 160,665       $ 38,409     $ 191,707     $ 173,427  
Royalties
    25,990         7,102       32,641       31,380  
Franchise fees
    3,013         810       3,532       3,565  
Other
    4,228         916       4,409       4,378  
 
                         
Total franchise revenue
  $ 193,896       $ 47,237     $ 232,289     $ 212,750  
 
                         
NOTE 22. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     The Company remitted cash payments for federal and state income taxes of $1.2 million, $23.2 million, and $2.9 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company received cash refunds of $19.7 million, net of tax payments for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007.
     The Company remitted cash payments for interest expense related to outstanding debt of $38.7 million, $56.8 million, $40.2 million and $32.7 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
NOTE 23. RETIREMENT PLANS
     The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan covering substantially all employees. Full time employees who have completed 30 days of service and part time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan provides for

107


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
employee contributions of 1% to 80% of individual compensation into deferred savings, subject to IRS limitations. The plan provides for Company contributions upon the employee meeting the eligibility requirements. The contribution match was temporarily suspended as of June 30, 2003, and was reinstated in January 2004. Effective April 1, 2005, the Company match consists of both a fixed and a discretionary match. The fixed match is 50% on the first 3% of the salary that an employee defers and the discretionary match could be up to an additional 100% match on the 3% deferral. A discretionary match can be approved at any time by the Company.
     An employee becomes vested in the Company match portion as follows:
         
    Percent
Years of Service   Vested
0-1
    0 %
1-2
    33 %
2-3
    66 %
3+
    100 %
     The Company made cash contributions of $0.3 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, $0.9 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, $1.2 million, and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, the Company made a discretionary match for the 2006 plan year of $1.2 million made in February 2007 and will make a discretionary match for the 2007 plan year of $0.6 million in March 2008.
     The Company has a Non-qualified Executive Retirement Arrangement Plan that covers key employees. Under the provisions of this plan, certain eligible key employees are granted cash compensation, which in the aggregate was not significant for any year presented.
     The Company has a Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan that provides benefits payable to certain qualified key employees upon their retirement or their designated beneficiaries upon death. This plan allows participants the opportunity to defer pretax amounts ranging from 2% to 100% of their base compensation plus bonuses. The plan is funded entirely by elective contributions made by the participants. The Company has elected to finance any potential plan benefit obligations using corporate owned life insurance policies. As of December 31, 2007, plan assets approximated plan liabilities.
NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
      Successor:
      Management Services Agreement. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a services agreement with its Parent, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc (“Holdings”). Under the agreement, Holdings agreed to provide the Company and its subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $1.5 million, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. The company agreed to provide customary indemnifications to Holdings and its affiliates and those providing services on its behalf. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company incurred an aggregate fee of $10.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to Holdings for services rendered in connection with the Merger. As of December 31, 2007, $1.2 million had been paid pursuant to this agreement.
      Credit Facility. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a $735.0 million credit agreement, of which various Ares fund portfolios, which are related to the one of our sponsors, are investors. As of December 31, 2007, certain affiliates of Ares Management LLC held approximately $64.5 million of term loans under the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility.

108


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      Predecessor:
      Management Service Fees. As of December 5, 2003, the Company and Parent entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V. The agreement provides that Apollo Management V furnish certain investment banking, management, consulting, financial planning, and financial advisory services on an ongoing basis and for any significant financial transactions that may be undertaken in the future. The length of the agreement was ten years. There was an annual general services fee of $1.5 million, which was payable in monthly installments. There were also major transaction services fees for services that Apollo Management V may provide which would be based on normal and customary fees of like kind. In addition, the Company reimburses expenses that are incurred and paid by Apollo Management V on behalf of the Company. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $1.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, were paid to Apollo Management V under the terms of this agreement. In addition, as a result of the Merger, for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $7.5 million was paid to Apollo Management V as a one-time payment for the termination of the management services agreement.
      Management Service Fees . As of December 5, 2003 the Company and our Parent entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V. The agreement provides that Apollo Management V furnish certain investment banking, management, consulting, financial planning, and financial advisory services on an ongoing basis and for any significant financial transactions that may be undertaken in the future. The length of the agreement is ten years. There is an annual general services fee of $1.5 million which is payable in monthly installments. There are also major transaction services fees for services that Apollo Management V may provide which would be based on normal and customary fees of like kind. In addition, the Company reimburses expenses that are incurred and paid by Apollo Management V on behalf of the Company.

109


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 25. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION
     As of December 31, 2007 the Company’s debt included its 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility has been guaranteed by GNC Corporation and the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Toggle Notes are general non collateralized obligations of the Company and rank secondary to the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Company, including its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on an non collateralized basis by all of its existing and future material domestic subsidiaries. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are general non collateralized obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of its domestic subsidiaries and rank secondary to its 2007 Senior Credit Facility and Senior Toggle Notes. Guarantor subsidiaries include the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries as of the respective balance sheet dates and are the same as the guarantors for the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. Non-guarantor subsidiaries include the remaining direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned by the Company. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.
     Presented below are condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company as the parent/issuer, and the combined guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and the period ended March 15, 2007. The guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries are presented in a combined format as their individual operations are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Investments in subsidiaries are either consolidated or accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

110


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 26,090     $ 2,764     $     $ 28,854  
Receivables, net
    128       84,253       285             84,666  
Intercompany receivables
          79,441             (79,441 )      
Inventories, net
          311,655       22,494             334,149  
Other current assets
    251       45,694       4,558             50,503  
 
                             
Total current assets
    379       547,133       30,101       (79,441 )     498,172  
 
                                       
Goodwill
          625,869       401             626,270  
Brands
          720,000                   720,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
          166,440       24,408             190,848  
Investment in subsidiaries
    1,742,216       9,684             (1,751,900 )      
Other assets
    26,378       186,745             (8,781 )     204,342  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 1,768,973     $ 2,255,871     $ 54,910     $ (1,840,122 )   $ 2,239,632  
 
                             
 
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
  $ 20,015     $ 205,433     $ 14,636     $     $ 240,084  
Intercompany payables
    66,359             13,082       (79,441 )      
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    86,374       205,433       27,718       (79,441 )     240,084  
 
Long-term debt
    1,070,434       23       17,274       (8,781 )     1,078,950  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (2,051 )     269,839                   267,788  
Other long-term liabilities
    5,491       38,360       234             44,085  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    1,160,248       513,655       45,226       (88,222 )     1,630,907  
Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)
    608,725       1,742,216       9,684       (1,751,900 )     608,725  
 
                             
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity (deficit)
  $ 1,768,973     $ 2,255,871     $ 54,910     $ (1,840,122 )   $ 2,239,632  
 
                             

111


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2006   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 20,469     $ 3,611     $     $ 24,080  
Receivables, net
    3,636       71,053       138             74,827  
Intercompany receivables
          71,585             (71,585 )      
Inventories, net
          304,340       15,042             319,382  
Other current assets
    213       42,231       4,192             46,636  
 
                             
Total current assets
    3,849       509,678       22,983       (71,585 )     464,925  
 
                                       
Goodwill
          80,592       430             81,022  
Brands
          209,000       3,000             212,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
          148,948       19,760             168,708  
Investment in subsidiaries
    784,757       7,525             (792,282 )      
Other assets
    12,475       38,435             (8,780 )     42,130  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 801,081     $ 994,178     $ 46,173     $ (872,647 )   $ 968,785  
 
                             
 
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
  $ 4,421     $ 198,044     $ 12,885     $     $ 215,350  
Intercompany payables
    64,609             6,976       (71,585 )      
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    69,030       198,044       19,861       (71,585 )     215,350  
 
                                       
Long-term debt
    419,720             18,650       (8,780 )     429,590  
Other long-term liabilities
          11,377       137             11,514  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    488,750       209,421       38,648       (80,365 )     656,454  
Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)
    312,331       784,757       7,525       (792,282 )     312,331  
 
                             
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity (deficit)
  $ 801,081     $ 994,178     $ 46,173     $ (872,647 )   $ 968,785  
 
                             
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,158,143     $ 75,180     $ (10,336 )   $ 1,222,987  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          770,261       54,313       (10,336 )     814,238  
 
                             
Gross profit
          387,882       20,867             408,749  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          183,901       11,891             195,792  
Advertising and promotion
          34,560       502             35,062  
Other selling, general and administrative
    1,356       67,315       2,542             71,213  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (24,467 )     (2,612 )           27,079        
Other (income) expense
          (77 )     (347 )           (424 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    23,111       104,795       6,279       (27,079 )     107,106  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    7,080       67,611       831             75,522  
 
                             
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    16,031       37,184       5,448       (27,079 )     31,584  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (2,953 )     12,717       2,836             12,600  
 
                             
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,984     $ 24,467     $ 2,612     $ (27,079 )   $ 18,984  
 
                             

112


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor           Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Period ended March 15, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $ 314,632     $ 17,489     $ (2,292 )   $ 329,829  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          201,973       12,494       (2,292 )     212,175  
 
                             
Gross profit
          112,659       4,995             117,654  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          61,615       2,696             64,311  
Advertising and promotion
          20,435       38             20,473  
Other selling, general and administrative
    86       17,514       (204 )           17,396  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (12,958 )     (1,581 )           14,539        
Other (income) expense
    34,603             (154 )           34,449  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (21,731 )     14,676       2,619       (14,539 )     (18,975 )
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    42,981       (539 )     594             43,036  
 
                             
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (64,712 )     15,215       2,025       (14,539 )     (62,011 )
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,398 )     2,257       444             (10,697 )
 
                             
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (51,314 )   $ 12,958     $ 1,581     $ (14,539 )   $ (51,314 )
 
                             

113


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2006   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,413,308     $ 84,405     $ (10,597 )   $ 1,487,116  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          932,705       61,422       (10,597 )     983,530  
 
                             
Gross profit
          480,603       22,983             503,586  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          247,314       13,511             260,825  
Advertising and promotion
          50,078       667             50,745  
Other selling, general and administrative
    5,142       83,854       3,314             92,310  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (43,224 )     (1,807 )           45,031        
Other (income) expense
          (52 )     589             537  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    38,082       101,216       4,902       (45,031 )     99,169  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    3,856       34,457       1,255             39,568  
 
                             
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    34,226       66,759       3,647       (45,031 )     59,601  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (3,149 )     23,535       1,840             22,226  
 
                             
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 37,375     $ 43,224     $ 1,807     $ (45,031 )   $ 37,375  
 
                             
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2005   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,255,357     $ 72,898     $ (10,547 )   $ 1,317,708  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          855,900       53,387       (10,547 )     898,740  
 
                             
Gross profit
          399,457       19,511             418,968  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          216,437       12,189             228,626  
Advertising and promotion
          44,179       482             44,661  
Other selling, general and administrative
    1,923       72,657       1,531             76,111  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (24,185 )     (3,067 )           27,252        
Other income
          (2,441 )     (614 )           (3,055 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    22,262       71,692       5,923       (27,252 )     72,625  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    6,715       34,788       1,575             43,078  
 
                             
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    15,547       36,904       4,348       (27,252 )     29,547  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (3,119 )     12,719       1,281             10,881  
 
                             
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,666     $ 24,185     $ 3,067     $ (27,252 )   $ 18,666  
 
                             

114


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $ 1,567     $ 80,795     $ 5,551     $ 87,913  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (25,098 )     (3,753 )     (28,851 )
Investment/distribution
    40,878       (40,878 )            
Acquisition of the Company
    (1,642,061 )                 (1,642,061 )
Other investing
          (412 )           (412 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,601,183 )     (66,388 )     (3,753 )     (1,671,324 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (314 )                 (314 )
Issuance of new equity
    552,291                   552,291  
Borrowings from new senior credit facility
    675,000                   675,000  
Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes
    110,000                   110,000  
Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes
    297,000                   297,000  
Financing fees
    (29,298 )                 (29,298 )
Other financing
    (5,063 )     4,124       (958 )     (1,897 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,599,616       4,124       (958 )     1,602,782  
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (29 )     (29 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net increase in cash
          18,531       811       19,342  
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          7,559       1,953       9,512  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 26,090     $ 2,764     $ 28,854  
 
                       

115


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Period ended March 15, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $ (43,103 )   $ (3,102 )   $ (583 )   $ (46,788 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (5,117 )     (576 )     (5,693 )
Investment/distribution
                       
Other investing
          (555 )           (555 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
          (5,672 )     (576 )     (6,248 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
                               
Contribution from selling shareholders
    463,393                   463,393  
Redemption of 8 5/8% senior notes
    (150,000 )                 (150,000 )
Redemption of 8 1/2% senior notes
    (215,000 )                 (215,000 )
Payment of 2003 senior credit facility
    (55,290 )                 (55,290 )
Other financing
          (4,136 )     (334 )     (4,470 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    43,103       (4,136 )     (334 )     38,633  
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (165 )     (165 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net decrease in cash
          (12,910 )     (1,658 )     (14,568 )
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          20,469       3,611       24,080  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 7,559     $ 1,953     $ 9,512  
 
                       

116


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2006   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ 71,117     $ 3,456     $ 74,573  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (22,171 )     (1,675 )     (23,846 )
Investment/distribution
    111,105       (111,105 )            
Other investing
          412             412  
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    111,105       (132,864 )     (1,675 )     (23,434 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
                               
Decrease in GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (18,618 )                 (18,618 )
Restricted payment made to GNC Corporation shareholders
    (49,934 )                 (49,934 )
Payments on long-term debt
    (40,879 )           (1,095 )     (41,974 )
Other financing
    (1,674 )     (927 )           (2,601 )
 
                       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (111,105 )     (927 )     (1,095 )     (113,127 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                55       55  
 
                       
 
                               
Net (decrease) increase in cash
          (62,674 )     741       (61,933 )
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          83,143       2,870       86,013  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 20,469     $ 3,611     $ 24,080  
 
                       

117


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2005   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $ 4,710     $ 57,720     $ 1,756     $ 64,186  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (20,626 )     (199 )     (20,825 )
Investment/distribution
    36,882       (36,882 )            
Other investing
          (710 )           (710 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    36,882       (58,218 )     (199 )     (21,535 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
GNC Corporation return of capital from General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (901 )                 (901 )
Payments on long-term debt — third parties
    (185,981 )           (1,033 )     (187,014 )
Proceeds from senior notes issuance
    150,000                   150,000  
Other financing
    (4,710 )     919             (3,791 )
 
                       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (41,592 )     919       (1,033 )     (41,706 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (93 )     (93 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net increase in cash
          421       431       852  
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          82,722       2,439       85,161  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 83,143     $ 2,870     $ 86,013  
 
                       

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
     None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
     Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act has been appropriately recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and are effective in ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of December 31, 2007, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. We have made no changes during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
     This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
     None.

119


Table of Contents

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of February 15, 2008.
         
Name   Age   Position
Joseph Fortunato
  54   Director and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
Beth J. Kaplan
  49   Director, President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer
 
       
Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.
  38   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary
 
       
Tom Dowd
  44   Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development
 
       
J. Kenneth Fox
  57   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 
       
Darryl Green
  47   Senior Vice President of Domestic Franchising
 
       
Lee Karayusuf
  57   Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation
 
       
Michael Locke
  62   Senior Vice President of Manufacturing
 
       
Guru Ramanathan
  44   Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs
 
       
Anthony Phillips
  40   Senior Vice President of Business Analysis
 
       
Reginald N. Steele
  62   Senior Vice President of International Franchising
 
       
Joseph J. Weiss
  42   Senior Vice President of Merchandising
 
       
Richard Oprison
  40   Senior Vice President of Marketing
 
       
Norman Axelrod
  55   Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
       
David B. Kaplan
  40   Director
 
       
Jeffrey B. Schwartz
  33   Director
 
       
Lee Sienna
  56   Director
 
       
Josef Prosperi
  38   Director
 
       
Michele J. Buchignani
  44   Director
 
       
Richard D. Innes
  68   Director
 
       
Carmen Fortino
  49   Director
 
   
      Joseph Fortunato currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer. In November 2005, Mr. Fortunato became President and Chief Executive Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. Mr. Fortunato served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2005 until November 2005. Beginning in November 2001 until June 2005, Mr. Fortunato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From October 2000 until November 2001, he served as its Executive Vice President of Retail Operations and Store Development. Mr. Fortunato began his employment with General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in October 1990 and has held various positions, including Senior Vice President of Financial Operations from 1997 to 1998, and Director of Financial Operations from 1990 to 1997. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Fortunato was President of Fortunato & Associates Financial Consulting Group. From 1975 to 1984, Mr. Fortunato was the Controller of Motor Coils Manufacturing Company, a manufacturer of traction motors for locomotives and oil drilling rigs.
 
      Beth Kaplan became one of our directors in February 2008.   Additionally, Ms. Kaplan has served as our President and Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since January 2008.  From March 2005 to December 2007, Ms. Kaplan served as Managing Member for Axcel Partners, LLC, a venture capital firm.  From June 2002 to March 2005, Ms. Kaplan was Executive Vice President of Bath & Body Works. Ms. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Directors of Blackboard Inc.

120


Table of Contents

      Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. became our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary in September 2007. From January 2005 to September, 2007, Mr. Stubenhofer worked at the law firm of McGuireWoods, LLP as a Partner and member of the Complex Commercial Litigation Department. From April 2002 to January 2005, Mr. Stubenhofer worked at McGuireWoods, LLP as an Associate. From June 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Stubenhofer served as our Assistant General Counsel.
      Tom Dowd became Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development in May 2007 (retroactive to April 2007) having served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations of General Nutrition Corporation since December 2005 and as Senior Vice President of Stores since March 2003. From March 2001 until March 2003, Mr. Dowd was President of Healthlabs, LLC, an unaffiliated contract supplement manufacturing and product consulting company. From May 2000 until March 2001, Mr. Dowd was Senior Vice President of Retail Sales and was Division Three Vice President of General Nutrition Corporation from December 1998 to May 2000.
      J. Kenneth Fox became our Senior Vice President and Treasurer in December 2006. Previously, he served as our Vice President and Treasurer since June 1997. Mr. Fox began his employment with GNC as Manager of Corporate Accounting in July 1985 and has served in various Accounting and Finance positions, including Manager Accounting/Budgets, Assistant Corporate Controller, and Assistant Treasurer.
      Darryl Green became Senior Vice President, Domestic Franchising of GNC Franchising, LLC in August 2005. From November 2003 through July 2005, Mr. Green served as our Division Vice President for the Southeast. From July 2001 until November 2003, he consulted in the supplement and nutrition industry and was a member of the board of directors of Health Nutrition Systems Inc. in West Palm Beach, Florida. From June 1999 until June 2001, Mr. Green was our Vice President of Retail Sales.
      Lee Karayusuf became Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in December 2000 with additional responsibility for its then affiliates, Rexall Sundown and Unicity. Mr. Karayusuf served as Manager of Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from December 1991 until March 1994 and Vice President of Transportation and Distribution from 1994 until December 2000.
      Michael Locke became Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. in June 2003. From January 2000 until June 2003, Mr. Locke served as the head of North American Manufacturing Operations for Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From 1994 until 1999, he served as Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. (f/k/a General Nutrition Products, Inc.), and from 1991 until 1993, he served as Vice President of Distribution. From 1986 until 1991, Mr. Locke served as Director of Distribution of General Distribution Company, our indirect subsidiary.
      Anthony Phillips became our Senior Vice President of Business Analysis in December 2006, having previously served as Vice President, Business Analysis from December 2005 to December 2006. From September 2003 to December 2005, Mr. Phillips served as Senior Director Merchandise Planning and Analysis, and from October 2000 to September 2003 he served as Senior Director, Retail Analysis. Mr. Phillips first joined GNC in March 1993 as an analyst in our merchandising and sales department.
      Reginald N. Steele became Senior Vice President of International Franchising of General Nutrition International, Inc. in April 2001, having started as a Vice President in March 1994. From 1992 through March 1994, Mr. Steele was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Coffee Beanery, Ltd., a 300-unit gourmet coffee store retailer. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Steele was employed as Senior Vice President of Franchising for Shoney’s Restaurants Inc., a casual dining restaurant company. From 1985 to 1989, Mr. Steele was the Director, Vice President and Executive Vice President of Franchise Operations for Arby’s, Inc., a 2,600-unit fast food chain.
       Guru Ramanathan Ph.D., became our Senior Vice President of Product and Package Innovation in February 2008, having previously served as Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs since April 2007

121


Table of Contents

and Vice President of Scientific Affairs since December 2003. Dr. Ramanathan began his employment as Medical Director of General Nutrition Corporation in April 1998. Between August 2000 and December 2003, he also provided scientific and clinical trials oversight for the North American subsidiaries of Royal Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Corporation. Prior to joining General Nutrition Corporation, Dr. Ramanathan worked as Medical Director and Secretary for the Efamol subsidiary of Scotia Pharmaceuticals in Boston. Between 1984 and 1998, in his capacity as a pediatric dentist and dental surgeon, Dr. Ramanathan held various industry consulting and management roles, as well as clinical, research and teaching appointments in Madras, India, and Tufts University and New England Medical Center in Boston, Massachusetts.  
      Joseph J. Weiss became Senior Vice President of Merchandising in May 2006, after having served as Vice President of our diet and energy category since February 2005 and previously as Vice President of our VMHS category since January 2003. From 1997 to January 2003, Mr. Weiss was employed by Henkel Corporation, currently known as Cognis Corporation, where he managed branded raw ingredients and developed sales and marketing programs for leading supplement manufacturers. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Weiss was employed by General Nutrition Companies, Inc. where he managed several product categories.
      Richard C. Oprison became Senior Vice President of Marketing in October 2007.  From 2005 until 2007, Mr. Oprison was Vice President of Marketing for Education Management Corporation.  At EDMC, Mr. Oprison led all North American marketing activities for The Art Institutes, a $900 million system of 36 design and culinary colleges.  Prior to joining EDMC, Mr. Oprison held various senior marketing and brand management positions at Blattner Brunner Advertising, Online-Choice.com, and SmithKline Beecham.
      Norman Axelrod became Chairman of our Board of Directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Mr. Axelrod was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Linens ‘n Things, Inc. until its acquisition in February 2006. Mr. Axelrod joined Linens ‘n Things as Chief Executive Officer in 1988 and was elected to the additional position of Chairman of the Board in 1997. From 1976 to 1988, Mr. Axelrod held various management positions at Bloomingdale’s, ending with Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager. Mr. Axelrod also serves on the Boards of Directors of Maidenform Brands, Inc. and Jaclyn, Inc.
      David B. Kaplan became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Mr. Kaplan is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. In April 2003, Mr. Kaplan joined Ares from Shelter Capital Partners, LLC. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Kaplan was affiliated with, and a Senior Partner of, Apollo Management, L.P., and its affiliates, during which time he completed multiple private equity investments from origination through exit. Prior to Apollo, Mr. Kaplan was a member of the Investment Banking Department of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Kaplan currently serves as the Chairman of the Boards of Directors of both Maidenform Brands, Inc. and TPEP Holdings, Inc. (Tinnerman Palnut Engineered Products), Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Orchard Supply Hardware Stores Corporation, as well as a member of the Board of Directors of Anchor Blue Retail Group. Mr. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Governors of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and is a Trustee, Treasurer and Chairman of the Investment Committee of the Center for Early Education. Mr. Kaplan graduated with High Distinction, Beta Gamma Sigma from the University of Michigan School of Business Administration with a BBA concentrating in finance.
      Jeffrey B. Schwartz became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Mr. Schwartz joined Ares Management in 2004 as Vice President in the Private Equity Group and has been a Principal in the Private Equity Group since 2007. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Schwartz was an investment banker at Lehman Brothers and prior to that, he was an investment banker at the Wasserstein Perella Group. Mr. Schwartz also serves on the Boards of Directors of TPEP Holdings, Inc. (Tinnerman Palnut Engineered Products), and White Energy Inc.
      Lino (Lee) Sienna became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Since 2002, Mr. Sienna has been Vice President, Private Capital of Ontario Teachers’

122


Table of Contents

Pension Plan Board. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Sienna was partner at Calcap Corporate Finance Limited, a consulting firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Sienna was Vice President, Corporate Development at Dairyworld Foods. Prior to 1995, Mr. Sienna held various positions in management and corporate development for companies in the beverage, food and entertainment industries. Mr. Sienna also serves on the Board of Directors of ALH Holding Inc., AOT Bedding Holdings Corporation, Easton-Bell Sports Inc. and GCAN Insurance Company. Mr. Sienna is also a Chartered Accountant and a graduate (HBA) of the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario and received an MBA from the Rotman School at the University of Toronto.
      Josef Prosperi became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Mr. Prosperi has been a Director of the private equity group of Ontario Teachers’ since 2006 and joined Ontario Teachers’ in 1998 as an Analyst in the Investment Finance Division. Mr. Prosperi joined Ontario Teachers’ private equity group in 2000, and since then has held titles of increasing seniority, including Portfolio Manager from 2002 to 2006. Mr. Prosperi also serves on the Board of Directors of National Bedding Company (Serta).
      Michele J. Buchignani became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the March 2007 Merger. Ms. Buchignani has been a Director of the private equity group of Ontario Teachers’ since 2006 and joined Ontario Teachers’ in 2005 as Portfolio Manager. In 2004, Ms. Buchignani was a consultant to Paul Capital Partners. From 2000 to 2003, Ms. Buchignani was Head of the Private Equity Funds Group at CIBC World Markets (“CIBC”) and was General Counsel for Canada at CIBC from 1996 to 1999. Previously, Ms. Buchignani was a Partner of the law firm Stikeman Elliott LLP in Toronto and London. Ms. Buchignani also serves on the Board of Directors of GCan Insurance Company.
      Richard D. Innes became one of our directors in July 2007. Mr. Innes was President and Chief Executive Officer of Arbor Memorial Services Inc., a public company based in Toronto, Ontario, from February 1997 to October 2007. During that period he also served on Arbor’s board of directors. From 1989 to 1996, Mr. Innes was a division president with Toronto-based Ault Foods Limited. Prior to 1989, Mr. Innes held various senior management positions with Catelli Foods Ltd., Nabisco Brands, Inc., International Playtex, Inc., and Procter & Gamble Co.
      Carmen Fortino became one of our directors in July 2007. Mr. Fortino is Chief Executive Officer of Seroyal International Inc., a natural pharmaceutical company based in Richmond Hill, Ontario, since May 2007 and also serves on its board of directors. From 2003 to January 2007, Mr. Fortino held the positions of Executive Vice President-Ontario Region, and Officer for Loblaw Companies Ltd. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Fortino was Executive Vice President of Zehrmart Limited in Cambridge, Ontario. Prior to 2000, Mr. Fortino held several management positions for Loblaw Companies Ltd., including Senior Vice President – Supply Chain & Logistics.

123


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics
     The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s directors, executive officers, including Chief Executive Officer, and senior financial officers. In addition, the Company has adopted a Code of Ethical Business Conduct for all employees.
Board Composition
     As of February 15, 2008, our board of directors was composed of ten directors. Each director serves for annual terms and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Pursuant to a stockholders agreement, as amended and restated on February 12, 2008, two of our Parent’s principal stockholders each have the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The stockholders agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Our Parent’s board of directors intends for our board of directors and the board of directors of GNC Corporation to have the same composition. Effective February 12, 2008, our Parent’s board of directors approved an amendment to our Parent’s by-laws that expanded the maximum size of its board of directors from nine to eleven members, the exact number of which will be set from time to time by our Parent’s board of directors.
Board Committees
     The board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our board of directors historically had an audit committee and a compensation committee, which had the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies. In connection with the Merger, our board of directors formed and appointed members to the audit committee and the compensation committee.
   Audit Committee
     The audit committee selects on behalf of our board of directors, an independent public accounting firm to be engaged to audit our financial statements, discusses with the independent auditors their independence, approves the compensation of the independent public accounting firm, reviews and discusses the audited financial statements with the independent auditors and management and will recommend to our board of directors whether the audited financials should be included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. The audit committee also oversees the Company’s internal audit function. The audit committee members are Jeffrey Schwartz and Joseph Prosperi. The audit committee is currently evaluating the appointment of a financial expert within the rules and regulations of the SEC.
   Compensation Committee
     The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on behalf of our board of directors, or recommends to the board of directors for approval the annual salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and individual stock and stock option grants. The compensation committee also provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices and assists with the administration of our compensation plans. The compensation committee members are Norman Axelrod, Lee Sienna, David Kaplan and Michele Buchignani.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     In the year ended December 31, 2007, none of our executive officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity whose executive officers served on our board of directors or compensation committee.

124


Table of Contents

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
   Overview
     As discussed elsewhere in this report, on March 16, 2007 GNC Parent Corporation was acquired by GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., which became our ultimate parent company. As a result of the Merger, our compensation structure and policies for our executive officers are subject to review and approval by the new compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of our board of directors (the “Company Board”).
     This Compensation Discussion and Analysis reflects the compensation structure and policies in effect immediately before the Merger, subject to any changes made at the time of the closing of the Merger or since the closing.
     Generally, the Compensation Committee is empowered to review and approve on an annual basis:
    the corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation for our Chief Executive Officer;
 
    the evaluation process and compensation structure for our other executive officers; and
 
    the compensation structure and annual compensation for the directors on the Company Board and committee service by non-employee directors.
In addition, the Compensation Committee has the authority to review our incentive compensation plans, to recommend changes to such plans to the Company Board as needed, and to exercise all the authority of the Company Board with respect to the administration of such plans.
     The primary objective of our compensation program is to attract and retain qualified employees who are enthusiastic about our mission and culture. A further objective of our compensation program is to provide incentives and to reward each employee for his or her contribution to us. In addition, we strive to promote an ownership mentality among key leadership and our directors. Finally, we intend for our compensation structure to be perceived as fair to our employees, stockholders, and noteholders. The foregoing objectives are applicable to the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, “Named Executive Officers”).
     Our compensation program is designed to reward the Named Executive Officers for their individual contributions, incentivize them for future performance, and to recognize our positive growth and financial performance. The Compensation Committee considers numerous factors, including the Named Executive Officers’ experience in conjunction with the level and complexity of the position in setting executive compensation. Regarding the compensation program and structure generally and all aspects of executive compensation, our management, principally our Chief Executive Officer, provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee; however, the Compensation Committee does not delegate any of its functions to others in setting compensation. We do not currently engage any consultant related to executive or director compensation matters, although we regularly refer to survey and other compensation data, as described more fully below.
   Elements of the Company’s Executive Compensation
     Historically, annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers has been provided under an employment agreement. In November 2007, we provided notices to all of our then current Named Executive

125


Table of Contents

Officers, except our Chief Executive Officer, that their employment agreements would not be renewed and would expire on December 31, 2007. Each such Named Executive Officer that remained employed with us following December 31, 2007 did so without a written contract and we have continued to provide each such Named Executive Officer with all of the components of his or her compensation as in effect prior to such date, except that no such Named Executive Officer is currently entitled to any severance payments or benefits. In 2008 we intend to enter into new employment agreements with most, if not all, of our executive officers who do not currently have a written employment agreement.
     Generally, annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers consists of the following components:
    Base salary . The Compensation Committee uses base salary to attract and retain a strong motivated leadership team at levels that are commensurate with other specialty retailers of comparable size to us.
 
    Annual incentive compensation . Annual incentive compensation is used to reward our Named Executive Officers for our growth and financial performance based on achievement of criteria approved by the Compensation Committee or the compensation committee of the board of directors of our Parent (the “Parent Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee receives input from our Human Resources Department and our Chief Executive Officer. As additional cash compensation that is contingent on our annual financial performance, it augments the base salary component while being tied directly to financial performance. Annual incentive compensation is documented in an annual plan, which is adopted by the Compensation Committee prior to or during the beginning of the applicable year.
 
    Stock options . Stock options, which are discussed in more detail under “—Stock Awards,” are granted to recognize and incentivize performance. Stock options provide a non-cash compensation component to drive performance, but with a long-term horizon, since value to the Named Executive Officer is dependent on continued employment and appreciation in our overall value.
 
    Benefits and perquisites . Our Named Executive Officers participate in employee benefits generally available to all employees, as well as any benefits generally made available to our executive officers. In addition, the Named Executive Officers may receive certain perquisites, which are primarily based on level of position. Such perquisites may include insurance and parking, or additional cash compensation to meet specific goals, such as car allowance and professional assistance. We believe such perquisites are a necessary component for a competitive compensation package. Although our Named Executive Officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, are no longer covered by written employment agreements, effective January 1, 2008, we have generally continued these benefits in 2008. In addition, we maintain a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which certain of our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate.
 
    Severance compensation . Effective January 1, 2008, our Named Executive Officers who are not covered by written employment agreements are no longer entitled to severance compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer is, and under employment agreements in effect prior to January 1, 2008, our other Named Executive Officers were, entitled to severance compensation, including:
    a payment based on the Named Executive Officers’ base salary upon termination because of death or disability, termination by us without cause, or termination by the Named Executive Officer for good reason;

126


Table of Contents

    a prorated payment of annual incentive compensation for the year in which employment is terminated if a bonus would have been payable had the Named Executive Officer been employed at the end of the year; and
 
    reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage under COBRA to the extent it exceeds the amount they were paying for health insurance premiums while employed for a period following the termination of their employment.
See “— Employment Agreements and Severance Compensation — Chief Executive Officer Compensation” for a discussion of the severance payments and benefits our Chief Executive Officer may be entitled to receive upon a termination of his employment. It is contemplated that the new employment agreements we enter into with our other Named Executive Officers will provide for severance payments and benefits upon a termination of their employment.
     We believe that a competitive executive compensation program is needed in order both to attract and retain qualified Named Executive Officers.
   Stock Awards
     All of our employees, and the employees of direct and indirect subsidiaries and other affiliates, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible for awards of stock options, restricted stock, and/or other stock-based awards under the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”), which are intended to recognize and incentivize performance. The 2007 Stock Plan was established in 2007 in connection with the Merger and grants were made to certain employees, including all of the current Named Executive Officers, on the closing date of the Merger to purchase shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock. No awards of restricted stock or other stock-based awards have been made under the 2007 Stock Plan. We believe that through a broad-based plan the economic interests of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are more closely aligned to ownership interests.
     Prior to the Merger, Named Executive Officers, other employees, and non-employee directors received grants of stock options under stock plans maintained by GNC Parent Corporation, our parent company at the time. All of the outstanding GNC Parent Corporation stock options, which became fully vested and exercisable in connection with the Merger, were canceled as of the closing and each of the former optionholders received consideration equal to the number of option shares that were canceled multiplied by the merger consideration per share, less the aggregate exercise price of the canceled options and applicable withholding.
     The Parent Compensation Committee intends for stock option grants generally to be considered on an annual basis, except for new hires, promotions, and special performance recognition. On August 15, 2007, the Compensation Committee together with the Parent Compensation Committee jointly adopted a Stock Option Administration Policy in order to document best corporate governance practices and procedures for granting and issuing stock options at appropriate times commensurate with the public disclosure and release of the Company’s financial information. The policy provides, among other things, that:
    annual awards will be granted on the earlier of the date material information is released with respect to our Parent’s earnings or the date our Form 10-Q for the third fiscal quarter is required to be filed or otherwise provided to noteholders;
 
    other awards may be made on the earlier of the date material information is released with respect to our Parent’s earnings or any of the following dates: (i) the date our Form 10-Q for the

127


Table of Contents

      first or second fiscal quarters are required to be filed or otherwise provided to noteholders and (ii) the date our Form 10-K is required to be filed or otherwise provided to noteholders;
 
    awards may be granted to new employees on the last day of the first month of employment;
 
    awards may be granted to new members of the Company Board or the board of directors of our Parent (the “Parent Board”) on the last day of the month in which the new member is elected or appointed; and
 
    awards may be granted at other times if the circumstances of the grant are evidenced and no action is taken with respect to the date of the grant that would constitute, or create the appearance of, a manipulation of the award exercise price.
     The Parent Compensation Committee sets the exercise price per share for stock option grants at an amount greater than or equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock. However, our ultimate parent company’s common stock has not been and is not publicly traded. Since the Merger, the Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the common stock is based on our business enterprise value, as adjusted to reflect our estimated excess cash and the fair market value of our debt.
     The exercise price of the stock options granted on the closing date of the Merger was based on the purchase price per share in connection with all of the equity contributions to fund a portion of the acquisition, which the Parent Board determined to be the best measure of the common stock’s fair market value as of that date.
     The Parent Compensation Committee does not delegate any function of the stock option grants, other than common administrative functions that are delegated to the Chief Legal Officer such as providing award agreements based on the standard form and receiving notices of award exercises from award holders. The Named Executive Officers are not treated differently from other employees under the Stock Option Administration Policy.
     Under the terms of the 2007 Stock Plan, the Compensation Committee is responsible for administering the 2007 Stock Plan and making any award determinations.
   How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element
      Base Salary . The Compensation Committee intends to set the base salary for our Named Executive Officers at a level to attract and retain a strong motivated leadership team, but not so high that it creates a negative perception with our employees generally, noteholders, or stockholders. Each Named Executive Officer’s current and prior compensation is considered in setting future compensation. In addition, we review the compensation practices of other companies. Base salary amounts are determined by complexity and level of position as well as market comparisons.
     Each year, we perform a market analysis with respect to the compensation of all of our Named Executive Officers. Although we do not use compensation consultants, we participate in various surveys and use the survey data for market comparisons. Currently, we use surveys with both base salary and other short-term compensation data, including incentive compensation and fringe benefits, that are available from Mercer Human Resource Consulting LLC, Western Management Group, and Watson Wyatt Worldwide in the specialty retail and non-durable manufacturing categories. In addition to focusing our analysis on the specific executive positions, we break down the survey information based on corporate and/or average store revenue and geographic location of comparable companies to ensure that

128


Table of Contents

we are using valid comparisons. We also use internal value comparisons; however, we do not have any specific point system or rating structure for internal values.
      Annual Incentive Compensation . Our Chief Executive Officer is entitled to an annual performance bonus pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. Prior to January 1, 2008, our other Named Executive Officers were entitled to annual performance bonuses pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements and for 2008 they are entitled to an annual performance bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee. The annual performance bonus for each Named Executive Officer has target and maximum bonus amounts expressed as a percentage of his or her annual base salary. The respective percentages are determined by position and level of responsibility and are stated in the annual incentive plan adopted by the Compensation Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer’s employment agreement provides that his target will not be less than 75% of his base salary with a maximum of 125% of his base salary. The target and/or maximum amounts may be increased for any Named Executive Officer by the terms of an employment agreement entered into after the adoption of an annual incentive plan.
     The following table sets forth the target and maximum bonus amounts for each level of executive officer with respect to both the 2007 incentive plan adopted in June 2007 (which replaced and superseded the 2007 incentive plan adopted in December 2006) (the “2007 Incentive Plan”) and the 2008 incentive plan adopted in February 2008 (the “2008 Incentive Plan”):
                                 
    2007 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan
    Target   Maximum   Target   Maximum
Level   Amount   Amount   Amount   Amount
CEO
    75 %     125 %     75 %     125 %
President
                75 %     125 %
Executive Vice President
    45 %     100 %     45 %     100 %
Senior Vice President
    40 %     75 %     40 %     75 %
     Each annual incentive plan then establishes thresholds, expressed as a percentage of the target amount or as the maximum amount, based on the achievement of certain financial performance goals. The target bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with a normal target bonus if we perform to expectation. The threshold bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with some bonus opportunity, but less than the target opportunity if we do not achieve our expected budgeted performance. If we exceed our budgeted performance, Named Executive Officers will be paid a maximum bonus in excess of the target in order to reward them for our outstanding performance. For 2007 and 2008, the goal is based on budgeted EBITDA subject to certain adjustment for non-recurring items as determined by the Company Board. The following table sets forth the thresholds and related goals with respect to both the 2007 Incentive Plan and the 2008 Incentive Plan:
                 
Thresholds   2007 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan
    Budgeted   Budgeted
    EBITDA   EBITDA
First threshold—33% of target
    95 %     95 %
Second threshold—66% of target
    97 %     97 %
Target
    100 %     100 %
Maximum
    108 %     108 %

129


Table of Contents

     For the 2008 Incentive Plan, the payment amount will be pro rated for budgeted EBITDA achieved between the Target and Maximum levels.
     We do not disclose our internal budget for results of operations, including budgeted EBITDA (as determined by the Company Board). This amount constitutes confidential financial information, and we believe that disclosure of this amount, whether with respect to historical periods or future periods, would cause us competitive harm by disclosing to competitors a key element of our internal projections.
     Based on our financial performance in 2007, we achieved a goal that exceeded target, but was less than the maximum threshold as described in the table above. As a result, in March 2008 each of our Named Executive Officers will be paid an amount above the target, but less than the maximum possible annual incentive compensation under the 2007 Incentive Plan. Management believes that achieving 100%, or more, of the goal of meeting or exceeding 100% of budgeted EBITDA set in the 2008 Incentive Plan, while possible to achieve for our Named Executive Officers, will present a significant challenge.
     Generally, an annual performance bonus is payable only if the Named Executive Officer is employed by us on the date payment is made.
      Stock Options . We believe that equity-based awards are an important factor in aligning the long-term financial interest of our Named Executive Officers and stockholders. The Compensation Committee continually evaluates the use of equity-based awards and intends to continue to use such awards in the future as part of designing and administering the Company’s compensation program. see “— Stock Awards” above for more information regarding our stock option grants.
     We follow a practice of granting equity incentives in the form of stock options in order to grant awards that contain both substantial incentive and retention characteristics. These awards are designed to provide emphasis on providing significant incentives for continuing growth in stockholder value. Stock options are generally granted on an annual basis, except for new employees on the commencement of their employment and to existing employees following a significant change in job responsibilities or to recognize special performance.
     The Parent Compensation Committee determines stock option grant awards in accordance with the Named Executive Officer’s performance and level of position. Before the Merger, stock options generally were subject to vesting in annual installments on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant and had a term of seven years.
     The stock options granted in connection with the closing date of the Merger under the 2007 Stock Plan to our Named Executive Officers and non-employee directors, other than our Chief Executive Officer, were equally divided between non-qualified options granted at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, which is 100% of the purchase price per share in connection with all of the equity contributions to fund a portion of the Merger, and non-qualified options granted at an exercise price of $7.50, which is 150% of that purchase price. They are subject to annual vesting over a five-year period (subject to continued employment through the vesting dates), may be accelerated in certain circumstances, and have a term of ten years.
     Our Chief Executive Officer was granted both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, as follows: (1) an incentive stock option to purchase 80,000 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.00; (2) a non-qualified stock option to purchase 1,182,877 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.00; and a (3) a non-qualified stock option to purchase 1,262,877 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price per share of $7.50. Each of these options vest in annual installments over a four-year period (subject to his continued employment), may be accelerated in certain circumstances, and have a term of ten years.
      Benefits and Perquisites . We provide a fringe benefit package for our Named Executive Officers. Generally, our Named Executive Officers are entitled to participate in, and to receive benefits under, any

130


Table of Contents

benefit plans, arrangements, or policies available to employees generally or to our executive officers generally. The fringe benefits for our Chief Executive Officer were negotiated in connection with his employment agreement and in some respects were set at a higher level as a matter of policy based on the position. The basic fringe benefits package for our Named Executive Officers who are senior vice presidents consists of the following items:
    health insurance in accordance with our health insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    prescription drug coverage in accordance with our health insurance plan or program, or separate prescription drug coverage plan or program, in effect from time to time;
 
    dental insurance in accordance with our dental insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    long-term disability insurance in accordance with our long-term disability insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    short-term disability insurance in accordance with our short-term disability insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    life insurance coverage in accordance with our life insurance program in effect from time to time, which for our Chief Executive Officer will be an amount equal to 2 times his base salary, not to exceed the maximum coverage limit provided from time to time in accordance with our employee benefits plan;
 
    an automobile allowance in an annual amount equal to $3,500;
 
    an allowance for professional assistance in an annual amount equal to $5,000;
 
    a supplemental retirement allowance in an annual amount equal to $10,000 ($25,000 for our Chief Executive Officer);
 
    a financial planning and tax preparation allowance in an annual amount equal to $3,000 ($8,000 for our Chief Executive Officer); and
 
    for senior vice presidents located at our headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, a downtown Pittsburgh parking lease with an annual value in an amount equal to $2,640.
     Named Executive Officers at the executive vice president level receive additional fringe benefits, which generally consist of some of the allowances listed, but at higher amounts (car allowance of $11,500; professional assistance allowance of $10,500; and, if applicable, a Pittsburgh parking lease with a $3,300 value).
     In addition to the basic package, we have Named Executive Officers who have historically received some of these allowances in greater amounts and have been grandfathered at those levels even though the current basic package is set at lower amounts. An additional benefit, a supplemental medical allowance of $6,000 per year is provided, on a grandfathered basis, to some of our Named Executive Officers, including our Chief Executive Officer.
     In addition to the fringe benefits set forth above, the fringe benefits package for our Chief Executive Officer also consists of an allowance for country club dues and expenses incurred for business

131


Table of Contents

reasons in an annual amount equal to $15,000, plus a one-time membership fee of $10,000 for a business club; and first class air travel for all business trips.
     Under certain circumstances, management may recommend and the Compensation Committee may approve more limited benefits or additional benefits, such as relocation expenses for new executives.
     While the Compensation Committee in its discretion may revise, amend or add to Named Executive Officers’ benefits if it deems it advisable, we have no current plans to change the levels of benefits currently provided to our Named Executive Officers. We annually review these fringe benefits and makes adjustments as warranted based on competitive practices, our performance and the individual’s responsibilities and performance. The Compensation Committee has approved these other benefits as a reasonable component of our executive compensation program. Please see the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table for further information regarding these fringe benefits.
     We also maintain a 401(k) plan for eligible employees that permits each participant to make voluntary pre-tax contributions and provides that the Company may make matching contributions; however, none of our current Named Executive Officers are currently eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan.
     One of our subsidiaries maintains the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, an eligible employee of such subsidiary or a participating affiliate may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned. Mr. Dowd is the only Named Executive Officer who made contributions to the plan in 2007. Please see the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for more information regarding the deferred compensation plan.
      Employment Agreements and Severance Compensation . As discussed above, the employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, expired effective December 31, 2007. Each such Named Executive Officer (other than Mr. Larrimer) remained employed with us following December 31, 2007 and we have continued to provide each such Named Executive Officer with all of the components of their compensation as in effect prior to such date, except that they not currently entitled to any severance payments or benefits. We intend to enter into new employment agreements with most, if not all, of our Named Executive Officers in 2008. Please see “— Employment and Separation Agreements with our 2007 Named Executive Officers — Other 2007 Named Executive Officers” for more information regarding the employment agreements with certain Named Executive Officers as in effect prior to January 1, 2008.
     Effective as of the Merger, we entered into a new employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer that, among other things, provides for him a base salary, bonus and fringe benefits. The employment agreement also provides that if his employment is terminated without cause or for good reason, or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial five-year employment term, then, subject to his execution of a release, he will receive payment of:
    a lump sum amount equal to two times base salary and the annualized value of perquisites and
 
    a lump sum amount equal to two times average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years.

132


Table of Contents

If the termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock, the multiple of base salary and annualized perquisites and of average annual bonus will increase from two times to three times. In addition we will pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. Please see “— Employment and Separation Agreements with our 2007 Named Executive Officers — Chief Executive Officer” for more information regarding our employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer.
     We will continue to determine appropriate employment agreement and severance packages for our Named Executive Officers in a manner that we believe will attract and retain qualified executive officers.
Chief Executive Officer Compensation
     Mr. Fortunato’s annual compensation is weighted towards variable, performance-based compensation with the Company’s financial performance as the primary determinant of value. Approximately 85% of Mr. Fortunato’s target annual compensation is considered “at-risk” and approximately 15% is guaranteed. Approximately 28% is cash compensation and approximately 72% percent is in the form of equity-based or other incentive compensation awards. For 2007, Mr. Fortunato’s compensation consisted of:
    $787,500 base salary
 
    stock option awards with a grant date value of $4,091,722
 
    annual performance compensation under the 2007 Incentive Plan of $700,875
 
    other compensation, including fringe benefits equal to $73,987
 
    a one-time cash payment for cancelled options in connection with the Merger equal to $7,165,121
 
    a one-time discretionary payment made upon the vesting of certain options in connection with the terms of a November 2006 dividend equal to $1,409,384
 
    a bonus based upon the success of the Merger equal to $500,000.
See the Summary Compensation Table for more information regarding Mr. Fortunato’s compensation.
   Accounting and Tax Considerations
     As a general matter, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles utilized by the Company.
     Our parent company’s stock option grant policies have been impacted by the implementation of SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) (“FAS 123R”), which it adopted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. Under this accounting pronouncement, we are required to value unvested stock options granted prior to our adoption of FAS 123R under the fair value method and expense those amounts in our income statement over the stock option’s remaining vesting period.

133


Table of Contents

     Since neither our equity securities nor the equity securities of our direct or indirect parent companies are publicly traded, we are not currently subject to any limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). While we are not required to do so, we have structured our compensation programs in a manner to generally comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a limitation was placed on tax deductions of any publicly traded corporation for individual compensation to certain executives of such corporation exceeding $1,000,000 in any taxable year, unless the compensation is performance-based. Had we been subject to Section 162(m) in 2007, we might have been subject to deduction limitations with respect to some of our Named Executive Officers because of discretionary bonus payments paid in March, 2007 to all optionholders whose options vested in 2007 entitling them to receive payment pursuant to the terms of a November 2006 dividend and bonuses paid in March 2007 in connection with the completion of the Merger. These bonus payments were not performance-based.
Compensation Committee Report
     The members of the Compensation Committee have reviewed and were provided with the opportunity to discuss the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on their review and the discussions between certain members of the Compensation Committee with certain members of management, the members of the Compensation Committee recommended to our board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K.
     
 
  Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:
 
   
 
  Norman Axelrod
 
  Lee Sienna (Chair)
 
  David Kaplan
 
  Michele Buchignani
     Notwithstanding any SEC filing by the Company that includes or incorporates by reference other SEC filings in their entirety, this Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC except as specifically provided otherwise therein.
Summary Compensation Table
     The following table sets forth information concerning compensation we paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2007, and two former executive officers of the Company who served as executive officers during, but not as of the end of, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (collectively, the “2007 Named Executive Officers”), for services rendered in all capacities to us during fiscal year 2007 and, in accordance with SEC rules other than for 2007 Named Executive Officers who were not named executive officers as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, fiscal year 2006. In accordance with SEC rules, the compensation described in this table does not include medical or group life insurance received by the 2007 Named Executive Officers that are available generally to all salaried employees of the Company.

134


Table of Contents

                                                                         
                                                    Change in        
                                                    Pension Value        
                                                    and Non-        
                                            Non-Equity   qualified        
Name and                           Stock   Option   Incentive Plan   Deferred   All Other    
Principal           Salary   Bonus   Awards   Awards   Compensation   Compensation   Compensation   Total
Position   Year   ($)   ($) 1   ($)   ($) 2   ($) 3   Earnings ($) 4   ($) 5,6   ($)
Joseph Fortunato
    2007       787,500       1,909,384             4,066,464       700,875             7,260,110       14,724,333  
President and Chief Executive Officer 7
    2006       565,384       2,967,386                   678,461             837,111       5,048,342  
Curtis J. Larrimer
    2007       350,000       647,979             (13)     211,400 (14)           1,926,044       3,135,423  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 8
    2006       301,923       646,209                       301,923               368,771       1,618,826  
Thomas Dowd
    2007       293,077       226,708             724,581       168,702             1,028,078       2,441,146  
Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development 9
    2006       251,346       425,093                       138,240               347,819       1,162,498  
Joseph J. Weiss
    2007       230,000       260,328               435,946       114,540               779,206       1,820,020  
Senior Vice President of Merchandising 10
                                                                   
Michael Locke
    2007       238,450       107,321               435,946       123,006               846,651       1,751,374  
Senior Vice President of Manufacturing 10
                                                                   
Robert J. DiNicola
    2007       187,500       1,000,000                               8,968,903       10,156,403  
Former Executive Chairman of the Board 11
    2006       741,731       5,470,965                   890,077             767,963       7,870,736  
Mark Weintrub
    2007       208,942       518,857             (15)                 1,023,364       1,751,163  
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary 10, 12
                                                                       

135


Table of Contents

 
(1)   Reflects:
(a) For fiscal year 2006: (i) discretionary payments we made in March 2006 to each of our parent company’s optionholders following a March 2006 distribution to the parent company’s common stockholders in the amount of $0.99 per share, and which were determined based on the per share amount of the distribution and the number of outstanding option shares held by each optionholder, and (ii) discretionary payments we made in December 2006 to each of our indirect parent company’s optionholders with vested option shares following a November 2006 dividend to the indirect parent company’s common stockholders in the amount of $5.42 per share, and which were determined based on the per share amount of the dividend and the number of outstanding vested option shares held by each optionholder as of December 15, 2006.
(b) For fiscal year 2007: (i) discretionary payments we made in March 2007 to each of our indirect parent company’s optionholders whose options vested in 2007 entitling them to receive payment pursuant to the terms of a November 2006 dividend to the indirect parent company’s common stockholders in the amount of $5.42 per share, and which were determined based on the per share amount of the dividend and the number of outstanding vested option shares held by each optionholder as of December 15, 2006, and (ii) one time cash success bonuses upon the completion of the Merger paid on March 16, 2007 in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato — $500,000; Mr. Larrimer — $200,000; Mr. Dowd — $50,000; Mr. Weiss — $50,000; Mr. DiNicola — $1,000,000; and Mr. Weintrub — $10,000. Mr. Locke did not receive a success bonus upon completion of the Merger.
(2)   Reflects the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with FAS 123R for all option awards held by such person and outstanding on December 31, 2007. For additional information, see Note 19 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards.
 
(3)   Reflects, as applicable, annual incentive compensation paid in February 2007 with respect to performance in 2006 pursuant to our 2006 incentive plan and to annual incentive compensation to be paid in March 2008 with respect to performance in 2007 pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Plan. Our results of operations for 2006 met or exceeded each of the goals for the maximum bonus payable to each 2007 Named Executive Officer under the 2006 incentive plan. Our results of operations for 2007 exceeded the target goals for the target bonus payable, but were less than the maximum goal thresholds for the maximum bonus payable, to each 2007 Named Executive Officer under the 2007 Incentive Plan. See “Management — Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
 
(4)   Represents the above-market or preferential portion of the change in value of the executive officer’s account under our GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. See “Non-qualified Deferred Compensation” under the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for a description of our deferred compensation plan.
 
(5)   The components of all other compensation for the 2007 Named Executive Officers are set forth in the following table:

136


Table of Contents

                                                                         
                                    Payment                
                    Imputed           on                
                    Value for   Common   Exercise   Payment            
                    Life   Stockholder   of   for            
Named                   Insurance   Distributions   Numico   Cancelled   Director        
Executive           Perquisites   Premiums   or Dividends a   SARs b   Options c   Fees   Severance   Total
Officer   Year   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Joseph Fortunato
    2007       94,437       552                   7,165,121                   7,260,110  
 
    2006       56,840       552       683,869       95,850                         837,111  
Curtis J. Larrimer
    2007       46,720       552                   1,791,272             87,500 d     1,926,044  
 
    2006       46,840       552       246,191       75,188                         368,771  
Thomas Dowd
    2007       42,643       240                   985,195                   1,028,078  
 
    2006       39,840       239       307,740                               347,819  
Joseph J. Weiss
    2007       29,510       216                   749,480                   779,206  
Michael Locke
    2007       39,000       1,584                   806,067                   846,651  
Robert J. DiNicola
    2007                               8,956,403       12,500             8,968,903  
 
    2006                   729,463                   38,500             767,963  
Mark Weintrub
    2007       17,366       277                   777,719             228,002 e     1,023,364  
 
 
 
  (a)   Reflects common stockholder distributions or dividends paid in 2006, which were not factored into the grant date fair value of stock awards. No common stockholder distributions or dividends were paid in 2007.
 
  (b)   Reflects exercise of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, granted by our predecessor, Royal Numico NV, all of which were fully vested and exercisable. The remaining SARs were exercised in full in 2006 by the following 2007 Named Executive Officers in the amounts indicated: Mr. Fortunato, 15,000 SARs; Mr. Larrimer, 10,000 SARs.
 
  (c)   Reflects payments made to the 2007 Named Executive Officers pursuant to the terms of the Merger on March 16, 2007, for outstanding options canceled in connection with the Merger in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share merger consideration paid in the Merger over the exercise price per share of the option, multiplied by the number of shares of GNC Parent Corporation common stock subject to the option and subject to reduction for required withholding tax.
 
  (d)   Reflects severance payments Mr. Larrimer is entitled to receive in connection with the termination of his employment with the Company effective December 31, 2007. Mr. Larrimer was entitled to elect reimbursement for COBRA costs, but he elected not to receive this benefit.
 
  (e)   Reflects severance payments in the amount of $220,833 and the reimbursement for COBRA costs in an amount up to $7,168 that Mr. Weintrub is entitled to receive in connection with the termination of his

137


Table of Contents

 
      employment with the Company, effective September 30, 2007. Mr. Weintrub also received certain other short-term benefits in connection with his termination that were de minimis in the aggregate.
(6)   Perquisites include cash amounts received by certain 2007 Named Executive Officers for, or in reimbursement of, supplemental medical, supplemental retirement, parking, professional assistance, car allowance, financial services assistance, the imputed value of life insurance premiums and, with respect to our Chief Executive Officer, reimbursement of country club dues and expenses. No perquisite received by a 2007 Named Executive Officer in 2006 or 2007 exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the 2007 Named Executive Officer’s total perquisites, except for Mr. Fortunato who received professional assistance in 2007, including tax preparation and financial planning services, equal to $25,676.
(7)   Mr. Fortunato ceased serving as our President on January 2, 2008.
 
(8)   Mr. Larrimer ceased serving as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on December 31, 2007.
 
(9)   Prior to May, 2007, Mr. Dowd served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations.
 
(10)   Messrs. Weiss, Locke and Weintrub were not named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 based on the level of their total compensation in 2006.
 
(11)   Mr. DiNicola ceased serving as our Executive Chairman of the Company Board on March 16, 2007, the closing date of the Merger.
 
(12)   Mr. Weintrub ceased serving as our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary effective September 30, 2007.
 
(13)   Mr. Larrimer’s unvested stock options were forfeited in connection with the termination of his employment effective December 31, 2007. The grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Mr. Larrimer was $879,080, calculated in accordance with FAS 123R.
 
(14)   In the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, the Company will pay Mr. Larrimer his annual incentive compensation under the 2007 Incentive Plan notwithstanding the termination of his employment effective December 31, 2007.
 
(15)   Mr. Weintrub’s unvested stock options were forfeited in connection with the termination of his employment effective September 30, 2007. The grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Mr. Weintrub was $355,186, calculated in accordance with FAS 123R.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
     The following table sets forth information concerning awards under the Company’s equity and non-equity incentive plans granted to each of the 2007 Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. Assumptions used in the calculation of certain dollar amounts are included in Note 19 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

138


Table of Contents

                                                                                     
        Estimated Possible Payouts under     Estimated Future Payouts under     All                      
        Non-equity Incentive Plan Awards     Equity Incentive Plan Awards     Other     All Other                
        (1)                             Stock     Option                
                                                        Awards:     Awards:                
                                                                            Grant Date  
                                                        Number     Number of     Exercise or     Fair Value of  
                                                        of Shares     Securities     Base Price of     Stock and  
                                                        of Stock     Underlying     Option     Option  
        Threshold     Target     Maximum     Threshold     Target     Maximum     or Units     Options     Awards     Awards  
Name   Grant Date   ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (#)     (#)(2)     ($/Sh)(3)     ($)(4)  
Joseph Fortunato
  March 16, 2007                                               80,000       5.00       129,600  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               1,182,877       5.00       1,916,261  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               1,262,877       7.50       2,045,861  
 
  June 20, 2007     196,875       590,625       984,375                                            
Curtis J. Larrimer (5)
  March 16, 2007                                               271,321       5.00       439,540  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               271,321       7.50       439,540  
 
  June 20, 2007     52,500       157,500       350,000                                            
Thomas Dowd
  March 16, 2007                                               177,094       5.00       286,892  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               177,094       7.50       286,892  
 
  May 4, 2007                                               47,956       5.00       77,209  
 
  May 4, 2007                                               47,956       7.50       77,209  
 
  June 20, 2007     43,962       131,885       293,077                                            
Joseph J. Weiss
  March 16, 2007                                               135,387       5.00       219,327  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               135,387       7.50       219,237  
 
  June 20, 2007     23,000       92,000       172,500                                            
Michael Locke
  March 16, 2007                                               135,387       5.00       219,327  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               135,387       7.50       219,237  
 
  June 20, 2007     23,845       95,380       178,838                                            
Robert J. DiNicola
                                                             
Mark Weintrub (6)
  March 16, 2007                                               109,625       5.00       177,593  
 
  March 16, 2007                                               109,625       7.50       177,593  

139


Table of Contents

 
(1)   The amounts shown in the columns under “Estimated Possible Payouts under Non-equity Incentive Plan Awards” represent the threshold, target and maximum potential amounts that might have been payable based on the targets approved for the 2007 Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Incentive Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element” for more information regarding the thresholds under the 2007 Incentive Plan. See —Summary Compensation Table—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation and footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table for information regarding the actual amounts to be paid in March 2008 to the 2007 Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Incentive Plan.
 
(2)   Time-based stock option awards made under the 2007 Stock Plan, which awards vest subject to continuing employment in five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant, except for the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato which vest in four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
 
(3)   Stock options granted on March 16, 2007, are equally divided between non-qualified options granted at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, which is 100% of the purchase price per share in connection with all of the equity contributions to fund a portion of the Merger, and non-qualified options granted at an exercise price of $7.50, which is 150% of that purchase price in the Merger.
 
(4)   These amounts are valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value of the award determined in accordance with FAS 123R. For additional information, see Note 19 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards.
 
(5)   Mr. Larrimer’s unvested stock options were forfeited in connection with the termination of his employment effective December 31, 2007.
 
(6)   In connection with the termination of his employment effective September 30, 2007, (i) Mr. Weintrub forfeited the opportunity to receive an annual incentive award under the 2007 Incentive Plan that was granted to him on June 20, 2007, and (ii) Mr. Weintrub’s unvested stock options were forfeited.
   Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
     The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable option awards granted to the 2007 Named Executive Officers under our 2007 Stock Plan and held as of the end of 2007. No stock options were exercised in 2007.

140


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
                                                                    Equity
                                                            Equity   Incentive
                                                            Incentive   Plan
                                                            Plan   Awards:
                                                    Market   Awards:   Market or
                    Equity                           Value   Number   Payout
                    Incentive                   Number   of   of   Value of
                    Plan                   of   Shares   Unearned   Unearned
    Number of           Awards:                   Shares   or   Shares,   Shares,
    Securities   Number of   Number of                   or Units   Units of   Units or   Units or
    Underlying   Securities   Securities of                   of Stock   Stock   Other   Other
    Unexercised   Underlying   Underlying                   That   That   Rights   Rights
    Options   Unexercised   Unexercised   Option           Have   Have   That   That
    (#)   Options (#)(1)   Unearned   Exercise   Option   Not   Not   Have Not   Have Not
                    Options   Price   Expiration   Vested   Vested   Vested   Vested
Name   Exercisable   Unexercisable   (#)   ($)   Date   (#)   ($)   (#)   ($)
Joseph Fortunato
          80,000             5.00       3/16/2017                          
 
          1,182,877             5.00       3/16/2017                          
 
          1,262,877             7.50       3/16/2017                          
Curtis J. Larrimer
                                                     
Thomas Dowd
          177,094             5.00       3/16/2017                          
 
          177,094             7.50       3/16/2017                          
 
          47,956             5.00       5/4/2017                          
 
          47,956             7.50       5/4/2017                          
Joseph J. Weiss
          135,387             5.00       3/16/2017                          
 
          135,387             7.50       3/16/2017                          
Michael Locke
          135,387             5.00       3/16/2017                          
 
          135,387             7.50       3/16/2017                          
Robert J. DiNicola
                                                     
Mark Weintrub
                                                     
 
(1)   Time-based stock option awards made under the 2007 Stock Plan, which awards vest subject to continuing employment, other than the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato, in five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. For the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato,

141


Table of Contents

    such stock options vest in four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
     No stock options were exercised in 2007. We have not issued, nor are there any outstanding, shares of restricted stock.
Non-qualified Deferred Compensation
     One of our subsidiaries maintains the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, an eligible employee of such subsidiary or a participating affiliate may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned (or, if applicable, within 30 days of the date on which the employee first becomes eligible to participate in the plan). The minimum amount of salary that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $200, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee’s salary otherwise payable for the year and the minimum amount of bonus that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $2,000, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee’s bonus otherwise payable for the year. The employers participating in the plan may in their discretion elect to make a matching contribution to the plan for a calendar year, based on amounts deferred by eligible employees for that year. An eligible employee may elect at the time amounts are deferred under the plan to have such amounts credited to an in-service account, which is payable (subject to certain special elections for 2006 and 2007 pursuant to rules issued by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) on a future date selected by the employee at the time the employee first elects to defer compensation under the plan, or to a retirement account, which is payable (subject to the special elections described above) upon the employee’s retirement (as defined in the plan). Payments will be made earlier than the dates described above as a result of the death or disability of an employee participating in the plan. If a participating employee dies before retirement, a death benefit will be paid to the employee’s beneficiaries in certain cases. For purposes of applying the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act to the plan, the plan is intended to be an unfunded arrangement.
     The following table identifies the 2007 Named Executive Officers that participate in the plan, their contributions, our contributions and the earnings in 2007, and their aggregate balance at the end of 2007.

142


Table of Contents

                                         
                    Aggregate           Aggregate
    Executive   Registrant   Earnings   Aggregate   Balance at
    Contributions   Contributions   (losses) in Last   Withdrawals/   Last Fiscal
    in Last Fiscal   in Last Fiscal   Fiscal Year   Distributions   Year-End
Name   Year ($)   Year ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Joseph Fortunato
                             
Curtis J. Larrimer
                (2,770 )           210,512  
Thomas Dowd
    32,864             (1,703 )           66,017  
Joseph J. Weiss
                             
Michael Locke
                             
Robert J. DiNicola
                             
Mark Weintrub
                             
Employment and Separation Agreements with our 2007 Named Executive Officers
   Chief Executive Officer
     In November 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Fortunato in connection with his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement provided for, among other things, an employment term through December 31, 2007 and an annual base salary of $550,000. The employment agreement was amended and restated in December 2006 to provide for, among other things, an employment term through December 31, 2008, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we or Mr. Fortunato provide at least one year advance notice of termination, and an annual base salary of $750,000. Mr. Fortunato was entitled to an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 50% and a maximum bonus of 120% of his annual base salary based upon our attainment of annual goals established by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. Mr. Fortunato was also entitled to a one-time cash success bonus of $500,000 upon our change in control, as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement, or the completion of an initial public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of at least $200 million.
     As a result of the Merger, Mr. Fortunato was entitled to receive the $500,000 success bonus, which was paid to him on March 16, 2007, the closing date.
     In connection with the Merger, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Fortunato, that provides for a five-year term with automatic annual one-year renewals thereafter unless we or Mr. Fortunato provide at least one-year advance notice of termination, and an annual base salary of not less than $800,000, subject to certain upward adjustments. Effective January 1, 2008, Mr. Fortunato’s annual base salary was increased to $825,000. The new employment agreement provides for an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 75% and a maximum bonus of 125% of Mr. Fortunato’s annual base salary based upon our attainment of annual goals established by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. The new employment agreement also provided that Mr. Fortunato will receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers. The new Employment Agreement provides that upon a change in control all of Mr. Fortunato’s stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock, if any, granted to Mr. Fortunato would lapse.
     Upon Mr. Fortunato’s termination for death or total disability we will be required to pay to him (or his guardian or personal representative):

143


Table of Contents

    a lump sum equal to his base salary plus the annualized value of his perquisites; and
 
    a prorated share of the annual bonus he would have received had he worked the full year, provided bonus targets are met for such year.
We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or, in the case of disability, until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Mr. Fortunato’s outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse as of the date of termination, in each case, assuming he had continued employment during the calendar year in which termination occurs and for the year following such termination.
     Under the new employment agreement, if Mr. Fortunato’s employment is terminated without cause, he resigns for good reason, or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial five-year employment term, then, subject to Mr. Fortunato’s execution of a release:
    Mr. Fortunato will receive payment of a lump sum amount of two times his base salary and the annualized value of his perquisites;
 
    Mr. Fortunato will receive payment of a lump sum amount of two times his average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years;
 
    we will pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits; and
 
    Mr. Fortunato’s outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse if they would have otherwise done so in the 24 months following the termination had Mr. Fortunato continued to be employed (36 months if such termination occurs in anticipation of a change in control, or within the six months prior to, or at any time following, an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock).
If such termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock, the multiple of base salary and annualized perquisites and of average annual bonus will increase from two times to three times. A termination of Mr. Fortunato’s employment will be deemed to have been in anticipation of a change in control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six months prior to a change in control and such termination occurs (i) after we or our Parent enter into a definitive agreement that provides for a change in control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control.
     All of Mr. Fortunato’s unvested equity award will be forfeited as of the date of his termination.
     For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means any of the following events as determined in good faith by a 2/3 vote of the Parent Board, Mr. Fortunato’s:
    conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;

144


Table of Contents

    willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to the Company or our Parent that is injurious to our or our Parent’s financial condition, business or reputation;
 
    commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against us or our Parent;
 
    material breach of any provision of his employment agreement or any other written contract or agreement with us or our Parent that is not cured; or
 
    willful and continued failure to materially perform his duties or his continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Parent Board or the Company Board which is not cured.
     For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means, without Mr. Fortunato’s consent:
    our failure to comply with any material provision of his employment agreement which is not cured;
 
    a material adverse change in his responsibilities, duties or authority which, in the aggregate, causes his positions to have less responsibility or authority;
 
    removal from his current positions or failure to elect (or appoint) him to, or removal of him from the Parent Board or the Company Board;
 
    a reduction in his base salary; or
 
    a relocation of his principal place of business of more than 75 miles.
     For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “change in control” generally means:
    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either our Parent’s common stock or the combined voting power of the securities of our Parent entitled to vote generally in the election of the Parent Board;
 
    a change in 2/3 of the member’s of Parent Board from the member as of the effective date of his employment agreement, unless approved by 2/3 of the members of the Parent Board on the effective date of his employment agreement or members nominated by such members;
 
    the approval by Parent stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of our Parent or the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of our Parent and its subsidiaries; or
 
    we cease to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of our Parent.
   Other 2007 Named Executive Officers
     In March 2005, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Larrimer in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Larrimer’s base salary under the employment agreement was increased to $350,000 per year in December 2006. Mr. Larrimer was entitled to an annual performance bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee. As described in

145


Table of Contents

“Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” the Compensation Committee has adopted annual incentive plans setting forth target and maximum bonus amount and performance goals at various threshold levels.
     Effective December 31, 2007, the Company and Mr. Larrimer mutually agreed to terminate his employment agreement, and that Mr. Larrimer would resign as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. In connection with his termination of employment with the Company, the Company and Mr. Larrimer entered into an agreement that provides, among other things, for payment of Mr. Larrimer’s annual incentive bonus under the 2007 Incentive Plan, continued payment of his salary through March 31, 2008 and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage under COBRA through July 31, 2008 to the extent it exceeds the amount he paid for health insurance premiums immediately prior to his termination. Mr. Larrimer did not receive any other severance benefits in connection with the termination of his employment.
     We entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Dowd and Locke, each dated as of December 14, 2004. As discussed above, the employment agreements for Messrs. Dowd and Locke each expired effective December 31, 2007. Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s agreements provided for an initial annual base salary of $220,000 and $235,355, respectively, subject to annual review by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. Mr. Dowd was promoted to the position of Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development in May 2007 (retroactive to April 2007) and his annual base salary was increased to $310,000. Effective January 1, 2008, Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s annual base salary were increased to $320,000 and $260,000, respectively. The agreements contained substantially the same terms, including an annual performance bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee. As described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” the Compensation Committee has adopted annual incentive plans setting forth target and maximum bonus amount and performance goals at various threshold levels.
     The employment agreements for Messrs. Dowd and Locke also provided for certain benefits upon termination of employment. Upon death or disability, Messrs. Dowd and Locke (or their estates) would have been entitled to the executive’s current base salary (less any payments made under company-sponsored disability benefit plans) for the remainder of the employment period, plus, subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment. Upon termination of employment by us without cause or voluntarily by Messrs. Dowd or Locke for good reason, subject to the execution of a written release, they would have been entitled to:
    salary continuation for the remainder of the agreement term, or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control;
 
    subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment; and
 
    continuation of certain welfare benefits and perquisites through the remainder of the agreement term, or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control.
     For purposes of Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s employment agreements “cause” generally meant the executive’s:
    material failure to comply with any material obligation imposed by his employment agreement;
 
    being convicted of or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to, or being indicted for any felony;

146


Table of Contents

    theft, embezzlement, or fraud in connection with the performance of duties;
 
    engaging in any activity that gives rise to a material conflict of interest with the company that was not cured;
 
    misappropriation of any material business opportunity.
     For purposes of Mr. Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s employment agreements “good reason” generally meant, without the executive’s prior written consent:
    the Company’s failure to comply with material obligations under his employment agreement;
 
    the Company’s assigning him duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities, titles and offices; or
 
    the Company reducing his base salary.
     For purposes of Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s employment agreements “change in control” generally meant:
    any person acquiring more than 50% of the voting power of the equity interests of the Company or any successor;
 
    the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
    after an initial public offering of capital stock of the Company, during any period of two consecutive years, a change in the majority of the directors of the Company Board;
 
    the adoption of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.
     Currently, all of Messrs. Dowd and Locke unvested equity award will be forfeited as of the date of the executive’s termination.
     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Weiss effective on May 21, 2006. As discussed above, the employment agreements for Mr. Weiss expired effective December 31, 2007. The employment agreement provided for an initial annual base salary of $225,000, which was increased to $235,000 in December 2007. The employment agreement provided that Mr. Weiss was entitled to an annual performance bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee. As described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” the Compensation Committee has adopted annual incentive plans setting forth target and maximum bonus amount and performance goals at various threshold levels.
     Mr. Weiss’s employment agreement also provided for certain benefits upon termination of his employment. Upon death or disability, he (or his estate) would have been entitled to his current base salary (less any payments made under company-sponsored disability benefit plans) for the remainder of the employment period, plus, subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment. Upon termination of employment by us without cause or voluntarily by Mr. Weiss for good reason, subject to his execution of a written release, he would have been entitled to:

147


Table of Contents

    salary continuation for the remainder of his agreement term, or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control;
 
    subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment; and
 
    reimbursement of COBRA premiums in excess of amount payable to the executive prior to termination for the remainder of his agreement term, or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control.
     The employment agreement for Mr. Weiss contained the same definition of “change in control” that was contained in Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s employment agreements.
     For purposes of Mr. Weiss’s employment agreement, “cause” generally meant Mr. Weiss’s:
    failure to comply with any obligation under his employment agreement;
 
    indictment for a felony or a misdemeanor that causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to the Company;
 
    theft, embezzlement or fraud in connection with the performance of duties;
 
    engaging in any activity that gives rise to a material conflict with the Company;
 
    misappropriation of any material business opportunity;
 
    failure to comply, observe or carry out the Company’s rules, regulations, policies and code of ethics and/or conduct applicable to employees generally and senior executives;
 
    substance abuse or use of illegal drugs that impairs the performance of his duties or causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to the Company; or
 
    conduct that he knows or should know is injurious to the Company.
     For purposes of Mr. Weiss’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally meant, without Mr. Weiss’s consent:
    the Company’s failure to comply with material obligations under his employment agreement;
 
    the Company’s changing his position as Senior Vice President, except that any change in his duties or responsibilities without changing his position will not constitute good reason and the Company may change his title based on need, or
 
    a reduction in his base salary, unless all executives at the same level receive a substantially similar reduction.
     Currently, all of Mr. Weiss’s unvested equity award will be forfeited as of the date of the executive’s termination.
     We have not agreed to provide any of our executive’s with a gross-up for any amounts that would constitute a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. Messrs. Fortunato’s

148


Table of Contents

employment agreements provides, and Messrs. Dowd’s, Weiss’s and Locke’s employment agreements provided, that if any payment to the executive would be subject to, or result in, the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the amount of such payments will be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by us without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement provides that the reduction will not apply if he would, on a net after-tax basis, receive less compensation than if the payment were not so reduced.
     In connection with the Merger, Messrs. Fortunato, Larrimer, Dowd, Weiss, DiNicola and Weintrub each agreed to irrevocably waive any and all rights to receive any amounts in connection with the Merger that, individually or in the aggregate, would result in an excess “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. However, in connection with the Merger, and in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the stockholders of our Parent subsequently consented to each of the forgoing executive’s receiving such waived amounts and, pursuant to such waiver, not be subject to the adverse tax consequences to us and to the executive’s that would otherwise result from the payment of such amounts.
     In November 2006, in contemplation of a possible change in control of us, we entered into letter agreements with each of Messrs. Larrimer, Dowd and Weiss with respect to the payment of a success bonus if we completed a change in control transaction on or before June 30, 2007. The Merger was a change in control for purposes of the success bonuses and payments were made on the closing date as follows: Larrimer, $200,000; Dowd, $50,000; Weiss, $50,000.
     In March 2007, Messrs. Fortunato, Larrimer, Dowd, Weiss and Locke purchased shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock and Series A preferred stock in connection with the completion of the Merger. Under the terms of call agreements entered into with each of these 2007 Named Executive Officers, our Parent has the option to repurchase all or any portion of the shares held by each of these 2007 Named Executive Officers upon the termination of the 2007 Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company for any reason. The option must be exercised within 180 days after the 2007 Named Executive Officer’s termination. Our Parent is generally entitled to repurchase the shares for the fair market value on the date of such termination. In the event that the 2007 Named Executive Officer is terminated for cause or the 2007 Named Executive Officer terminates employment without good reason, the purchase price will be the lesser of the 2007 Named Executive Officer’s cost and the fair market value on the date of termination. Our Parent exercised its option to purchase Mr. Larrimer’s shares at the fair market value on the date of termination following the termination of his employment effective December 31, 2007.
   Former Executive Officers
     In December 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. DiNicola, effective as of January 1, 2006. The employment agreement provided for an employment term through December 31, 2008, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 31, 2007 and each December 31 thereafter, unless we or Mr. DiNicola provided at least one year advance notice of termination. The employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $750,000. Mr. DiNicola was entitled to an annual performance bonus pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. He had a target bonus of 50% to 120% of his annual base salary, which was based upon our attainment of annual sales, EBITDA, and cash flow generation goals set by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. Mr. DiNicola was also entitled to a one-time cash success bonus of $1.0 million upon a change in control of us meeting criteria established in the employment agreement. In connection with the employment agreement, in January 2006, we also granted to Mr. DiNicola 42,675 shares of our common stock. Mr. DiNicola resigned as our Executive Chairman of the Company Board effective immediately prior to the closing of the Merger. He was not entitled to any severance compensation under his employment agreement, but he was entitled to receive the $1.0 million success bonus, which was paid to him on March 16, 2007, the acquisition closing date.

149


Table of Contents

     We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Weintrub on March 31, 2006. The agreement provided for an initial employment term through March 31, 2008. The employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $260,000, subject to annual review by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, and an annual performance bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee. Effective September 30, 2007, the Company and Mr. Weintrub mutually agreed to terminate his employment agreement, and that Mr. Weintrub would resign as Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of the Company. In connection with his termination of employment with the Company, the Company and Mr. Weintrub entered into an agreement that provided, among other things, for:
    continued payment of his salary through July 31,2008;
 
    reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage under COBRA through July 31, 2008 to the extent it exceeds the amount he paid for health insurance premiums immediately prior to his termination;
 
    use of his Company provided mobile phone and blackberry, at our expense, until November 30, 2007; and
 
    reimbursement for his parking expenses through October 31, 2007.
Mr. Weintrub did not receive any other severance benefits in connection with the termination of his employment. In addition, upon termination of his employment the Company exercised its option to purchase at the fair market value on the date of termination shares of the Company stock purchased by Mr. Weintrub in connection with the Merger pursuant the terms of a call agreement entered into between the Company and Mr. Weintrub.
   General
     Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement contains, and the employment agreements for the other 2007 Named Executive Officers contained:
    terms of confidentiality concerning trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information which may not be disclosed by the executive except as required by court order or applicable law; and
 
    certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions which restrict the executive and certain relatives from engaging in activities against our interests or those of our parent companies during the term of employment and, in the case of Mr. Fortunato, eighteen months following the termination of his employment, and in the case of the other 2007 Named Executive Officers, for the longer of the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment or the period during which the executive receives termination payments.
Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments
     The following tables summarize the value of the compensation that certain 2007 Named Executive Officers would have received if they had terminated employment on December 31, 2007 under the circumstances shown or if we would have undergone a change in control on such date. The tables exclude (1) compensation amounts accrued through December 31, 2007 that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, and (2) vested account balances under our 401(k) Plan that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. Where applicable, the amounts reflected for the prorated annual incentive compensation in 2007 are the amounts that

150


Table of Contents

will actually be paid to the 2007 Named Executive Officers in March 2008 under the 2007 Incentive Plan, since the hypothetical termination date is the last day of the fiscal year for which the bonus is to be determined.
     As discussed above, Messrs. Larrimer, DiNicola and Weintrub terminated employment effective on or prior to December 31, 2007. Accordingly, we have not included summary tables for such 2007 Named Executive Officers.
     Where applicable, the information in the tables uses a fair market value per share of $6.93 as of December 31, 2007 for GNC Parent Corporation’s common stock. Since the Merger, the Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the common stock is based on our business enterprise value, as adjusted to reflect our estimated excess cash and the fair market value of our debt.
     For purposes of calculating any hypothetical reduction payment as a result of change in control payments, we have assumed that the change in control payments for any of the 2007 Named Executive Officers would have included the amount of 2007 annual incentive compensation, and the value of any options granted in 2007. To the extent any of these amounts were paid prior to December 31, 2007, they are not reflected in the tables below.
   Chief Executive Officer
   Joseph Fortunato
                                                         
    Termination           Termination                
    w/o Cause or   Termination   w/o Cause or   Termination            
    for Good   w/o Cause or   for Good   w/o Cause or            
    Reason or   for Good   Reason in   for Good            
    Non-renewal   Reason upon   anticipation   Reason in            
    of the   a Change in   of a Change   Connection   Voluntary   Death or   Change in
    Agreement   Control   in Control   with an IPO   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Lump Sum Base Salary
    1,650,000       2,475,000       2,475,000       2,475,000             825,000        
Lump Sum Annual Incentive Compensation
    919,557       1,379,336       1,379,336       1,379,336             459,779        
Lump Sum Annualized Value or Perquisites
    148,600       222,900       222,900       222,900             74,300        
Prorated Annual Incentive Compensation
    700,875       700,875       700,875       700,875             459,779        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    20,719       20,719       20,719       20,719             20,719        
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
    1,105,017       2,210,035       1,657,526       1,657,526             552,509       2,210,035  
Payment Reduction
          (768,919 )     (479,340 )                        
Net Value
    4,544,769       6,239,946       5,977,016       6,456,356             2,392,085       2,210,035  

151


Table of Contents

     Mr. Fortunato entered into an employment agreement in connection with the Merger. See “—Employment Agreements with Our 2007 Named Executive Officers — Chief Executive Officer” for a description of the severance and change in control benefits provided under Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement.
     As stated above, Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreements provides that if any payment would have been subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the amount of such payments would have been reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by us without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement provides that the reduction will not apply if he would, on a net after-tax basis, receive less compensation than if the payment were not so reduced. Based on a hypothetical change in control on December 31, 2007, Mr. Fortunato would have been subject to a reduction payment if his employment had also been terminated at the time of a December 31, 2007 change in control or on December 31, 2007 in anticipation of a change in control, but not upon a change in control without an employment termination. The calculation of the payment reduction amounts do not include a valuation of the non-competition covenant in Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreements. A portion of the severance payments payable to Mr. Fortunato may be attributable to reasonable compensation for the non-competition covenant and could eliminate or reduce the reduction amount.
     Finally, although there is no requirement to do so or guarantee that it would have been paid, we have assumed that, in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, Mr. Fortunato would have been paid his prorated annual incentive compensation for the year in which his employment was terminated based on a hypothetical termination date of the end of that year, other than in this case of his voluntary termination without good reason or a termination by the Company for cause.
     Upon a termination of employment on December 31, 2007, the shares of our Parent’s common stock owned by Mr. Fortunato would have been subject to repurchase by us or our designee for a period of 180 days (270 days upon termination because of death or disability) following the termination based on fair value as determined by the Company Board.
   Other 2007 Named Executive Officers
   Thomas Dowd
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            Cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    Cause or for   after a Change   Voluntary   Death or   Change in
    Good Reason   in Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Base Salary Continuation
          640,000                    
Prorated Annual Incentive Compensation
    168,702       168,702             168,702        
Health & Welfare Benefits
          20,311                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
Net Value
    168,702       829,013             168,702        

152


Table of Contents

   Joseph J. Weiss
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            Cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    Cause or for   after a Change   Voluntary   Death or   Change in
    Good Reason   in Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Base Salary Continuation
          470,000                    
Prorated Annual Incentive Compensation
    114,540       114,540             114,540        
Health & Welfare Benefits
          20,311                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
Net Value
    114,540       604,851             114,540        

153


Table of Contents

   Michael Locke
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            Cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    Cause or for   after a Change   Voluntary   Death or   Change in
    Good Reason   in Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Base Salary Continuation
          520,000                    
Prorated Annual Incentive Compensation
    123,006       123,006             123,006        
Health & Welfare Benefits
          18,898                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
Net Value
    123,006       661,904             123,006        
     As discussed above, the employment agreements for Messrs. Dowd, Weiss and Locke expired effective December 31, 2007. The amounts set forth in the tables above are based on the amount of severance payments and benefits they would have received under their employment agreements as in effect on December 31, 2007 had their employment been terminated on that date. See “—Employment Agreements with Our 2007 Named Executive Officers — Other 2007 Named Executive Officers” for a description of the severance benefits they would have been entitled to under their employment agreements as in effect prior to January 1, 2008.
     In the event of a change in control of the Company, the 2007 Stock Plan provides that unvested stock options generally may be fully vested, cancelled for fair value or substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. We have assumed for purposes of the table that upon a change in control of the Company, Messrs. Dowd’s, Weiss’s and Locke’s unvested stock options would be substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. In the event that in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, Messrs. Dowd’s, Weiss’s and Locke’s unvested stock options would have become vested in connection with a change in control on December 31, 2007, the value of their vested options as of such would have been: Mr. Dowd — $393,838; Mr. Weiss — $236,927; and Mr. Locke — $236,927.
     As stated above, Messrs. Dowd’s, Weiss’s and Locke’s employment agreements provided that if any payment would have been subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the amount of such payments would have been reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by us without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. Based on a hypothetical change in control on December 31, 2007, none of these executives would have been subject to a reduction payment upon a change in control without an employment termination or if his employment had also been terminated at the time of a December 31, 2007 change in control, in each case including if they had they received full vesting of their stock options.

154


Table of Contents

     Messrs. Dowd’s and Locke’s employment agreements provided that the executive could have elected to receive the present value of the continuation of base salary and their pro rated annual incentive compensation in a lump sum based upon a present value annual discount rate equal to 6%. We have assumed for purposes of the table that such executives would not have made such election.
     Finally, although there is no requirement to do so or guarantee that it would have been paid, we have assumed that, in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, Messrs. Dowd, Weiss and Locke would have been paid their prorated annual performance bonus for the year in which their employment was terminated based on a hypothetical termination date of the end of that year, other than in this case of such executive’s voluntary termination without good reason or a termination by the Company for cause.
     Upon a termination of employment on December 31, 2007, the shares of our Parent’s common stock owned by Messrs. Dowd, Weiss and Locke would have been subject to repurchase by us or our designee for a period of 180 days (270 days upon termination because of death or disability) following the termination based on fair value as determined by the Company Board.
Director Compensation
     Pursuant to our director compensation policy, effective as August 15, 2007, we compensate our directors as follows: (i) our non-employee chairman receives an annual retainer of $100,000 and (ii) our non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $40,000. Effective February 2008, the Parent Compensation Committee approved an increase in the annual retainer of the non-employee chairman to $200,000. Directors are not entitled to any additional cash compensation such as fees for attending meetings. However, each non-employee director is entitled to receive a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase a minimum of 36,176 shares of Parent’s common stock. Any director or chairman who is employed by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers and other purchasers in connection with the Merger is not entitled to any retainers or stock option grants.
     The director compensation policy in effect prior to the Merger provided for our executive chairman of the Company Board and each non-employee director to receive an annual retainer of $40,000 and a stipend of $2,000 for each board meeting attended in person or $500 for each meeting attended telephonically. Additionally, under that policy non-employee directors serving on board committees would receive a stipend of $1,000 for each meeting attended in person or $500 for each meeting attended telephonically. In addition, each non-employee director, upon election or appointment to the Company Board would receive a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase a minimum of 42,675 shares of GNC Parent Corporation’s common stock, with the number to be determined by the Parent Board in its discretion. When granted, these director options were fully vested and immediately exercisable, had an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share of the GNC Parent Corporation common stock on the date of grant, and expired in ten years, even upon the director’s termination of service with GNC Parent Corporation or us.
     The table below sets forth information with respect to compensation for our directors for 2007. Other than Mr. Fortunato, who received no separate director compensation, all of the directors serving on Company Board on March 16, 2007, resigned from the Company Board effective as of that date, the closing date of the Merger. Mr. Larrimer was appointed as a member of the Company Board effective March 7, 2007 and was removed from such position by our Parent effective March 16, 2007. Mr. Larrimer did not receive any separate director compensation. The compensation paid to Mr. DiNicola as a director is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above. Accordingly, Messrs. Fortunato, Larrimer, or DiNicola are therefore not listed in the table below.
     Norman Axelrod, David B. Kaplan, Jeffery B. Schwartz, Lee Sienna, Josef Prosperi, Michele J. Buchignani and Robert M. Lynch were each appointed as members of the Company Board effective as of March 16, 2007. Mr. Lynch resigned effective April 21, 2007 and did not receive any compensation for serving as a director. As stated above, any employee employed by Ares or Ontario Teachers are not entitled to any

155


Table of Contents

additional compensation for serving as directors. Accordingly, Messrs. Kaplan, Schwartz, Sienna and Prosperi and Ms. Buchignani are therefore not listed in the table below.
     Richard D. Innes and Carmen Fortino were elected as directors to the Company Board effective July 17, 2007. Effective January 2, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Beth J. Kaplan in connection with her appointment as our President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer. Ms. Kaplan was appointed as a member of the Company Board effective February 12, 2008, and, therefore, received no director compensation in 2007.
                                                         
                                    Change in        
                                    Pension Value        
                                    and Non-        
    Fees                           qualified        
    Earned                   Non-Equity   Deferred        
    or Paid   Stock   Option   Incentive Plan   Compensation   All other    
    in Cash   Awards   Awards   Compensation   Earnings   Compensation   Total
Name   ($)   ($)   ($) 1,2   ($)   ($)   ($) 3   ($)
Laurence M. Berg
    13,000                               447,821       460,821  
Michael S. Cohen
    12,000                               353,509       365,509  
Peter P. Copses
    14,000                               447,821       461,821  
George G. Golleher
    12,500                               985,206       997,706  
Joseph W. Harch
    12,500                               447,821       460,321  
Andrew S. Jhawar
    14,500                               447,821       462,321  
Edgardo A. Mercadante
    13,000                               806,076       819,076  
John R. Ranelli
    12,500                               71,854       84,354  
Norman Axelrod
    79,450             588,282                         667,822  
Richard D. Innes
    18,440 4           58,244                         76,684  
Carmen Fortino
    18,440 4           58,244                         76,684  
 
(1)   Reflects the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with FAS 123R for all option awards held by such person and outstanding on December 31, 2007. For additional information, see Note 19 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards. The grant date fair value of the stock option awards was $1.67, calculated in accordance with FAS 123R.
 
(2)   The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options granted to the listed directors and held as of the end of 2007. No other stock awards were made to the directors, and no stock options were exercised by the directors in 2007.

156


Table of Contents

         
    Aggregate Number of
    Option Awards
    Outstanding at Fiscal
Name   Year End (#)
Norman Axelrod
    365,392  
Richard D. Innes
    36,176  
Carmen Fortino
    36,176  
(3)   All other compensation for the listed directors reflects payments made pursuant to the terms of the Merger on March 16, 2007, for outstanding options canceled in connection with the Merger in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share merger consideration paid in the Merger over the exercise price per share of the option, multiplied by the number of shares of GNC Parent Corporation common stock subject to the option.
 
(4)   Messrs. Innes and Fortino received payment in Canadian Dollars in the amounts of CAN $12,784 and CAN $12,772, respectively. The amount set forth in the table above reflect such amounts reflected in U.S. Dollars based on a conversion rate of .9904 as of January 3, 2008 and .9895 as of February 26, 2008, respectively.

157


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
     The following table sets forth, as of January 1, 2008 (the “Ownership Date”), the number of shares of our Parent’s common stock beneficially owned by (1) each person or group known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Parent’s common stock, (2) each director, (3) each of the named executive officers, and (4) all directors and executive officers as a group.
     Percentage ownership is based on a total of 87,799,995 shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock and 30,000,005 shares of our Parent’s Series A preferred stock outstanding as of the Ownership Date, subject to the assumptions described below.
     Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the following persons have sole voting and investment control with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them. In accordance with SEC rules, if a person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of any shares of our Parent’s common stock, on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date, upon exercise of outstanding options or otherwise, the shares are deemed beneficially owned by that person and are deemed to be outstanding solely for the purpose of determining the percentage of shares that person beneficially owns. These shares are not included in the computations of percentage ownership for any other person.
                                         
    Beneficial Ownership  
    Class A     Class B             Series A        
    Common     Common             Preferred        
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares     Shares     Percentage     Shares     Percentage  
Directors and Named Executive Officers 1,2 :
                                       
Norman Axelrod
    59,626             *       20,374       *  
Michele Buchignani 3
                             
Robert J. DiNicola
                             
Thomas Dowd
    51,726             *       17,674       *  
Carmen Fortino
                             
Joseph Fortunato
    248,493             *       84,907       *  
Richard D. Innes
                             
Beth J. Kaplan
                             
David B. Kaplan 4
                             
Curtis J. Larrimer
                             
Michael Locke
    41,440             *       14,160       *  
Josef Prosperi 3
                             
Jeffrey B. Schwartz 5
                             
Lee Sienna 3
                             
Joseph J. Weiss
    41,440             *       14,160       *  
Mark Weintrub
                             
All directors and executive officers as a group (24 persons)
    617,431             *       210,969       *  
 
                                       
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Outstanding Parent’s Common Stock :
                                       
Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P 6
    33,539,898             38.2 %     11,460,102       38.2 %
KL Holdings LLC 7
    4,605,028             5.2 %     1,573,472       5.2 %
Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board 8
    14,581,393       28,168,561       48.7 %     14,607,046       48.7 %

158


Table of Contents

*   Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
 
(1)   Except as otherwise noted, the address of each director is c/o Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., 1999 Avenue of the Stars, Los Angeles, California 90067 and the address of each current executive officer is c/o General Nutrition Centers, Inc., 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222.
 
(2)   On March 16, 2007, in connection with the March 2007 Merger, our Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, as amended February 12, 2008, our Parent’s principal stockholders each have the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent, for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent). As a result, each of Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock held by the other parties to the stockholders’ agreement. Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock.
 
(3)   Ms. Buchignani and Mr. Prosperi are directors of the private equity group of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. Mr Sienna is a Vice President, Private Capital of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. Each of Ms. Buchignani, Mr. Prosperi and Mr. Sienna disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock owned by Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. The address for each of Ms. Buchignani, Mr. Prosperi and Mr. Sienna is c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.
 
(4)   Mr. Kaplan is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management, Inc. and a member of Ares Partners Management Company, LLC, which are affiliates of ACOF II. Mr. Kaplan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by ACOF II, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
 
(5)   Mr. Schwartz is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management, Inc., an affiliate of ACOF II. Mr. Schwartz disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock and preferred stock owned by ACOF II, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
 
(6)   Reflects shares owned by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (“ACOFII”). The general partner of ACOF II is ACOF Management II, L.P. (“ACOF Management II”) and the general partner of ACOF Management II, and day-to-day manager of ACOF II, is ACOF Operating Manager II, L/P. (“ACOF Operating Manager II”). ACOF Operating Manager II, in turn, is owned by Ares Management LLC and Ares Management, Inc., each of which is directly and indirectly owned by Ares Partners Management Company, LLC. Each of the foregoing entities (collectively, the “Ares Entities”) and the partners, members and managers thereof, other than ACOF II, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by ACOF II, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of each Ares Entity is 1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1900, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
 
(7)   The address of KL Holdings LLC is 1250 Fourth Street, Santa Monica, California 90401.
 
(8)   The address of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.

159


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
Management Services Agreement
     Upon completion of the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement with our Parent. Under the agreement, our Parent agreed to provide us and our subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $1.5 million, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. Under the terms of the management services agreement, we have agreed to provide customary indemnification to our Parent and its affiliates and those providing services on its behalf. In addition, upon completion of the Merger, we incurred an aggregate fee of $10.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to our Parent for services rendered in connection with the Merger.
Stockholders’ Agreement
     Upon completion of the Merger, our Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with each of its stockholders, which includes certain of our directors, employees, and members of our management and our principal stockholders. The stockholders agreement was amended and restated as of February 12, 2008. Through a voting agreement, the amended and restated stockholders agreement gives each of Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (“Ares Fund II”) and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, our Parent’s principal stockholders, the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The voting agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Under the terms of the amended and restated stockholders agreement, certain significant corporate actions require the approval of a majority of directors on the board of directors, including a majority of the directors designated by Ares Fund II and a majority of the directors designated by Ontario Teachers’. The amended and restated stockholders agreement also contains significant transfer restrictions and certain rights of first offer, tag-along, and drag-along rights. In addition, the amended and restated stockholders agreement contains registration rights that require our Parent to register common stock held by the stockholders who are parties to the stockholders agreement in the event our Parent registers for sale, either for its own account or for the account of others, shares of its common stock.
Apollo Management and Advisory Services
     Immediately prior to the completion of the Numico acquisition, we, together with GNC Corporation, entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V, L.P., which controlled the principal stockholder of GNC Parent Corporation until the consummation of the Merger. Under this management services agreement, Apollo Management V agreed to provide to GNC Corporation and us investment banking, management, consulting, and financial planning services on an ongoing basis and financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with major financial transactions that may be undertaken by us or our subsidiaries in exchange for a fee of $1.5 million per year, plus reimbursement of expenses. Under the management services agreement, GNC Corporation and us agreed to provide customary indemnification.

160


Table of Contents

The merger agreement required the management services agreement to be terminated on or before the closing of the merger. Our board of directors and the board of directors of GNC Corporation approved the termination of the management services agreement in exchange for a one-time payment to Apollo Management V of $7.5 million, representing approximately the present value of the management fees payable for the remaining term of the management services agreement, which was paid upon closing of the Merger.
Dividend and Discretionary Payments
     In November 2006, GNC Parent Corporation paid a dividend totaling $275.0 million to its common stockholders of record. We also made discretionary payments to each of our employee and non-employee optionholders. Discretionary payments totaling approximately $17.2 million were made in December 2006 determined based upon the dividend payment per share and the number of outstanding vested option shares held by each optionholder as of December 15, 2006. We also determined to make discretionary payments based upon the dividend payment per share and the number of outstanding unvested option shares held by each optionholder following December 15, 2006, which were paid upon closing of the Merger.
Director Independence
     Through a voting agreement, our Parent’s stockholders agreement gives each of our Parent’s principal stockholders, the right to designate three members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, four members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The voting agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Our Parent’s board of directors intends for our board of directors and the board of directors of GNC Corporation to have the same composition, which was put into place effective March 16, 2007 following the closing of the Merger. Each member of the current board of directors is either an affiliate of one of our Parent’s principal stockholders or one of our executive officers.
     Our board of directors has historically had an audit committee and a compensation committee, which have had the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies. In connection with the Merger, our board of directors appointed members to the audit committee and the compensation committee, which are the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies.

161


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
Audit Fees
     Aggregate fees for professional services rendered for the Company by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PricewaterhouseCoopers”) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, were:
                   
    2007     2006  
    (in thousands)  
Type of Fee
               
Audit Fees.
  $ 1,146     $ 1,136  
Tax Fees.
    73       188  
Other Fees
          11  
 
           
Total.
  $ 1,219     $ 1,335  
 
           
     The Audit Fees for the years December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements, review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements, issuance of consents, assistance with registration statements and offering memorandums and statutory audits. The Audit fee for the year ended December 31, 2007 also includes the audit of our financial statements for the period from January 1 through March 15, 2007.
Audit-Related Fees
     PricewaterhouseCoopers did not bill us any fees during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, for audit related services.
Tax Fees
     The Tax Fees for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, were for services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers relating to tax compliance.
All Other Fees
     All other fees for the year ended December 31, 2006 include initial license fees related to benchmarking software.
     In accordance with policies adopted by our audit committee, all audit and non-audit related services to be performed by our independent public accountants must be approved in advance by the audit committee or by a designated member of the audit committee. All services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved by our audit committee.

162


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
     (a) Documents filed as part of this report:
  (1)   Financial statements filed in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
 
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  (2)   Financial statement schedule:

163


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 
            Additions                
            charged                
    Balance at     to costs             Balance  
    beginning     and             at end of  
    of period     expense     Deductions     period  
    (in thousands)  
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
                               
Twelve months ended December 31, 2004
    14,990       8,431       (11,163 )     12,258  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2005
    12,258       9,736       (11,375 )     10,619  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2006
    10,619       4,693       (10,930 )     4,381  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2007
    4,381       2,902       (3,408 )     3,875  
 
                               
Inventory Reserves
                               
Twelve months ended December 31, 2004
    19,251       17,344       (22,034 )     14,561  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2005
    14,561       3,864       (6,272 )     12,153  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2006
    12,153       3,755       (5,112 )     10,796  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2007
    10,796       3,288       (4,225 )     9,859  
(1)   These balances are the total allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivable and the current and long-term franchise note receivable.

164


Table of Contents

(3) Exhibits:
     Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this report. Certain exhibits are incorporated by reference from statements and reports previously filed by the Company or our Parent with the SEC pursuant to Rule 12b-32 under the Exchange Act:
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (the “Company”) (f/k/a Apollo GNC Holding, Inc.). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
3.2 Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
3.3 By-Laws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
4.1 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated February 12, 2008, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and the others stockholders party thereto.*
4.2 Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among General Nutrition Centers, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)
4.3 Form of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Note due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 above.)
4.4 Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among General Nutrition Centers, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed July 6, 2007.)
4.5 Form of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 above.)
4.6 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed July 6, 2007.)
4.7 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed July 6, 2007.)
10.1 Mortgage, Assignment of Leases, Rents and Contracts, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 23, 1999, from Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., as Mortgagor, to Allstate Life Insurance Company, as Mortgagee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.2 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.3 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.4 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)

 


Table of Contents

10.5 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.6 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.7 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Numico Research B.V. and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.8 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Corporation and N.V. Nutricia. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.9 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Investment Company and Numico Research B.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
10.10 GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)
10.11 Amendment No. 1 to GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.*
10.12 Form of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)
10.13 Form of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Incentive Stock Option Agreement.*
10.14 Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2004, by and between the Company and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)
10.15 Employment Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between the Company, Holdings and Joseph M. Fortunato. *
10.16 Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and between the Company, Holdings and Beth Kaplan.*
10.17 GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation.† (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
10.18 Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2000, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp.† (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
10.19 Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement dated as of May 1, 2004, between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp.† (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
10.20 Form of indemnification agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)

 


Table of Contents

10.21 Form of indemnification agreement for executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.2 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)
10.22 Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, by and among GNC Parent and GNC Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed November 28, 2006).
10.23 Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007.)
10.24 Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among GNC Corp., the Company, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint lead arrangers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as syndication agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as documentation agents and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007).
10.25 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corp, the Company and the guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007).
10.26 Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corp, the Company and the guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 above.)
10.27 Amended and Restated GNC/Rite Aid Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Nutra Sales Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Sales Corporation) and Rite Aid Hdqtrs. Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007). †
12.1 Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 10, 2007).
* Filed herewith
† Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.
     
By:
  /s/ Joseph Fortunato 
 
   
 
  Joseph Fortunato
 
  Chief Executive Officer
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
     
By:
  /s/ Joseph Fortunato 
 
   
 
  Joseph Fortunato
 
  Director and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ J. Kenneth Fox 
 
   
 
  J. Kenneth Fox
 
  Interim Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Norman Axelrod 
 
   
 
  Norman Axelrod
 
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ David B. Kaplan 
 
   
 
  David B. Kaplan
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Jeffrey B. Schwartz 
 
   
 
  Jeffrey B. Schwartz
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Lee Sienna
 
   
 
  Lee Sienna
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Josef Prosperi
 
   
 
  Josef Prosperi
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Michele J. Buchignani
 
   
 
  Michele J. Buchignani
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008

 


Table of Contents

     
By:
  /s/ Richard D. Innes
 
   
 
  Richard D. Innes
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Carmen Fortino
 
   
 
  Carmen Fortino
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008
 
   
By:
  /s/ Beth J. Kaplan
 
   
 
  Beth J. Kaplan
 
  Director
 
  Dated: March 14, 2008

 

 

Exhibit 4.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By and Among
GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.
ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P.,
ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD
AND
THE OTHER STOCKHOLDERS PARTY THERETO
 
Dated as of February 12, 2008
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
    - 1 -  
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Definitions
    - 1 -  
SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction
    - 7 -  
 
       
ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    - 8 -  
 
       
ARTICLE III. SHARE TRANSFERS
    - 8 -  
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Restrictions on Transfer
    - 8 -  
SECTION 3.02. Restrictive Legend
    - 8 -  
SECTION 3.03. Securities Laws
    - 9 -  
SECTION 3.04. Improper Transfer
    - 9 -  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. RIGHTS OF CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS
    - 9 -  
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Rights of First Offer
    - 9 -  
SECTION 4.02. Tag-Along Rights
    - 11 -  
SECTION 4.03. Drag-Along Rights
    - 12 -  
SECTION 4.04. Information; Confidentiality
    - 14 -  
SECTION 4.05. Preemptive Notice
    - 15 -  
SECTION 4.06. Board of Directors and Board Veto Rights
    - 16 -  
SECTION 4.07. Stockholder Veto Rights
    - 19 -  
 
       
ARTICLE V. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
    - 20 -  
 
       
SECTION 5.01. Company Registration
    - 20 -  
SECTION 5.02. Demand Registration Rights
    - 21 -  
SECTION 5.03. Registration Procedures
    - 23 -  
SECTION 5.04. Registration Expenses
    - 26 -  
SECTION 5.05. Indemnification
    - 26 -  
SECTION 5.06. Holdback Agreements
    - 28 -  
SECTION 5.07. Participation in Registrations
    - 29 -  
SECTION 5.08. Co-Investors
    - 29 -  
SECTION 5.09. Rule 144
    - 29 -  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS
    - 30 -  
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Notices
    - 30 -  
SECTION 6.02. Binding Effect; Benefits
    - 31 -  
SECTION 6.03. Amendment
    - 31 -  
SECTION 6.04. Assignability
    - 31 -  
SECTION 6.05. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.06. Enforcement
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.07. Severability
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.08. Additional Securities Subject to Agreement
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.09. Section and Other Headings
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.10. Counterparts
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.11. Termination of Certain Provisions
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Jury Trial
    - 32 -  
SECTION 6.13. Co-Investors
    - 32 -  

i


 

         
    Page
SECTION 6.14. Capitalization
    - 33 -  
SECTION 6.15. Entire Agreement
    - 33 -  
 
       
EXHIBIT INDEX
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of Joinder Agreement
       
Exhibit B            Form of Consent of Spouse
       
Exhibit C            Form of Co-Investor Joinder Agreement
       

ii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of February 12, 2008, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and the stockholders listed on Schedule A hereto (such parties and each Person listed on Schedule A hereto and executing a Joinder Agreement, individually, a “ Stockholder ” and, collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).
          WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”) to provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the Stock (as defined below).
          WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of the Original Agreement, Ares (as defined below) entered into a Co-Investors Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, with the Co-Investors (as defined below) pursuant to which the Co-Investors agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement binding on Stockholders pursuant to the terms set forth therein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
          SECTION 1.01. Definitions . The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
          “ Additional Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. No Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another Person solely by virtue of the fact that both Persons own shares of the Company’s Capital Stock.
          “ Approved Annual Budget ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06(b)(x).
          “ Ares ” means Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
          “ Ares Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06(a)(ii)(A).
          “ Ares Investors ” means Ares, the Co-Investors and their respective Related Persons and their respective Permitted Transferees, provided that in no event shall Teachers constitute an Ares Investor for any purpose.
          “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 


 

          “ Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
          “ Bylaws” means the Bylaws of the Company, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.
          “ Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, and any rights, warrants or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock.
          “ CEO Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06(a)(ii)(C).
          “ Centers” means General Nutrition Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company.
          “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.
          “ Co-Investors ” means the co-investors from time to time party to the Co-Investors Agreement.
          “ Co-Investors Agreement ” means the Co-Investors Agreement dated as of March 16, 2007, among Ares and such co-investors, as such agreement may be amended in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each of par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
          “ Conditions ” means any required material third-party or governmental approvals, compliance with applicable laws and the absence of any injunction or similar legal order preventing such transaction.
          “ Delay Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).
          “ Demand Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).
          “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).
          “ Drag-Along Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
          “ Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).
     “ Eligible Offering ” means an offer by the Company after the date of the Original Agreement to Transfer or issue to any Person or Persons (including any of the Stockholders) any Capital Stock (or debt convertible into Capital Stock) of the Company, other than:
     (i) an underwritten public offering registered under the 1933 Act or pursuant to a Rule 144A offering under the 1933 Act;

 


 

     (ii) any offer subsequent to an Initial Public Offering;
     (iii) pursuant to any stock option, warrant, stock purchase plan or agreement or other benefit plans approved by the Board to employees, officers, independent directors, consultants or advisors to the Company or its subsidiaries;
     (iv) as consideration to any third party in connection with (x) the bona fide acquisition of the assets or securities of or (y) the receipt of services from, any Person in any transaction approved by the Board;
     (v) as an inducement to a third party investor (in its capacity as a lender) in connection with any bona fide debt financing, subject to terms and conditions approved by the Board; and
     (vi) any offering with respect to which both Ares and Teachers notify the Company that they will not exercise their preemptive right pursuant to Section 4.05(a).
          “ Encumbrance ” means any claim, lien, pledge, option, charge, easement, security interest, deed of trust, mortgage, conditional sales agreement, encumbrance or other right of third parties, voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law, and includes any agreement to give any of the foregoing in the future, and any contingent sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof.
          “ Fair Market Value ” of any asset or security of the Company means the fair market value of such asset or security as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board, which shall include a majority of the independent directors on the Board.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, in the United States.
          “ Indentures ” means (i) the Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, entered into by Centers and certain of its subsidiaries, governing Centers’ senior floating rate toggle notes due 2014, as the same may be amended, modified, waived, refinanced or replaced from time to time with other indebtedness (whether under a new indenture, note or otherwise); and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, entered into by Centers and certain of its subsidiaries, governing Centers’ senior subordinated notes due 2015, as the same may be amended, modified, waived, refinanced or replaced from time to time with other indebtedness (whether under a new indenture, note or otherwise).
          “ Initial Public Offering ” means a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act (excluding registration statements filed on Form S-8, any similar successor form or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use for such forms).
          “ Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
          “ Lock-up Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06(a).
          “ Material Subsidiary ” means each “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company, as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 


 

          “ Minority Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.
          “ 1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.
          “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
          “ Offerees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a).
          “ Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a).
          “ Offeror ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a).
          “ Permitted Transferee ” means:
     (i) with respect to any Stockholder who is a natural person, (a) such Stockholder’s spouse, parents, grandparents and descendents, including adopted relationships and the spouses of all such persons (the foregoing persons being a “Family Group”) and (b) any trust which is for the primary benefit of such Stockholder or such Stockholder’s Family Group (a “Trust”) or a charitable organization that is controlled by such Stockholder;
     (ii) with respect to any Stockholder that is a Trust, the Trust’s beneficiaries, the members of the Trust’s beneficiaries’ respective Family Groups, and any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the beneficial owners of all the equity interests are members of such Trust’s beneficiaries’ respective Family Groups and the Trust;
     (iii) with respect to any Stockholder that is a fund, to (y) any investment manager, investment advisor or general partner of such Stockholder or (z) any investment fund, investment account or investment entity whose investment manager, investment advisor or general partner is (A) such Stockholder or (B) such Stockholder’s investment manager, investment advisor or general partner; and
     (iv) with respect to any Stockholder that is a limited liability company and to which clause (iii) above is not applicable, any Member or Affiliate of such Stockholder so long as such transferee remains a Member or Affiliate of such Stockholder following the transfer;
provided , that in any of such cases, such Permitted Transferee (i) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act and (ii) prior to the transfer, executes a Joinder Agreement.
          “ Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a general or limited partnership, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government, a political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
          “ Piggyback Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).
          “ Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).
          “ Preemptive Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).
          “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 


 

          “ Pro Rata Portion ” means (i) with respect to any Tag-Along Stockholder, such portion of their Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, which represents the same percentage of the total number of shares of their Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, held by them as the total number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock proposed to be sold by the Stockholder Transferor represents to the total number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by the Stockholder Transferor and (ii) in any other case, with respect to any Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, owned by a Stockholder at any date of determination, a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, owned by such Stockholder and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, owned by all Stockholders.
          “ Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
          “ Qualified Investor ” means any Stockholder if such Stockholder, together with its respective Related Persons, at the date of determination, owns at least 20% of the then outstanding Common Stock.
           “Qualified Public Offering” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act (excluding registration statements filed on Form S-8, any similar successor form or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use for such forms) in which the net proceeds received by the Company (after underwriting discounts and commissions and transaction expenses) are at least $150,000,000.
          “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean any of (i) the shares of Common Stock owned by any Stockholder or Co-Investor at the time of determination and (ii) any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such shares of Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, subdivision or reorganization, recapitalization or similar event. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a registration statement with respect to the offering of such securities by the holder thereof shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such securities shall have been disposed of by such holder pursuant to such registration statement, (b) such securities have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) promulgated under the 1933 Act, (c) except for purposes of Section 5.02, such securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company or its transfer agent and any subsequent disposition of such securities shall not require registration or qualification under the 1933 Act or any similar state law then in force or (d) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.
          “ Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.
          “ Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) an Affiliate of such Person, (b) any investment manager, investment advisor or general partner of such Person, (c) any investment fund, investment account or investment entity whose investment manager, investment advisor or general partner is such Person or a Related Person of such Person, and (d) any equity investor, partner, member or manager of such Person; provided , however , that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of another Person solely by virtue of the fact that both Persons own shares of the Capital Stock of the Company.
          “ Representatives ” means the officers, employees, directors and agents of such Stockholder, including representatives of its legal, accounting and financial advisors.
          “ Request Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).

 


 

          “ Required Approval ” means the approval of a majority of the directors on the Board (or on any duly appointed committee thereof that has at least one Ares Director (provided that the Ares Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock) and one Teachers Director (provided that the Teachers Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the Outstanding Common Stock)), including a majority of each of the Ares Directors (provided that the Ares Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock) and the Teachers Directors (provided that the Teachers Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock) on the Board or such committee, as the case may be.
          “ Sale Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(g).
          “ Sale Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a).
          “ Second Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(d).
          “ Selling Stockholder(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03.
          “ Senior Credit Facility ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among GNC Corporation, Centers, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint lead arrangers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as syndication agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, modified, waived, refinanced or replaced from time to time with other indebtedness or receivables financing (whether under a new credit agreement, indenture, note or otherwise).
          “ Significant Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06(b).
          “ Spousal Consent ” means a spousal consent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B .
          “ Stock ” means, collectively, the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.
          “ Stockholder Transferor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
          “ Stockholder ” and “ Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Stock Option Plan ” means the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
          “ Subject Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a).
          “ Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
          “ Tag-Along Offered Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(i).
          “ Tag-Along Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(vi).
          “ Tag-Along Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).
           “Tag-Along Stockholder” means a Stockholder that elects to participate in a Tag-Along Sale pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, and (if applicable) a Co-Investor that elects to participate in a Tag-Along Sale pursuant to the Co-Investors Agreement.

 


 

          “ Teachers ” means Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, a corporation without share capital organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario (Canada).
          “ Teachers Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06(a)(ii)(B).
          “ Teachers Investors ” means Teachers and its Related Persons and their Permitted Transferees.
          “ Third Party ” means, with respect to any Stockholder, any Person other than a Related Person to such Stockholder.
          “ Transfer ” means the direct or indirect offer, sale, lease, donation, assignment (as collateral or otherwise), mortgage, pledge, grant, hypothecation, encumbrance, gift, bequest or transfer or disposition of any interest (legal or beneficial) in any security (including transfer by reorganization, merger, sale of substantially all of the assets or by operation of law).
          “ Transferee ” means any Person who receives shares of Stock from a Stockholder and who is not a Permitted Transferee.
          “ Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).
          SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction.
          (a) Whenever a threshold for the amount invested in Stock of the Company or the percentage of ownership of Stock is to be determined as to a Stockholder, (i) the investments and the beneficial ownership of Permitted Transferees of such Stockholder shall be aggregated with the investments and beneficial ownership of such Stockholder and (ii) in the case of Ares, the investments and the beneficial ownership of the Co-Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees shall also be aggregated with the investments and beneficial ownership of Ares.
          (b) Any provision of this Agreement that refers to the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” References to numbered or letter articles, sections and subsections refer to articles, sections and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless expressly stated otherwise. All references to this Agreement include, whether or not expressly referenced, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto. References to a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section or paragraph of, or Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “ or ” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument, law or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument, or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. In the event that any claim is made by any Person relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular Person or its counsel.

 


 

ARTICLE II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          Each of the parties hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties as follows:
          (a) Authority; Enforceability . Such party (i) has the legal capacity or organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or of equity).
          (b) Consent . No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those that have been made or obtained on or prior to the date hereof, in connection with (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent the Stockholder is a natural person and is married and is a resident of a state governed by community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property, such Stockholder has delivered a Spousal Consent executed by his or her spouse.
ARTICLE III.
SHARE TRANSFERS
          SECTION 3.01. Restrictions on Transfer . Prior to the earlier of (i) an Initial Public Offering or (ii) the date 5 years after the date of the Original Agreement, no Stockholder shall Transfer any shares of Stock, other than (y) a Transfer mutually agreed upon by Ares and Teachers or (z) a Transfer to one of (I) the Company or (II) such Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees; provided , that such Permitted Transferee, if not already a party hereto, shall execute a Joinder Agreement or a joinder to the Co-Investors Agreement, as applicable, prior to such Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [(a)] Stockholders may Transfer shares of Stock (A) as a Tag-Along Stockholder in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02, (B) in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.03, or (C) as required by the terms of the Stock Option Plan or the terms of any employment agreement or stock option grant to which the Company is a party, and (b) on or prior to thirty days after the date of the Original Agreement, Ares may enter into an agreement to Transfer shares of Stock without restriction under any provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 3.02 and 3.03) to any Person that is or becomes a Co-Investor under the Co-Investors Agreement; provided, that immediately following such Transfer, Ares owns not less than 30,560,271 shares of Common Stock and 10,186,757 shares of Preferred Stock.
          SECTION 3.02. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing shares of Stock held by a Stockholder will bear a legend in substantially the following form (with such additions thereto or changes therein as the Company may be advised by counsel are required by law or necessary to give full effect to this Agreement):
“The securities represented by represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”),

 


 

or applicable state securities laws and may not be offered, pledged, sold, assigned or otherwise transferred (“Transfer”) except pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement under the Act and applicable state securities laws or (ii) an applicable exemption from registration thereunder.
The securities represented by this certificate are also subject to the terms and conditions of an Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008, as it may be amended from time to time by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its stockholders. The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains, among other things, (1) significant restrictions on the transfer of the securities of the Company and (2) certain rights of first offer, tag-along and drag-along rights and restrictions applicable to the securities. A copy of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement is available upon request from the Company.”
          SECTION 3.03. Securities Laws . Each Stockholder agrees not to make any Transfer of all or any portion of any Stock unless and until:
          (a) there is in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed Transfer and such Transfer is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
          (b) (i) such Stockholder shall have notified the Company of the proposed Transfer and shall have furnished the Company with a reasonable description of the circumstances surrounding the proposed Transfer; and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company’s counsel, such Stockholder shall furnish the Company with an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such Transfer shall not require registration of such shares under the 1933 Act.
          SECTION 3.04. Improper Transfer . Any attempt to Transfer any shares of Stock in violation of the terms of this Agreement shall be null and void and no right, title or interest in or to such Stock shall be Transferred to the purported transferee, buyer, donee, assignee or encumbrance holder. The Company will not give, and will not permit the Company’s transfer agent to give, any effect to such attempted Transfer on its stock records.
ARTICLE IV.
RIGHTS OF CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS
          SECTION 4.01. Rights of First Offer .
          (a) If any Stockholder proposes to Transfer all or any portion of its shares of Stock (the “ Subject Securities ”) to a Person, other than (i) in accordance with Section 4.03, 5.01 or 5.02, (ii) as a Tag-Along Stockholder pursuant to Section 4.02, (iii) in connection with an Initial Public Offering, or (iv) to a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder, such Stockholder (the “ Offeror ”) shall first give written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) of such proposed Transfer to the Company and to the other Stockholders who own at least 20% of the then outstanding Common Stock (the “ Offerees ”), that sets forth the number and type of Subject Securities, the amount per share that such holder proposes to be paid for the Subject Securities (the “ Sale Price ”), the manner of payment and the material terms of such proposed Transfer (including the purchase price per share and the identity of the proposed transferor). The Offer Notice shall constitute an irrevocable offer by the Offeror to sell to the Company the Subject Securities at the Sale Price on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice.

 


 

          (b) The Company shall have 15 days after the Offeror delivered the Offer Notice to notify the Offeror and the Offerees that it irrevocably accepts such offer in accordance with a determination made by the Board as to all or any portion of the Subject Securities offered to the Company for the Sale Price and on the payment terms set forth in the Offer Notice, which notice shall specify the maximum number of Subject Securities it wishes to purchase.
          (c) If the Company accepts such offer with respect to all of the Subject Securities, the closing of the purchase of such Subject Securities shall take place at the principal office of the Company at 10:00 a.m. on the 30 th calendar day (unless such day is not a Business Day, in which case it will occur on the next Business Day) after the date on which the Offer Notice was delivered unless the parties agree on a different place or time, subject to the satisfaction of any Conditions in which case, such closing shall be delayed pending satisfaction of such Conditions. The Sale Price shall be payable in accordance with the payment terms of the Offer Notice.
          (d) If the Company does not notify the Offeror that it accepts the offer as to all of the Subject Securities as provided by Section 4.01(b) above, then the Offeror shall give a second written notice (the “ Second Offer Notice ”) of its proposed Transfer to the Offerees, that sets forth the number of Subject Securities, the number of Subject Securities, if any, as to which the Company has notified the Offeror that it will purchase from the Offeror, the number and type of Subject Securities the Company is not purchasing and that are being offered to the Offerees pursuant to such Second Offer Notice, the Sale Price, the manner or payment and the material terms of such proposed Transfer (including the purchase price per share and the identity of the proposed transferor). The Second Offer Notice shall constitute an irrevocable offer by the Offeror to sell to the Offerees the Subject Securities the Company has not agreed to purchase under Section 4.01(b) at the Sale Price on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice.
          (e) Each Offeree shall have 15 days after the Offeror delivered the Second Offer Notice to notify the Offeror and the other Offerees that it accepts such offer as to all or any portion of the Subject Securities offered to such Offeree for the Sale Price and on the payment terms set forth in the Second Offer Notice. In the event one or more Offerees accept such offer and the maximum amount of Subject Securities specified in the notices delivered by such Offerees exceeds, in the aggregate, the amount of Subject Securities subject to such offer, such Subject Securities shall be apportioned among such Offerees in proportion to the shares of Stock held by such Offerees.
          (f) If one or more Offerees accept such offer with respect to all of the Subject Securities, the closing of the purchase of such Subject Securities shall take place at the principal office of the Company at 10:00 a.m. on the 30 th calendar day (unless such day is not a Business Day, in which case it will occur on the next Business Day) after the date on which the Second Offer Notice was delivered unless the parties agree on a different place or time, subject to the satisfaction of any Conditions, in which case, such closing shall be delayed pending satisfaction of all Conditions. The Sale Price shall be payable in accordance with the payment terms of the Second Offer Notice.
          (g) If following the date 15 days after the Offeror delivered the Second Offer Notice there are any Subject Securities that have not been elected to be purchased by either the Company or the Offerees, the Offeror shall have the right, subject to Section 4.02, to sell any of the Subject Securities not purchased by the Company or the Offerees for a period of 120 days (the “ Sale Period ”) at a price per share no less than the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and on terms not materially more favorable to the transferees thereof than offered to the Company and the Offerees in the Offer Notice and the Second Offer Notice. Upon consummation of the purchase and sale of such Subject Securities, the purchaser of such Subject Securities shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and to assume and agree to discharge any and all obligations of the Offeror hereunder. If the Offeror does not Transfer

 


 

the Subject Securities before the end of the Sale Period, such Offeror may not sell any Subject Securities without repeating the foregoing procedures.
          SECTION 4.02. Tag-Along Rights .
          (a) Subject to compliance with Section 4.01, if a Stockholder (the “ Stockholder Transferor ”) proposes to Transfer any shares of Stock to a Person (the “ Purchaser ”), other than (i) in accordance with Section 4.03, 5.01 or 5.02, (ii) in connection with an Initial Public Offering, or (iii) to a Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”), the Stockholder Transferor shall give written notice (a “ Tag-Along Notice ”) of such proposed Transfer to the other Stockholders at least 15 days prior to the consummation of such proposed Tag-Along Sale setting forth:
     (i) the total number and class of shares of Stock proposed to be Transferred to the Purchaser (the “ Tag- Along Offered Shares ”) and the purchase price per share of Stock,
     (ii) the identity of the Purchaser; (iii) any other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer; (iv) the expected date of the proposed Transfer; and
     (v) an undertaking that each such Stockholder shall have the right (the “ Tag-Along Right ”) to elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Portion of such Tag-Along Offered Shares in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.02(b).
          (b) Upon delivery of a Tag-Along Notice, each Stockholder (other than the Stockholder Transferor) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to sell up to its Pro Rata Portion of the Tag-Along Offered Shares at the same price per share, for the same form of consideration and pursuant to the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Tag-Along Notice. If a Stockholder (other than the Stockholder Transferor) wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, it shall provide written notice to the Stockholder Transferor no later than 10 days after the date of the Tag-Along Notice. Such notice shall (A) set forth the number of shares of Stock that such Stockholder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which number shall not exceed its Pro Rata Portion of the Tag-Along Offered Shares, and (B) constitute such Stockholder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Stock in the Tag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale. The Stockholder Transferor shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale unless the Purchaser purchases all of the shares of Stock requested to be included in the Tag-Along Sale by the Tag-Along Stockholders on the same terms and conditions applicable to the Stockholder Transferor; provided , that if the number of shares of Stock which the Stockholder Transferor and the Tag-Along Stockholders elect to sell in the Tag-Along Sale is more than the Tag-Along Offered Shares, to the extent that the Purchaser does not elect to purchase such excess shares of Stock the number of shares of Stock to be sold by the Stockholder Transferor and each Tag-Along Stockholder shall be reduced on a pro rata basis according to the proportion which the number of shares of Stock which each such party elects to have included in the Tag-Along Sale bears to the total number of shares of Stock elected by all such parties to have included in the Tag-Along Sale.
          (c) No Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to make any representations and warranties in connection with such sale that (i) are not being made by the Stockholder Transferor and the other Tag-Along Stockholders or (ii) relate to the Stockholder Transferor or any other Tag-Along Stockholder. No Tag-Along Stockholder shall be liable in respect of any indemnification provided in connection with a Tag-Along Sale (x) in excess of the consideration received by such Tag-Along Stockholder in such Tag-Along Sale, (y) for the breach of any representations or warranties made by any

 


 

other Stockholder and (z) other than on a several (and not a joint and several) basis with the other Stockholders. No Tag-Along Stockholder shall be required to participate in any escrow relating to such Tag-Along Sale in excess of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s pro rata participation in the Tag-Along Sale (based on proceeds to be received). If a Tag-Along Sale is consummated, each Tag-Along Stockholder shall pay its pro rata share of the reasonable costs incurred by the Stockholder Transferor relating to the Tag-Along Sale (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company.
          (d) The Stockholder Transferor shall have the right for a period of 120 days (which period may be extended to 180 days to satisfy any Conditions) after the expiration of the 10-day period referred to in Section 4.02(b) to Transfer the Shares subject to the Tag-Along Notice (not otherwise sold by the other Stockholders) to the Purchaser at a price not greater than the price contained in, and otherwise on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the Stockholder Transferor than those set forth in, the Tag-Along Notice. After the end of the 120-day period referred to in this Section 4.02(d), the Stockholder Transferor will not effect Transfer of any shares of Stock that are the subject of the Tag-Along Notice without commencing de novo the procedures set forth in this Section 4.02.
          (e) If any shares of Stock are Transferred pursuant to this Section 4.02 to any Person which is not a party to this Agreement, such Person shall execute a Joinder Agreement as a condition to the purchase of such shares and such shares shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
          (f) The terms “Stockholder” and “Stockholder Transferor,” as used in this Section 4.02 in the case of Ares, shall mean Ares and the Co-Investors as a group; provided , that for purposes of Section 4.02(c), each of Ares and the Co-Investors shall be treated as separate Stockholders.
          SECTION 4.03. Drag-Along Rights .
          (a) If, (y) at any time after the date of the Original Agreement, Ares and Teachers acting together, or (z) at any time after March 31, 2012, either Ares or Teachers (the “ Selling Stockholder ”), proposes, in any transaction or series of related transactions, directly or indirectly, to (i) Transfer to a Third Party at least 90% of their shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries to a Third Party (whether by merger, consolidation, business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership or otherwise)(the “ Drag-Along Sale ”) at any price, then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the other Stockholders to:
     (i) sell all of their shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions (including time of payment and form of consideration) as to be paid to the Selling Stockholder, provided , that in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the form of consideration received by Ares and Teachers may be different from that received by any other Stockholder so long as (x) the consideration to be received by such other Stockholder is cash and (y) the per share value of the consideration to be received by Ares and Teachers is the same or less than that to be received by such other Stockholder (as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith);
          (ii) vote all of their Stock in favor of the transactions constituting such Drag-Along Sale;
          (iii) waive their appraisal or dissenters’ rights with respect to such Drag-Along Sale; and

 


 

     (iv) otherwise, participate in such Drag-Along Sale to the extent reasonably requested by the Selling Stockholder;
provided , that, neither Ares nor Teachers may exercise its rights pursuant to clause (z) of this Section 4.03(a) (without limiting any right pursuant to clause (y)), if in the Drag-Along Sale the price per share of Common Stock is less than two times its issue price or any share of Preferred Stock is to be redeemed at less than its accreted value (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications).
          (b) Each Stockholder affirms that its agreement to vote for the approval of the transaction constituting the Drag-Along Sale under this Section 4.03 is given as a condition of this Agreement and as such is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. This voting agreement shall remain in full force and effect throughout the time that this Section 4.03 is in effect.
          (c) The Selling Stockholder shall, promptly upon determining the terms of the Drag-Along Sale, deliver to the other Stockholders written notice specifying the material terms of the Drag-Along Sale (including the identity of the purchaser to which the Drag-Along Sale is proposed to be made, the price per share to be paid and the expected closing date of the proposed Drag-Along Sale).
          (d) In connection with the Drag-Along Sale, the Stockholders shall (i) make or agree to the same representations and warranties (with respect to all matters other than those relating to the Selling Stockholder or any other Stockholder), covenants, indemnities and agreements as the Selling Stockholder makes or agrees to make, (ii) if the Drag-Along Sale is consummated, pay their pro rata share (based on proceeds to be received) of the reasonable costs incurred by the Selling Stockholder relating to the Drag-Along Sale (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company or the Third Party and (iii) participate on pro rata basis (based on proceeds to be received) in any hold-back, escrow, contingent consideration or other similar items relating to the Drag-Along Sale.
          (e) No such Stockholder shall be liable in respect of any indemnification in connection with the Drag-Along Sale (x) in excess of the consideration received by such Stockholder therefrom, (y) for the breach of any representations or warranties made by the Selling Stockholder or any other Stockholder and (z) other than on a several (and not a joint and several) basis with other Stockholders. No such Stockholder shall be required to participate in any hold back, escrow, contingent consideration or other similar items relating to the Drag Along Sale in excess of such Stockholder’s pro rata participation therein (based on proceeds to be received).
          (f) Each of the Stockholders shall (i) deliver at the closing of the Drag-Along Sale certificates evidencing the shares of Stock to be sold by such Stockholder in the Drag-Along Sale, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Selling Stockholder, and (ii) execute such other documents as the Selling Stockholder may reasonably request in order to consummate the Drag-Along Sale at the time specified by the Selling Stockholder.
          (g) Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.03, the Selling Stockholder shall have no obligation to any Stockholder with respect to the sale of any shares of Stock owned by such Stockholder in connection with the Drag-Along Sale. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Selling Stockholder shall have no obligation to any other Stockholder as a result of any decision by the Selling Stockholder to accept or consummate, or not to accept or consummate, any Drag-Along Sale (it being understood that any and all such decisions shall be made by the Selling Stockholder in its sole discretion).

 


 

          (h) For purposes of this Section 4.03, each of Ares and the Co-Investors shall be treated as separate Stockholders.
          SECTION 4.04. Information; Confidentiality .
          (a) The Company shall deliver to each Qualified Investor:
     (i) as soon as available after the end of each fiscal quarter (but in no event later than the earlier of the date delivered under the Senior Credit Facility and 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter), copies of:
     (1) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
     (2) unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, for such quarter and for the portion of such fiscal year and the prior fiscal year ending with such quarter,
in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to periodic financial statements generally, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments; and
     (ii) as soon as available after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (but in no event later than the earlier of the date delivered under the Senior Credit Facility and 120 days after the end of each fiscal year), copies of:
     (1) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and
     (2) audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year,
in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP.
          (b) Each Qualified Investor shall be provided with (i) reasonable opportunity to discuss the business and affairs of the Company with the Company’s senior managers, directors, officers and senior employees, upon reasonable advance notice during normal business hours, and (ii) such other information as such Qualified Investor shall reasonably request.
          (c) Each Stockholder agrees, and will require each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives to agree, to hold in confidence and not use or disclose to any third party (other than its legal counsel, financial advisors and accountants) any information provided to or learned by such party in connection with its investment in the Company or such Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) Ares may deliver any information provided pursuant to Section 4.04(a) to the Co-Investors in accordance with the terms of the Co-Investors Agreement, and (y)

 


 

each Stockholder may disclose any confidential information that, based on an opinion of such Stockholder’s legal counsel, (i) is required by law, regulation or applicable rules to be disclosed, but only after providing the Company, to the extent practicable and legally permissible, with prior written notice and an opportunity to limit or eliminate such disclosure or (ii) is necessary to be disclosed in the context of litigation involving such Stockholder, but only after providing the Company, to the extent practicable and legally permissible, with prior written notice and an opportunity to limit or eliminate such disclosure. Prior to disclosure of any confidential information in accordance with clause (y) above, such Stockholder must take commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a commitment from the party or parties to whom such confidential information is disclosed that such party or parties will afford such information confidential treatment.
          SECTION 4.05. Preemptive Notice .
          (a) Each time the Company proposes to issue or sell any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of, its Capital Stock (“ Additional Stock ”) pursuant to an Eligible Offering, the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “ Preemptive Notice ”) thereof to each Stockholder that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act at least 20 days prior to the consummation of such Eligible Offering. The Preemptive Notice shall:
     (i) state the Company’s bona fide intention to offer such Additional Stock;
     (ii) state the number and class of shares of such Additional Stock to be offered;
     (iii) state the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Additional Stock, including the proposed purchaser and the date of issuances; and
     (iv) contain an offer to sell to such Stockholder at the same price and for the same consideration to be paid by purchasers in the Eligible Offering, an amount sufficient for such Stockholder to maintain its Pro Rata Portion of the Company’s Capital Stock prior to the issuance of Capital Stock pursuant to the Eligible Offering.
          (b) For a period of 15 days following the delivery of such Preemptive Notice, such Stockholder shall be entitled, by written notice to the Company, to elect to purchase all or part of the securities described therein. Upon the expiration of the above-mentioned 15-day period, the Company shall notify each Stockholder that has elected to purchase securities pursuant to this Section 4.05 (such Stockholder, an “ Electing Stockholder ”) of any securities for which a Stockholder has elected not to purchase pursuant to such Eligible Offering (the “ Remaining Securities ”). Upon receipt of such notification, each Electing Stockholder shall have three days to indicate to the Company its intention to purchase such Electing Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Remaining Securities. To the extent that elections pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall not be made with respect to any offered securities within such 15-day period, then the Company shall not be obligated to issue to such Stockholder such securities for which such Stockholder has elected not to purchase. In the event that any such offer is accepted by any Stockholder, the Company shall sell to such Stockholder, and such Stockholder shall purchase from the Company for the consideration and on the terms set forth in the Preemptive Notice the securities that such Stockholder has elected to purchase at the same time as the consummation of the Eligible Offering.
          (c) The Stockholders shall in respect of any issuance of securities required to be issued pursuant to this Section 4.05 take all such actions required to amend the certificate of incorporation of the Company to provide for such increases in the authorized Capital Stock of the Company as may be necessary to permit such issuance. The Company shall comply with any applicable securities laws before

 


 

issuing any securities pursuant to this Section 4.05 and shall not be in violation of the provisions hereof by reason of such compliance; provided , that it uses commercially reasonable efforts to so comply.
          (d) The terms “Stockholder” and “Electing Stockholder”, as used in this Section 4.05 in the case of Ares, shall mean Ares and the Co-Investors as a group; provided , that for purposes of determining whether a Stockholder is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act, each of Ares and the Co-Investors shall be treated as separate Stockholders.
          SECTION 4.06. Board of Directors and Board Veto Rights .
          (a)  Board of Directors . At each annual or special stockholders meeting called for the election of directors, and whenever the stockholders of the Company act by written consent with respect to the election of directors, each Stockholder agrees to vote or otherwise give such Stockholder’s consent in respect of all shares of the Capital Stock of the Company (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) owned by such Stockholder, and take all other appropriate action and the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions (and, following an Initial Public Offering, as permitted by any applicable securities exchange or equivalent listing requirements), to cause:
     (i) the Bylaws of the Company to provide that the authorized number of directors on the Board shall be nine (provided that if Ares or Teachers designates, or both Ares and Teachers each designates, an additional independent director as permitted under clause (ii) below, the Bylaws of the Company shall provide that the authorized number of directors on the Board shall be ten or eleven, as the case may be);
     (ii) the election to the Board of:
     (1) four directors designated by Ares (or five directors designated by Ares if Ares determines, at its sole option, to designate a fifth director, which director shall be an independent director) (the “ Ares Directors ”); provided that if the Ares Investors hold less than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, Ares shall have the right to designate only one director and shall not have the right to designate an additional independent director;
     (2) four directors designated by Teachers (or five directors designated by Teachers if Teachers determines, at its sole option, to designate a fifth director, which director shall be an independent director)(the “ Teachers Directors ”); provided that if the Teachers Investors hold less than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, Teachers shall have the right to designate only one director and shall not have the right to designate an additional independent director; and
     (3) the then-current chief executive officer of the Company (the “ CEO Director ”);
all of which persons shall hold office subject to their earlier removal in accordance with clause (iii) below, the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, until their respective successors shall have been elected and shall have qualified;
     (iii) the removal from the Board of any director elected in accordance with clause (ii) above, with or without cause:
     (1) in the case of any Ares Director, upon the written request of Ares;

 


 

     (2) in the case of any Teachers Director, upon the written request of Teachers; and
     (3) in the case of the CEO Director, upon the election of a new chief executive officer of the Company.
     (iv) upon any vacancy in the Board as a result of any individual designated as provided in clause (ii) above ceasing to be a member of the Board, whether by resignation or otherwise, the election to the Board as promptly as possible:
     (1) in the case of a vacancy by any Ares Director, an individual designated by Ares;
     (2) in the case of a vacancy by any Teachers Director, an individual designated by Teachers; and
     (3) in the case of a vacancy by the CEO director, the then-current chief executive officer of the Company.
          (b)  Board Veto Rights . Each of the following actions (each, a “ Significant Action ”) will require the Required Approval:
     (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a merger or consolidation of the Company with any of its subsidiaries or any of the Company’s subsidiaries with any other of the Company’s subsidiaries), whether or not to effect an acquisition or divestiture;
     (ii) entering into any corporate transaction, including any joint venture, investment (other than an investment in, contract with or acquisition of any securities or assets of any of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries), recapitalization, reorganization or contract with any other Person or acquisition of any securities or assets of another Person, whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions, in excess of $45 million;
     (iii) any Transfer of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than any Transfer of assets of any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any of the Company’s other wholly owned subsidiaries), in each case, other than (i) inventory sold in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any Transfer of assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a Fair Market Value of less than or equal to $45 million;
     (iv) the issuance of any Capital Stock of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, other than (x) issuances to the Company or any of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries or (y) issuances upon the exercise of stock options issued to an officer, director or employee of the Company pursuant to a management incentive plan, employment agreement or other arrangement approved by the Required Approval;
     (v) the guarantee, assumption, incurrence or refinancing of indebtedness for borrowed money by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a subsidiary of, or substantially all of its business and assets were acquired by, the Company or such subsidiary and indebtedness secured by a lien encumbering any asset acquired by the Company or any such

 


 

subsidiary) in excess of $50 million in any 12-month period (other than (x) indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under the Senior Credit Facility or the Indentures and (y) trade indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Company and its subsidiaries);
     (vi) the repurchase, redemption or other retirement of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, prior to its stated maturity, any indebtedness for borrowed money, of the Company or its subsidiaries, other than repurchases of securities held by officers, directors or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of employment pursuant to the terms of a management incentive plan or other agreement that has previously been approved by the Required Approval;
     (vii) the declaration or payment of dividends or the making of other distributions with respect to Capital Stock of the Company (other than (x) dividends or distributions from any subsidiary of the Company or (y) the accrual and payment of dividends in respect of (A) Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock or (B) the Class B Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation);
     (viii) material changes to the scope or nature of the Company’s and any of its subsidiaries’ business and operations, including the entering into of any new line of business;
     (ix) the approval of any strategic plan of the Company or its subsidiaries;
     (x) the approval of any annual budget for any fiscal year of the Company (each such annual budget approved for any fiscal year of the Company, the “Approved Annual Budget” for such fiscal year);
     (xi) any capital expenditure or purchase, lease or other acquisition of assets by the Company or its subsidiaries, other than (A) capital expenditures, purchases, leases and other acquisitions contemplated in the Approved Annual Budget for the applicable fiscal year of the Company and (B) capital expenditures, purchases, leases and other acquisitions not contemplated in the Approved Annual Budget that would not cause the aggregate amount of all such capital expenditures, purchases, leases and other acquisitions to exceed $15 million in any 12-month period;
     (xii) commencing, or entering into any settlement agreement or arrangement with respect to, any litigation material to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
     (xiii) with respect to any officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (a) the entering into of any employment agreement or other compensation arrangement with such person or (b) the amendment or other modification or termination of any employment agreement or other compensation arrangement entered into with such person (in each case, other than pursuant to a management incentive plan approved by the Required Approval), except where such agreement, arrangement, amendment or modification would not result in the payment of compensation to such person in excess of $250,000 in any 12-month period;
     (xiv) the grant of any severance or termination payment to any present or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than pursuant to a management incentive plan or other agreement approved by the Required Approval;

 


 

     (xv) any change to senior management of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries, including employment of new members and termination of existing members of senior management;
     (xvi) the establishment, adoption, entering into, amendment or modification to or termination of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries;
     (xvii) any amendment to or waiver of any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including the Certificate of Designation of the Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Company;
     (xviii) creating any committees of the Board;
     (xix) entering into any direct or indirect transactions between the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and (x) any of the Stockholders or Affiliates or Related Persons of any of the Stockholders, (y) any Affiliate of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (z) any officer, director or employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (other than in the ordinary course of business as part of travel advances, relocation advances or salary), on the other hand (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, or rendering of any service or modification or amendment of any existing agreement or arrangement), other than the payment of management fees to Ares or its Affiliates or Related Persons or the declaration or payment of special dividends or rebates to Teachers (which management fees and special dividends shall be equal in amount);
     (xx) the commencement of any liquidation, dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy, administration, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any form of transaction, making arrangements with creditors, or consenting to the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary case, or taking the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, or consenting to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or substantially all of its property, or otherwise seeking the protection of any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, other than any such actions with respect to a non-Material Subsidiary where, in the good faith judgment of the Board, the maintenance or preservation of such subsidiary is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries;
     (xxi) any change in the accounting policies of the Company;
     (xxii) the appointment or removal of the Company’s independent auditors; or
     (xxiii) the entering into of any agreement to do any of the foregoing.
          SECTION 4.07. Stockholder Veto Rights . The Stockholders agree that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall take, or be permitted to take, any Significant Action if objected to in writing by Ares (provided that the Ares Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock) or Teachers (provided that the Teachers Investors continue to hold at such time at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock ) prior thereto.

 


 

ARTICLE V.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
          SECTION 5.01. Company Registration .
          (a)  Right to Piggyback on Registration of Stock . Subject to Section 5.01(c), if at any time or from time to time following an Initial Public Offering (or, if any Stockholder is selling Common Stock in an Initial Public Offering, in such Initial Public Offering) the Company proposes to register the Common Stock under the 1933 Act in connection with a public offering of such Common Stock on any form other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use for such forms (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company, the Company shall give each Stockholder written notice of such determination (i) at least 30 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Piggyback Registration and (ii) within ten Business Days after the Company’s receipt of any notice of an exercise of demand registration rights. Upon the written request of any Stockholder (the “ Piggyback Holder ”) given within ten Business Days after receipt of any such notice by the Company, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be registered under the 1933 Act all of the Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder that the Stockholder has requested to be registered; provided , that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of all such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Piggyback Holder and (i) in the case of a determination not to register all of such securities, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from any obligation of the Company to pay the registration expenses in connection therewith); and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities. No registration effected under this Section 5.01 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any registration upon demand under Section 5.02.
          (b)  Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten primary offering of the Company’s securities, the Board shall have the right to select any underwriter or underwriters to manage such Piggyback Registration.
          (c)  Priority on Piggyback Registrations . In the event that the Piggyback Registration includes an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Stockholders as part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and the registration rights provided in Section 5.01(a) shall be subject to the condition that if the managing underwriter or underwriters of a Piggyback Registration advise the Company that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the number that can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing, distribution method or probability of success of the offering, the Company and the Stockholders, as the case may be, will include in such registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the opinion of such underwriter or underwriters can be sold in such offering without such adverse effect. The Registrable Securities so included in such Piggyback Registration shall be apportioned as follows: (a) first, to any shares of Common Stock that the Company proposes to sell and (b) second, pro rata among shares of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration, in each case according to the total number of shares of the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion by the Piggyback Stockholders, or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to among the Piggyback Stockholders.

 


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the underwriter reasonably determines that marketing factors require the exclusion of particular Stockholder(s) from participating in such offering (e.g., the exclusion of members of management) as to all or any portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock, the Company shall so advise such Stockholder(s) and all or such portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock shall be excluded from such registration to the extent determined by such underwriter.
          SECTION 5.02. Demand Registration Rights .
          (a)  Right to Demand . Subject to Section 5.02(b) below, at any time or from time to time following the earlier of (i) an Initial Public Offering, (ii) the date of the Original Agreement if Ares and Teachers are acting together or (iii) the date 5 years after the date of the Original Agreement, Ares or Teachers, or both Ares and Teachers together, as the case may be (the “ Demand Holder ”), may make a written request, which request will specify the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be registered and will also specify the intended methods of disposition thereof (the “ Request Notice ”) to the Company for registration with the Commission under and in accordance with the provisions of the 1933 Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities then owned by the Demand Holder (a “ Demand Registration ”); provided , that (i) the Company may, if the Board so determines that due to a pending or contemplated material acquisition or disposition or public offering or other material event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Valid Business Reason ”) it would be inadvisable to effect such Demand Registration at such time (but in no event after such registration statement has become effective), the Company may, upon providing the Demand Holder written notice (the “ Delay Notice ”), defer such Demand Registration for a single period set forth in such Delay Notice with respect to such Demand Registration not to exceed 90 days; and the Company shall not postpone or delay a Demand Registration under this Section 5.02 more than once in any 12-month period. A registration pursuant to this Section 5.02 will be on such appropriate form of the Commission as shall be selected by the Demand Holder and be reasonably acceptable to the Company and as shall permit the intended method or methods of distribution specified by the Demand Holder, including a distribution to, and resale by, the partners of any Demand Holder.
          The Company shall not be obligated to maintain a registration statement pursuant to a Demand Registration effective for more than (x) 360 days or (y) such shorter period when all of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto (the “ Effectiveness Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Demand Registration in any 90-day period following an Effectiveness Period or such longer period not to exceed 180 days as requested by an underwriter pursuant to Section 5.06. Upon any such request for a Demand Registration, the Company will deliver any notices required by Section 5.01 and thereupon the Company will, subject to Section 5.01(c) and 5.02(f) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to effect the prompt registration under the 1933 Act of:
     (i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Holder as contained in the Request Notice and
     (ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Piggyback Holders, all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition of each seller of such Registrable Securities.
          (b)  Number of Demand Registrations . The Company will not be required to effect more than 4 registrations pursuant to this Section 5.02 upon the request of the Ares Investors and will not be required to effect more than 4 registrations pursuant to this Section 5.02 upon the request of the

 


 

Teachers Investors; provided that, at any time in which the Company is eligible to register shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 (or any successor form), the Demand Holder shall have an unlimited number of demand registrations on Form S-3.
          (c)  Revocation . The Demand Holder may, at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration, revoke such request by providing a written notice thereof to the Company and only if it complies with this Section 5.02(c). Subject to Section 5.02(d), the Demand Holder shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of the Registration Statement. If pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.02(c), the Demand Holder reimburses the Company for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of the Registration Statement or if the Demand Holder is not required to pay such expenses pursuant to Section 5.02(d), the attempted registration shall not be deemed to be a Demand Registration.
          (d)  Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration and the Demand Holder shall not be required to reimburse the Company for its expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of any registration statement pursuant to Section 5.02(c):
     (i) if the Demand Holder determines in its good faith judgment to withdraw the proposed registration of any Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Demand Holder due to a material adverse change in the Company (other than as a result of any action by the Demand Holder);
     (ii) if such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason (other than as a result of any act by the Demand Holder) and the Company fails to have such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement removed, withdrawn or resolved to the Demand Holder’s satisfaction;
     (iii) if the Demand Holder requests that the Company withdraw the registration at any time during the period specified in a Delay Notice or within 10 days thereafter; or
     (iv) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to any such demand are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by the Demand Holder).
          (e)  Selection of Underwriters . If any of the Registrable Securities covered by a Demand Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Demand Holder will have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
          (f)  Priority on Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that in its or their opinion the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing, distribution method or probability of success of the offering, the Company will include in such registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect. The Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall be apportioned pro rata among the Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders according to the total number of shares of the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion by the

 


 

Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders, or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to among the Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the underwriter reasonably determines that marketing factors require the exclusion of particular Stockholder(s) from participating in such offering (e.g., the exclusion of members of management) as to all or any portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock, the Company shall so advise such Stockholder(s) and all or such portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock shall be excluded from such registration to the extent determined by such underwriter.
          SECTION 5.03. Registration Procedures . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article V that the Stockholders requesting inclusion in any Piggyback Registration or Demand Registration (a “ Registration ”) shall furnish to the Company such information regarding them, the Registrable Securities held by them, the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, and such agreements regarding indemnification, disposition of such securities and other matters referred to in and consistent with this Article V, as the Company shall reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the action to be taken by the Company (such intended method of distribution may include a distribution to, and resale by, the partners of the holders of any Registrable Securities). With respect to any Registration which includes Registrable Securities held by a Stockholder, the Company will, subject to Sections 5.01 and 5.02:
          (a) As promptly as possible (in the case of a Demand Registration, no more than 45 days after the Company’s receipt of a Request Notice that is not for a registration on Form S-3 or any successor or comparable form or in connection with an Initial Public Offering, no more than 60 days after the Company’s receipt of a Request Notice that is for a registration in connection with an Initial Public Offering and no more than 30 days after the Company’s receipt of a Request Notice that is for a registration on Form S-3 or any successor or comparable form) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form prescribed by the Commission for such intended method of disposition, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter; provided , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities under such Registration copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and reasonable comments of such counsel; provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to maintain such registration effective for a period longer than the Effectiveness Period;
          (b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such registration statement and any documents required to be incorporated by reference therein as may be necessary to keep the registration statement effective for a period of not less than the Effectiveness Period (but not prior to the expiration of the time period referred to in Section 4(3) of the 1933 Act and Rule 174 thereunder, if applicable); cause the prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act and comply with the 1933 Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to the prospectus;
          (c) Promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the underwriter(s) or the Demand Holder reasonably request to be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplements or post-effective amendments as soon as practical after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such supplement or amendment;

 


 

          (d) Furnish to such Stockholder, without charge, such number of conformed copies of the registration statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, as such Stockholder may reasonably request, and such number of copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendments or supplements thereto, and any documents incorporated by reference therein, as the Stockholder or underwriter or underwriters, if any, may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the securities being sold by the Stockholder (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of the prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by the Stockholder covered by the registration statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto);
          (e) Notify such Stockholder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the investors of such securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
          (f) Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of the Registration and provide the applicable transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities with printed certificates representing the Registrable Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depositary Trust Company not later than the effective date of the registration statement;
          (g) Use its reasonable best efforts to cause all securities included in such registration statement to be listed, by the date of the first sale of securities pursuant to such registration statement, on any national securities exchange, quotation system or other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or proposed to be listed by the Company, if any, or, failing that, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such securities with the NASD;
          (h) Make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement, which need not be audited, satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the twelve (12)-month period beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the registration statement, which statement shall cover said twelve (12)-month period;
          (i) After the filing of a registration statement, (i) notify each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission and of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, (ii) take all reasonable actions to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the qualification of any Registrable Securities at the earliest possible moment, and (iii) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, and independent accountants to

 


 

supply all such information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with such registration statement;
          (j) In connection with the preparation and filing of each Registration, the Company shall give each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, the underwriter(s) and their respective counsel, accountants and other representatives and agents the opportunity to participate in the preparation of each registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto and comparable statements under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction and give each of the foregoing Persons access to the books and records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and such opportunities to discuss the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries with the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and supply all other information and respond to all other inquiries requested by such holders, underwriter(s), counsel, accountants and other representatives and agents as shall be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of such holders or underwriter(s), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the 1933 Act, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or supplement thereto to which such holder or such underwriter(s) shall object;
          (k) Cause its employees to participate in “road shows” and other presentations as reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such Registration;
          (l) Deliver promptly to counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities under such Registration and each underwriter, if any, participating in the offering of the Registrable Securities, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors, and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to such Registration; and
          (m) On or prior to the date on which the registration statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to (i) register or qualify, and cooperate with such underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, the securities covered by the registration statement for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, requests in writing, to use its reasonable best efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective, including through new filings, or amendments or renewals, during the Effectiveness Period and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in all such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement; provided , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, (ii) obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters, which letter shall be addressed to the underwriters, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such cold comfort letter to also be addressed to the holders of such Registrable Securities, (iii) obtain an opinion from the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such opinions, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of such Registrable Securities, and (iv) enter into and perform its obligations under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the Request Notice, in the case of a Demand Registration, or the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, in the case of a Piggyback Registration, reasonably request in order to expedite or

 


 

facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization, or reorganization).
          The Stockholders, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in subsection (e) of this Section 5.03, will forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities until the Stockholders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subsection (e) of this Section 5.03 or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, each Stockholder will, or will request the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to, deliver, to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Stockholder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.
          No holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company, other than representations and warranties regarding such holder, such holder’s ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering, and its intended method of distribution and any liability of any such holder under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties therein and shall be limited to an amount equal to the net amount received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.
          SECTION 5.04. Registration Expenses .
          (a) Subject to Section 5.02(c), in the case of any Registration, the Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 of this Agreement, including all Commission and stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees and expenses, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), rating agency fees, printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions, or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities by a selling Stockholder or fees and expenses of more than one counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities under such Registration as set forth in Section 5.04(b) below).
          (b) In connection with each registration initiated hereunder (whether a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration), the Company shall reimburse the holders covered by such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm chosen by a majority of the number of shares of Registrable Securities included in the Request Notice, in the event of a Demand Registration, and, in the case of a Piggyback Registration, the holders of a majority of the number of shares of Registrable Securities included in such registration.
          SECTION 5.05. Indemnification .
          (a)  Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder, the underwriters selling such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities and their respective officers, directors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act) any of them, including any general partner or manager of any thereof, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket counsel

 


 

fees and disbursements) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in which such Stockholder participates in an offering of Registrable Securities or in any document incorporated by reference therein or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as the same are made in reliance on and in conformity with any information with respect to such Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder expressly for use therein.
          (b)  Indemnification by the Stockholders . In connection with any registration statement in which a Stockholder is participating, each such Stockholder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits with respect to such Stockholder as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any registration statement or prospectus covering the Registrable Securities of such Stockholder and to the extent permitted by law agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act) the Company, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus (in the case of the prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made in reliance on and in conformity with the information or affidavit with respect to such Stockholder so furnished in writing by such Stockholder expressly for use in the registration statement or prospectus; provided , that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Stockholders and the liability of each such Stockholder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount received by such Stockholder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.05(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Stockholder. The Company and the holders of the Registrable Securities hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such holders, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith are statements specifically relating to (a) the beneficial ownership of shares of Stock by such holder and its Affiliates, (b) the name and address of such holder and (c) any additional information about such holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) required by law or regulation to be disclosed in any such document.
          (c)  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified and indemnifying parties with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. The failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability hereunder with respect to the action, except to the extent that such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice; provided , that any such failure shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any other liability which it may have to any other party or to such indemnified party other than pursuant to this Section 5.05. No indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party

 


 

of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
          (d) Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.05 is unavailable to an indemnified party as contemplated by the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.05 or is insufficient to hold such indemnified party harmless, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the preceding clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the preceding clause (i) but also the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the sellers of Registrable Securities or other sellers participating in the registration statement and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the liability of any such Stockholder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Stockholder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.05 had been available.
          SECTION 5.06. Holdback Agreements .
          (a) Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the 1933 Act in an underwritten offering for its own account (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar successor form or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use of such forms) or is required to use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities not to effect any sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or to request registration under Section 5.02 of any Registrable Securities for the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter for the underwritten offering; provided, that in no event shall such period exceed 180 days (the “Lock-up Period”) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration, except (i) as part of such registration or (ii) in the case of a private sale or distribution, unless the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 5.06. If requested by such managing underwriter, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute a holdback agreement, in customary form, consistent with the terms of this Section 5.06(a); provided, that the form of the lock-up shall be substantially identical as to each similarly situated Stockholder; provided, further, that if the Company releases any holder of Registrable Securities from such holdback agreement, it shall similarly release all other holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Stockholder shall be subject to a Lock-up Period in excess of 180 days in any calendar year due to the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5.02.

 


 

          (b) The Company agrees not to effect any sale or distribution of any of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities within the Lock-up Period (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor forms thereto), except that such restriction shall not prohibit any such sale or distribution after the effective date of the registration statement (i) pursuant to any stock option, warrant, stock purchase plan or agreement or other benefit plans approved by the Board to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or (iii) as consideration to any third party seller in connection with the bona fide acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of the assets or securities of any Person in any transaction approved by the Board. In addition, upon the request of the managing underwriter, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or issued at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than any such securities acquired in a public offering), to agree not to effect any such public sale or distribution of such securities during such period, except as part of any such registration if permitted, and to cause each such holder to enter into a similar agreement to such effect with the such managing underwriter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be subject to a Lock-up Period in excess of 180 days in any calendar year due to the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5.02.
          SECTION 5.07. Participation in Registrations . No Stockholder may participate in any Registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Stockholder (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements ( provided , that such underwriting arrangements shall not limit any of such Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement), and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, underwriting agreements and other documents customarily required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
          SECTION 5.08. Co-Investors . The terms “Stockholder”, “Piggyback Holder” and “Demand Holder”, as used in Article V in the case of Ares, shall mean Ares and the Co-Investors as a group; provided , that for purposes of Section 5.05, each of Ares and the Co-Investors shall be treated as separate Stockholders.
          SECTION 5.09. Rule 144 . After the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and it will take such further action as any holder may reasonably request to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act as permitted by (i) Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S under the 1933 Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rules or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of a holder of Registrable Securities, the Company, at its own expense, will deliver to such holder: (x) a written statement as to whether it has complied with the requirements that would make the exemption provided by such Rule or Rules available to such holder (and such holder shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of such written statement); (y) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and (z) such other reports and documents as such holder may reasonably request in order to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell Registrable Securities without registration.

 


 

ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 6.01. Notices . Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or facsimile transmission and shall be given to such party at its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof or in the relevant Joinder Agreement or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify in writing in accordance with this Section 6.01; provided , that:
          (a) unless otherwise specified by Ares in a notice delivered by Ares in accordance with this Section 6.01, any notice required to be delivered to Ares shall be properly delivered if delivered to:
Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
c/o Ares Management II, L.P.
1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1900
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Facsimile:       (310) 201-4170
Attention:       David Kaplan
with a copy to
Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Facsimile:       (310) 557-2193
Attention:       Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.
          (b) unless otherwise specified by Teachers in a notice delivered by Teachers in accordance with this Section 6.01, any notice required to be delivered to Teachers shall be properly delivered if delivered to:
Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor
Toronto, ON M2M 4H5
Facsimile:       (416) 730-5082
Attention:       Lee Sienna
with a copy to:       (416) 730-3771
Attention:       Legal Department
with a copy to
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Facsimile:       (212) 909-6836
Attention:       Margaret Andrews Davenport
          (c) unless otherwise specified by the Company in a notice delivered by the Company in accordance with this Section 6.01, any notice required to be delivered to the Company shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 


 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.
c/o Ares Management LLC
1999 Avenue of the Stars
Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile:      (310) 201-4170
Attention:       David Kaplan
and
GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.
c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street
Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5
Facsimile:      (416) 730-5082
Attention:       Lee Sienna
with a copy to:       (416) 730-3771
Attention:      Legal Department
with a copy to
Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Facsimile:      (310) 557-2193
Attention:      Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.
          SECTION 6.02. Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and the Co-Investors shall be bound by the provision in this Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Co-Investor Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 5.05, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
          SECTION 6.03. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, restated, modified or supplemented in any respect and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived except by a written instrument executed by Ares and Teachers and (i) to the extent (and only to the extent) any particular Stockholder’s or Stockholders’ rights hereunder are uniquely and adversely affected by such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver (other than any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver that affects the interests of the Minority Stockholders as a group, in which case clause (ii) shall apply), by such Stockholder or Stockholders, as applicable, or (ii) to the extent (and only to the extent) the interests of the Stockholders (other than Ares and Teachers and their respective Related Persons) (the “ Minority Stockholders ”) as a group are adversely affected by such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver, by a majority (based on the number of shares of Stock owned by each Minority Stockholder at the time of such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver) of the Minority Stockholders. No consent of any Minority Stockholder shall be required to the joinder of those Persons who become parties hereto by executing a Joinder Agreement or Co-Investor Joinder Agreement in accordance to the terms of this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.04. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or any Stockholder except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder or with the prior written consent of Ares and Teachers.

 


 

          SECTION 6.05. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto irrevocably submit, in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, to the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States located in the State of New York or in any New York state court located in New York county and consent that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waive any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the venue of such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum.
          SECTION 6.06. Enforcement . The parties expressly agree that the provisions of this Agreement may be specifically enforced against each of the parties hereto in any court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          SECTION 6.08. Additional Securities Subject to Agreement . Except as otherwise determined by Ares and Teachers, all shares of Stock of the Company that any Stockholder hereafter acquires by means of a stock split, stock dividend, distribution, exercise of options or warrants or otherwise (other than pursuant to a public offering) whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise (including shares of a surviving corporation into which the shares of Stock of the Company are exchanged in such transaction) will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date of the Original Agreement.
          SECTION 6.09. Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties hereto, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
          SECTION 6.11. Termination of Certain Provisions . Other than the rights set forth in Section 4.06, the rights set forth in Article V and the provisions set forth in this Article VI, all rights and obligations under this Agreement will terminate and be of no force and effect upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.
          SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party to this Agreement, for itself and its Related Persons, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the actions of the parties hereto or their respective Related Persons pursuant to this Agreement or in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement of this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.13. Co-Investors . With respect to any rights or obligations of any Co-Investors under this Agreement, Ares shall be entitled to act on behalf of itself and the Co-Investors as a group; provided , that (i) Ares shall have no liability to any Person with respect to the failure of any Co-Investor to comply with the terms of this Agreement or the Co-Investors Agreement and (ii) no Co-Investor shall have any rights under this Agreement except as expressly set forth in the Co-Investors

 


 

Agreement. If at any time (i) Ares and its Affiliates shall cease to hold 15% of the Stock held by Ares on the date of the Original Agreement or (ii) Teachers and its Affiliates shall cease to hold at least 15% of the Stock held by Teachers on the date of the Original Agreement, each Co-Investor shall become a party to this Agreement by executing a Co-Investor Joinder Agreement, a form of which is attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “Co-Investor Joinder Agreement”), and deliver such executed Co-Investor Joinder Agreement to the Company at its address specified in Section 6.01 hereof. Upon such execution and delivery of the Co-Investor Joinder Agreement, such Co-Investor shall be a “Stockholder” for all purposes of this Agreement.
          SECTION 6.14. Capitalization . The parties hereto hereby agree to cooperate to ensure that Teachers shall not at any time hold more than 30% of the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock directly or indirectly in the aggregate, without reducing or otherwise adversely affecting any Stockholder’s economic interest in the Company or otherwise adversely affecting any Stockholder in any material manner.
          SECTION 6.15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter (including the Original Agreement) and constitutes (along with the exhibits and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Joseph Fortunato
Thomas Dowd
J. Kenneth Fox
Michael Locke
Reginald Steele
Joseph Weiss
Darryl Green
Lee Karayusuf
Anthony Phillips
Gerald Werner
Lawrence W. Haymon
Timothy Bentley
Anthony Kuniak
Joseph Szabo
Thomas Braemer
Joseph Bresse, Jr.
Vincent Cacace
Edward Deitrick
Ronald Hallock
Gilles Houde
Sharon Peek
James Terry
Phillip Sanders
Guru Ramanathan
Lisa Davis
Marilyn Renkey
David Jeroski
AW McSorley
Jeffrey Sieber
Shawn Cupples
Gerald Stubenhofer
Beth Kaplan

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
          WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the undersigned is acquiring [Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), par value $0.001 per share] of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”)], [and [Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share] of the Company, (the “Preferred Stock” and, together with the Common Stock], the “Stock”])] ; and
          WHEREAS, as a condition to the acquisition of the [Common][Preferred] Stock, the undersigned has agreed to join in a certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), among the Company and the Stockholders (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) party thereto; and
          WHEREAS, the undersigned understands that the execution of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the acquisition of the [Common][Preferred]Stock;
          NOW, THEREFORE, as an inducement to both the transferor of the [Common][Preferred] Stock and the other Stockholders to allow the Transfer (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) of the [Common][Preferred] Stock to the undersigned, the undersigned agrees as follows:
          1. The undersigned hereby joins in the Stockholders Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement as provided by the Stockholders Agreement as a Stockholder.
          2. The undersigned hereby agrees that the certificate or certificates to be issued to the undersigned representing the [Common][Preferred] Stock shall be legended as follows:
    “The securities represented by represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or applicable state securities laws and may not be offered, pledged, sold, assigned or otherwise transferred (“Transfer”) except pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement under the Act and applicable state securities laws or (ii) an applicable exemption from registration thereunder.
 
    The securities represented by this certificate are also subject to the terms and conditions of an Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008, as it may be amended from time to time by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its stockholders. The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains, among other things, (1) significant restrictions on the transfer of the securities of the Company and (2) certain rights of first offer, tag-along and drag-along rights and restrictions applicable to the securities. A copy of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement is available upon request from the Company.”

A-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement this ___day of                                           , 20___.
         
 
 
  Name:
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
  Address:    

A-2


 

EXHIBIT B
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
          I,                      , spouse of                      , have read and hereby approve the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and the stockholders party thereto. I agree to be bound by the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Stockholders Agreement or any shares of Stock (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) covered thereby under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the Stockholders Agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent of Spouse this ___day of                                           , 20___.
     
 
  Name:
 
  Address:

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CO-INVESTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT
          The undersigned, hereby agrees to be bound as a “Stockholder” by all of the terms and conditions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof (the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and certain other stockholders of the Company named therein. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Stockholders Agreement.
Dated as of                                          
     
 
  [CO-INVESTOR]
 
 
   
 
  Name:
 
  Title:

C-1

 

Exhibit 10.11
           AMENDMENT NUMBER 1 TO THE GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. 2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, dated as of February 12, 2008 (this “ Amendment ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously approved the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors desires to amend the Plan pursuant to, and in accordance with, Article XI of the Plan;
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company have approved the following amendment to the Plan;
           NOW, THEREFORE , the parties to this Amendment agree as follows:
     1.  Amendment to the Number of Shares That May Be Issued Under the Plan . The first sentence of Section 4.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 10, 419,178 shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2 ), which may be either authorized and unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both.”
     2.  Use of Capitalized Terms . Unless specifically set forth in this Amendment, capitalized terms used shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.
     3.  Terms of the Plan Control . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, nothing contained in this Amendment shall be deemed to limit, amend, modify or waive any of the rights, terms or obligations under the Plan.

 

 

Exhibit 10.13
FORM OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Award Number:____
GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
PURSUANT TO THE
GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
          AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), dated as of [•] , 20___(the “ Grant Date ”) by and between GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and [•] (the “ Participant ”).
Preliminary Statement
     The Committee has authorized this grant of an incentive stock option (the “ Option ”) on the Grant Date to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) set forth below to the Participant, as an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Parent (collectively, the Company and all Subsidiaries and Parents of the Company shall be referred to as the “ Employer ”). Except as otherwise indicated, any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). A copy of the Plan has been delivered to the Participant. By signing and returning this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges having received and read a copy of the Plan and agrees to comply with it, this Agreement and all applicable laws and regulations.
     Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      1.  Tax Matters . The Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option will not qualify as an “incentive stock option,” among other events, (i) if the Participant disposes of the Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Option at any time during the two (2) year period following the date of this Agreement or the one year period following the date on which the Option is exercised; (ii) except in the event of the Participant’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), if the Participant is not employed by the Employer at all times during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of exercise of the Option; or (iii) to the extent the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Common Stock subject to “incentive stock options” which become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year exceeds $100,000. To the extent that the Option does not qualify as an “incentive stock option,” it shall not affect the validity of the Option and shall constitute a separate non-qualified stock option.
      2.  Grant of Option . Subject in all respects to the Plan and the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein, the Participant is hereby granted an Option to purchase from the Company [•] shares of Common Stock, at a price per share of $ [•] (the “ Option Price ”).

 


 

      3.  Exercise .
          (a) The Option shall vest and become exercisable as provided below, which shall be cumulative. To the extent that the Option has become exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock as provided below, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein and in accordance with Section 6.3(d) of the Plan, including, without limitation, the filing of such written form of exercise notice, if any, as may be required by the Committee and payment in full of the Option Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Option exercised. Upon expiration of the Option, the Option shall be canceled and no longer exercisable. The following table indicates each date upon which the Participant shall be vested and entitled to exercise the Option with respect to the percentage indicated beside that date provided that the Participant has not suffered a Termination prior to the applicable vesting date:
         
Vesting Date   Percent Vested
[First Anniversary of Grant Date]
    20 %
[Second Anniversary of Grant Date]
    40 %
[Third Anniversary of Grant Date]
    60 %
[Fourth Anniversary of Grant Date]
    80 %
[Fifth Anniversary of Grant Date]
    100 %
          There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may not exercise the Option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act, or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Option, and the Participant may not exercise the Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations. In addition, the Participant may not exercise the Option if the terms of the Plan do not permit the exercise of Options at such time.
          (c) The provisions in the Plan regarding Detrimental Activity shall apply to the Option. In the event that the Participant engages in Detrimental Activity prior to the exercise of the Option, the Option shall terminate and expire as of the date the Participant engaged in such Detrimental Activity. As a condition of the exercise of the Option, the Participant shall be required to certify (or be deemed to have certified) at the time of exercise in a manner acceptable to the Company that the Participant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and that the Participant has not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, any Detrimental Activity. In the event the Participant engages in Detrimental Activity during the one year period commencing on the date the Option is exercised, the Company shall

2


 

be entitled to recover from the Participant at any time within one year after such exercise, and the Participant shall pay over to the Company, an amount equal to any gain realized as a result of the exercise of the Option (whether at the time of exercise or thereafter).
      4.  Option Term . The term of the Option shall be until [•] , 20___, after which time it shall terminate, subject to earlier termination in the event of the Participant’s Termination as specified in Section 5 below.
      5.  Termination .
          (a) Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested at the time of the Participant’s Termination, shall remain exercisable as provided in Section 9.2(a) of the Plan.
          (b) Any portion of the Option that is not vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.
      6.  Restriction on Transfer of Option . No part of the Option shall be Transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and during the lifetime of the Participant, may be exercised only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. In addition, the Option shall not be assigned, negotiated, pledged or hypothecated in any way (except as provided by law or herein), and the Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to Transfer the Option or in the event of any levy upon the Option by reason of any execution, attachment or similar process contrary to the provisions hereof, the Option shall immediately become null and void.
      7.  Company Call Rights; Restrictions on Transfer . The Option, and any shares of Common Stock that the Participant acquires upon exercise of the Option, shall be subject to the Company call rights and restrictions on transfer (including the Company’s right of first refusal) set forth in Article XIII of the Plan. To ensure that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option are not transferred in contravention of the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and to ensure compliance with other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company may deposit the certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Option with an escrow agent designated by the Company.
      8.  Securities Representations . Upon the exercise of the Option prior to the registration of the Common Stock subject to the Option pursuant to the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws, the Participant shall be deemed to acknowledge and make the representations and warranties as described below and as otherwise may be requested by the Company for compliance with applicable laws, and any issuances of Common Stock by the Company shall be made in reliance upon the express representations and warranties of the Participant.
          (a) The Participant is acquiring and will hold the shares of Common Stock for investment for his account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any

3


 

“distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws.
          (b) The Participant has been advised that the shares of Common Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws, on the ground that no distribution or public offering of the shares of Common Stock is to be effected (it being understood, however, that the shares of Common Stock are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided under Rule 701 under the Securities Act), and that the shares of Common Stock must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the applicable securities laws or the Participant obtains an opinion of counsel (in the form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. In connection with the foregoing, the Company is relying in part on the Participant’s representations set forth in this Section. The Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation hereunder to register the shares of Common Stock.
          (c) The Participant is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Participant acknowledges that he is familiar with the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144, and acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.
          (d) The Participant will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock in violation of the Plan, this Agreement, Securities Act (or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) or under any other applicable securities laws. The Participant agrees that he will not dispose of the Common Stock unless and until he has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the shares of Common Stock.
          (e) The Participant has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the shares of Common Stock, and the Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Common Stock.
          (f) The Participant is aware that his investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Participant is able, without impairing his financial condition, to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his investment in the Common Stock.
      9.  Rights as a Stockholder . The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of the shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein or the exercise of the Option in full, the Participant shall be

4


 

entitled to receive a special bonus payment for any extraordinary cash dividends paid to Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board or their Affiliates while the Option is outstanding (other than special dividends paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock of Holdings in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, restated or replaced from time to time), in the manner and subject to such terms and conditions imposed on the receipt of such bonus payment as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, as applicable.
      10.  Provisions of Plan Control . This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee and as may be in effect from time to time. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. If and to the extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof (other than any exercise notice or other documents expressly contemplated herein or in the Plan) and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
      11.  Notices . Any notice or communication given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) two (2) days after being sent by United States mail; or (iii) on the first business day following the date of deposit if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, to the appropriate party at the address set forth below (or such other address as the party shall from time to time specify):
If to the Company, to:
GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222
Attention: General Counsel
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
c/o Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
1999 Avenue of the Stars
Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile: 310-210-4170
Attention: David Kaplan
and

5


 

c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street
Toronto, Ontario
M2M 4H5
Facsimile: 416-730-5082
Attention: Lee Sienna
With a copy by Facsimile to: 416-730-3771
Attention: Legal Department
If to the Participant, to the address on file with the Company.
      12.  No Obligation to Continue Employment . This Agreement is not an agreement of employment. This Agreement does not guarantee that the Employer will employ the Participant for any specific time period, nor does it modify in any respect the Employer’s right to terminate or modify the Participant’s employment or compensation.
      13.  Agreement . As a condition to the receipt of shares of Common Stock when the Option is exercised, the Participant shall execute and deliver a Stockholders Agreement or such other documentation which shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Common Stock acquired and such other terms or restrictions as the Committee shall from time to time establish. Such Stockholders Agreement or other documentation shall apply to the Common Stock acquired under the Plan and covered by such Stockholders Agreement or other documentation. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to any other existing stockholder agreement or other agreement.
      14.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
      15.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
 
  GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.

 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
Employee Name:
       
Employee ID number:
       

7

 

Exhibit 10.15
      EXECUTION VERSION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on March 16, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), General Nutrition Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Centers ,” and together with Holdings, referred to herein as “ GNC ”), and Joseph M. Fortunato (the “ Executive ”).
     WHEREAS, the Executive is presently employed by Centers and previously entered into an Employment Agreement, effective as of November 14, 2005, as amended and restated on December 8, 2006 (the “ Original Employment Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 8, 2007 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among Holdings, GNC Acquisition Inc., a Delaware corporation “( Merger Sub ”), and GNC Parent Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Target ”), at the Effective Time (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement), Merger Sub will be merged with and into Target (the “ Merger ”); and
     WHEREAS, the parties wish to provide for the Executive’s continued employment with Centers following the Merger, in accordance with the terms set forth herein, as of the Effective Date.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
     1.  Employment of the Executive; Duties .
          1.1 Title . During the Employment Period (as defined in Section 2.2 hereof), the Executive shall serve as (a) President and Chief Executive Officer of Centers and (b) President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings.
          1.2 Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall do and perform all services and acts necessary or advisable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s positions and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein. In addition, the Executive shall have such other executive and managerial powers and duties as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive by the Board of Directors of Centers (the “ Centers Board ”) or the Board of Directors of Holdings (the “ Holdings Board ”), as applicable, commensurate with the Executive’s positions. The Executive shall report solely and directly to the Holdings Board. The Executive’s duties, titles and responsibilities shall not be changed materially at any time without his consent (other than during any period where the Executive is incapacitated due to physical or mental illness). Except for sick leave, reasonable vacations, excused leaves of absence, or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall, throughout the Employment Period, devote substantially all the Executive’s working time, attention, knowledge and skills faithfully, and to the best of the Executive’s ability, to the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s positions in furtherance of the business affairs and activities of GNC and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 5.4(a)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive is

 


 

permitted, to the extent such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or create an adverse business conflict with any Company Party (as defined in Section 5.4(b)), to (a) manage his personal, financial, and legal affairs, (b) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees (it being understood that his continuing to serve on the boards and committees set forth on Exhibit A , will, as of the Effective Date, be deemed not to interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement), and (c) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements. Except where GNC provides its written consent otherwise (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), the Executive shall maintain his principal residence within 75 miles of the principal office of Centers as of the Effective Date. The Executive shall at all times be subject to, comply with, observe and carry out faithfully to the best of his ability and in all material respects (x) Centers lawful rules, regulations, policies and codes of ethics and/or conduct applicable to its employees generally and in effect from time to time and (y) such lawful rules, regulations, policies, codes of ethics and/or conduct, directions and restrictions as either the Centers Board or the Holdings Board may from time to time reasonably establish or approve for their executive officers.
          1.3 Board Membership . During the Employment Period, the Executive will serve as a member of (a) the Centers Board and as a member of the executive committee of the Centers Board and (b) the Holdings Board and as a member of the executive committee of the Holdings Board.
     2.  Term of Employment .
          2.1 Employment Period . The employment of the Executive hereunder will commence on the Effective Date and continue until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary thereof (the “ Initial Employment Period ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement.
          2.2 Extension . Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement, the employment of the Executive will automatically continue after the end of the Initial Employment Period for additional and successive one (1)-year periods (each an “ Extension Period ” and, together with the Initial Employment Period, the “ Employment Period ”), unless GNC or the Executive notifies the other in writing not less than one (1) year prior to the end of the Initial Employment Period, or the end of the applicable Extension Period, of its or the Executive’s election, in its or the Executive’s sole discretion, not to extend the Employment Period.
     3.  Compensation and General Benefits .
          3.1 Base Salary . During the Employment Period, Centers agrees to pay to the Executive an annual base salary in an amount not less than $800,000, to be reviewed annually by the Holdings Board or the compensation committee of the Holdings Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), for upward adjustments only (as the Holdings Board (or the Compensation Committee), acting in its sole discretion, determines to be reasonable and appropriate); provided , however , that such amount will be increased pursuant to such review effective as of January 1 of each year during the Employment Period, beginning with January 1, 2008, by a percentage no less than the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, as

- 2 -


 

published by Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor, for the calendar year immediately preceding such review (such base salary as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”). The Executive’s Base Salary, less amounts required to be withheld under applicable law, shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures in effect from time to time for the payment of salaries to executive officers of Centers, but in no event less frequently than monthly.
          3.2 Bonus . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive from Centers an annual performance bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”), which shall have a target of seventy-five percent (75%) of Base Salary with a maximum of one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of Base Salary if Centers exceeds the annual goals for the applicable year. Such annual goals shall be determined by the Holdings Board (or the Compensation Committee) in good faith consultation with the Executive. Any Annual Bonus earned shall be payable in full as soon as reasonably practicable following the determination thereof, but in no event later than March 31st of the following year, and in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures. The Annual Bonus shall be based on the achievement of corporate and personal goals and objectives established under the terms of a plan to be developed jointly in good faith by GNC and the Executive (the “ Plan ”). The Plan will establish financial objectives and financial goals related to Centers. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4, any Annual Bonus (or portion thereof) payable under this Section 3.2 shall be contingent on the Executive’s continued employment with Centers through the date such payment is determined and becomes payable under the terms of the Plan.
          3.3 Expenses . During the Employment Period, in addition to any amounts to which the Executive may be entitled pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, Centers shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder on behalf of GNC or its Affiliates, subject to, and consistent with, Centers’ policies for executive officer expense payment and reimbursement, in effect from time to time.
          3.4 Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, in addition to any amounts to which the Executive may be entitled pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in, and to receive benefits under, (a) any benefit plans, arrangements, or policies made available by Centers to its executive officers generally, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions, and overall administration of each such plan, arrangement or policy and (b) without limiting the foregoing, the benefits set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (with items 6 through 13 listed on Exhibit B being referred to herein as the “ Perquisites ”).
          3.5 Equity Interests .
          (a) On the Effective Date, the Executive shall be permitted to and shall purchase a number of shares of Holdings Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Holdings Common Stock ”), and Holdings preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (together with Holdings Common Stock, the “ Holdings Stock ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Contribution and Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof.

- 3 -


 

          (b) On the Effective Date, the Executive shall receive an award of options to purchase the number of shares of Holdings Common Stock equal to 2.63% of the Holdings Common Stock then outstanding, on a fully-diluted basis (taking into account all options granted or reserved for issuance as part of the management option pool), with 50% of such options having an exercise price equal to the price per share of Holdings Common Stock paid by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (“ Ares ”) and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (“ OTPP ,” and together with Ares and any other co-investor, the “ Sponsor ”) or their Affiliates in connection with the equity funding of Holdings (the “ Sponsor Buy-In Price ”) and 50% of such options having an exercise price equal to the amount obtained by multiplying the Sponsor Buy-In Price by 1.5. The options will be awarded under the terms of the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Incentive Plan ”) and subject to the provisions of Holdings’ standard option agreements which will contain customary provisions, including, consistent with the past practice at Centers, a provision entitling the holder to receive a special bonus payment for any extraordinary dividends paid to Sponsor (other than special dividends paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock of Holdings in accordance with Holdings’ Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) and customary provisions relating to post-termination exercise periods (which, in any event, would not be less than one (1) year in the event of Executive’s death or Total Disability (as defined in Section 4.2(c)) or sixty (60) days in the event of a termination without Cause (as defined in Section 4.3(g)) or with or without Good Reason (as defined in Section 4.3(h))). The options will be time based and will vest annually over a four (4) year period on each anniversary of the grant date subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with Centers through each such vesting date and will have an outside exercise date of ten (10) years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances. The options having an exercise price equal to the Sponsor Buy-In Price will be incentive stock options to the maximum extent permitted under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). All other options will be nonqualified options.
          (c) During the Employment Period and in the sole discretion of, and subject to the approval of, the Holdings Board (or any compensation committee or other appropriate committee under the Equity Incentive Plan), the Executive shall be eligible to participate in and be granted awards under the Equity Incentive Plan.
          (d) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.3(i)), all of the Executive’s stock options shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock issued to the Executive, if any, shall lapse.
     4.  Termination .
          4.1 General . The employment of the Executive hereunder (and the Employment Period) shall terminate as provided in Section 2 hereof, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.
          4.2 Death or Disability of the Executive .
          (a) The employment of the Executive hereunder (and the Employment Period) shall terminate upon (i) the death of the Executive or, (ii) at the option of GNC, upon not less

- 4 -


 

than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to the Executive or the Executive’s personal representative or guardian, if the Executive suffers a Total Disability (as defined in Section 4.2(c)).
           (b) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.2, then, subject to reduction by any benefits paid or payable to the Executive, the Executive’s beneficiaries or estate under any Centers-sponsored disability benefit plan program or policy for the period following such date of termination ( provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made for any benefits paid upon the Executive’s death under Centers’ life insurance policy), the following provisions shall apply:
               (i) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, (A) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary paid in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures, (B) any accrued but unpaid Annual Bonus, if any, with respect to the fiscal year prior to the year in which termination occurs, paid in accordance with Section 3.2 (the “ Accrued Bonus ”), (C) payment for any accrued but unpaid Perquisites in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and policies, (D) payment for any accrued but unused vacation in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and policies, and (E) reimbursement of expenses in accordance with Section 3.3 (collectively, “ Accrued Obligations ”);
               (ii) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (x) the Executive’s current Base Salary and (y) the annualized value of the Perquisites as determined in good faith by the Accounting Firm (as defined in Section 4.3(f)(ii)) using customary valuation methods, payable within thirty (30) days of such termination;
               (iii) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, a prorated share of the Annual Bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 (based on the period of actual employment) that the Executive would have been entitled to had the Executive worked the full year during which the termination occurred, provided that bonus targets (other than individual targets) are met for the year of such termination (any such bonus shall be payable as soon as reasonably practicable following the determination thereof, but in no event later than March 15 of the following year, and in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures); and
               (iv) if (x) the Executive, guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, timely elects continuation coverage (with respect to the Executive’s coverage or any eligible dependent coverage, as applicable) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA Continuation Coverage ”) with respect to Centers’ group health insurance plan and (y) the Executive, guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, continue timely co-payment of premiums at the same level and cost as if the Executive were an employee of Centers (excluding, for purposes of calculating cost, an employee’s ability to pay premiums with pre-tax dollars), Centers shall be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage to the same extent it paid for such coverage for the Executive’s

- 5 -


 

coverage or any eligible dependent coverage, as applicable, immediately prior to the date of the termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, such payment to continue for the period permitted by COBRA; provided , however , that if, in the event of termination due to Total Disability, the Executive obtains other employment that offers substantially similar or improved group health benefits, COBRA Continuation Coverage shall cease.
          (c) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 4.2(c), for purposes of this Agreement, “ Total Disability ” means (i) the Executive is subject to a legal decree of incompetency (the date of such decree being deemed the date on which such disability occurred), (ii) the written determination by a physician selected by GNC that, because of a medically determinable disease, injury or other physical or mental disability, the Executive is unable to substantially perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the material duties of the Executive required by this Agreement, and that such disability has lasted for ninety (90) consecutive days or any one hundred twenty (120) days during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period or is, as of the date of determination, reasonably expected to last six (6) months or longer after the date of determination, in each case based upon medically available reliable information, or (iii) the Executive’s qualifying for benefits under Centers long-term disability coverage, if any. In conjunction with determining Total Disability for purposes of this Agreement, the Executive hereby consents to (x) any reasonable examinations that the Holdings Board or the Compensation Committee determines are relevant and reasonably necessary to a determination of Total Disability or are required by GNC’s physician, (y) furnish such medical information as may be reasonably requested and (z) waive (only as to GNC and for the limited purpose of determining Total Disability in accordance with this Agreement, subject to an appropriate confidentiality understanding by GNC) any applicable physician patient privilege that may arise because of such examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2(c), “Total Disability” shall have the definition of “Disabled” contained in Section 409A of the Code, in any instance in which amounts are paid under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s Total Disability and such amounts are treated as deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code.
          (d) With respect to outstanding stock options and restricted stock held by the Executive as of the date of termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, any such options that would become vested and exercisable, and any restricted stock awards the restrictions with respect to which would lapse, in each case assuming the Executive had continued to be employed with Centers, during the calendar year in which termination occurs and the year following the end of such calendar year shall immediately vest and become exercisable, as applicable, as of the date of the termination.
          4.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason; Non-Renewal .
          (a) GNC may terminate the Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 4.3(g)), and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period) under this Agreement at any time with no requirement for notice to the Executive.

- 6 -


 

          (b) The Executive may resign, and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period), at any time for “Good Reason,” upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to GNC specifying in reasonable detail the reason therefor; provided , however , that GNC shall have a reasonable opportunity to cure any such Good Reason (to the extent possible) within thirty (30) days after GNC’s receipt of such notice; and provided , further , that, if GNC is not seeking to cure, GNC shall not be obligated to allow the Executive to continue working during such period and may, in its sole discretion, accelerate such termination of employment (and the Employment Period) to any date during such period. A determination of whether the Executive has Good Reason under Sections 4.3(h)(i) or (ii) for termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, and of whether GNC has effectively cured and thus eliminated the grounds for such Good Reason, shall be made only by a two-thirds vote of the Holdings Board (excluding the Executive for such purposes), within its sole judgment and discretion, acting in good faith after having met with Centers’ Vice President of Human Resources. A determination by the Holdings Board made in accordance with this Section 4.3(b) that Good Reason does not exist or has been cured will not prevent the Executive from challenging such determination.
          (c) Following the Initial Employment Period, GNC may decline to renew this Agreement for an additional Extension Period, in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, for reasons other than those that would otherwise constitute Cause.
          (d) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.3, then, subject to Sections 4.3(e) and 4.6 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
               (i) Centers shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations;
               (ii) Centers shall pay the Executive a lump sum of two (2) times the Base Salary and the annualized value of the Perquisites, as determined in good faith by the Accounting Firm using customary valuation methods; provided , however , that if such termination occurs either (x) “in anticipation of” (as defined in Section 4.3(j)) or during the two (2) year period following, a Change in Control or (y) within the six (6) months prior to or at any time following, the consummation of the first public offering of the Holdings Common Stock or other equity securities of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a registration statement (other than on Form S-8 or similar or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission (an “ IPO ”), then such payment will be a lump sum of three (3) times the Base Salary and the annualized value of the Perquisites, as determined in good faith by the Accounting Firm using customary valuation methods. All payments pursuant to Sections 4.3(d)(i) and (ii) shall be made no later than fifteen (15) days of the date of termination;
               (iii) Centers shall pay to the Executive a lump sum of two (2) times an amount equal to the average Annual Bonus paid or payable under Section 3.2 with respect to the most recent three (3) fiscal years, starting no earlier than the Effective Date (determined by annualizing the bonus paid or payable with respect to any partial fiscal year); provided , however , that that if such termination occurs either (x) in anticipation of or during the two (2) year period following, a Change in Control or (y) within the six (6) months prior to or at any time following, an IPO, then such payment will be a lump sum of three (3) times the amount equal to the average Annual Bonus paid or payable under Section 3.2 with respect to the most recent three (3) fiscal

- 7 -


 

years, starting no earlier than the Effective Date (determined by annualizing the bonus paid or payable with respect to any partial fiscal year). All payments pursuant to this Section 4.3(d)(iii) shall be made no later than fifteen (15) days of the date of termination;
               (iv) if (x) the Executive timely elects COBRA Continuation Coverage with respect to Centers’ group health insurance plan and (y) the Executive continues timely co-payment of premiums at the same level and cost as if the Executive were an employee of Centers (excluding, for purposes of calculating cost, an employee’s ability to pay premiums with pre-tax dollars), Centers shall be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage to the same extent it paid for such coverage for the Executive’s coverage or any eligible dependent coverage, as applicable, immediately prior to the date of the termination pursuant to this Section 4.3, such payment to continue for the period permitted by COBRA; provided , however , that if the Executive obtains other employment that offers substantially similar or improved group health benefits, COBRA Continuation Coverage shall cease;
               (v) with respect to outstanding stock options and restricted stock held by the Executive as of the date of termination pursuant to this Section 4.3, any such options that would become vested and exercisable, and any restricted stock awards the restrictions with respect to which would lapse, in each case assuming the Executive had continued to be employed with Centers, during the twenty-four (24) month period following the date of termination shall immediately vest and become exercisable, as applicable; provided , however , that if such termination occurs either (x) in anticipation of a Change in Control or (y) within the six (6) months prior to or at any time following, an IPO, any options that would become vested and exercisable, and any restricted stock awards restrictions with respect to which would lapse, in each case, during the thirty-six (36) month period following the date of termination shall immediately vest and become exercisable.
          (e) As a condition precedent to the Executive’s right to receive the benefits set forth in Section 4.3(d) hereof, the Executive agrees to execute a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
          (f) (i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if it shall be determined that any payment, vesting, distribution or transfer by Centers or any Affiliate or successor of Centers or by any other Person (as defined in Section 5.4(f)) or that any other event occurring with respect to the Executive and Centers for the Executive’s benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (including under any employee benefit plan) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any regulations or guidance promulgated or issued thereunder, any successor provision, and any similar provision of state or local income tax law) (collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then the amount of the Payment shall be reduced so that the present value of all Payments (calculated in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder), in the aggregate, equals three (3) times the Executive’s “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code), minus one dollar ($1.00) (the “ Payment Reduction ”). The Executive shall have the right to designate those payments or benefits that shall be reduced or eliminated under the Payment Reduction to avoid the imposition of the Excise Tax, subject to the confirmation of the Accounting Firm (as defined herein) with respect to the intended effect thereof. Notwithstanding

- 8 -


 

the foregoing, the Payment Reduction shall not apply if the Accounting Firm determines that, on an after-tax basis, the Executive would retain a greater amount of compensation following payment of the Excise Tax on the unreduced amount of any Payments than the amount of compensation retained following the Payment Reduction as required hereby.
               (ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3(f)(iii), all determinations required to be made under this Section 4.3(f), including whether and when a Payment is subject to Section 4999 and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination and in determining an appropriate Payment Reduction, shall be made by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or any other nationally recognized accounting firm that shall be Centers’ outside auditors at the time of such determination (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations to the Executive and Centers within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Centers or the Executive that there will be a Payment that the Person giving notice believes may be subject to the Excise Tax. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by Centers. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Centers and the Executive in determining whether a Payment Reduction is required and the amount thereof (subject to Sections 4.3(f)(iii) and (iv)), in the absence of material mathematical or legal error.
               (iii) If, as a result of any uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm under Section 4.3(f)(ii), the Accounting Firm subsequently determines that (A) a Payment Reduction should have been made and was not, or a larger Payment Reduction should have been made in accordance with Section 4.3(f)(ii) (an “ Overpayment ”), any such Overpayment, to the extent actually paid or provided to the Executive, will be treated for all purposes, to the extent practicable and subject to applicable law, as a loan to the Executive with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 1274(d) of the Code and will be repaid by the Executive to Centers in full within thirty-five (35) days after the Executive receives notice of the Accounting Firm’s determination, which notice shall be provided to Executive within sixty (60) days of the date that Centers first learns of the Overpayment from the Accounting Firm; provided , however , that the amount of the Overpayment to be repaid by the Executive to Centers will be reduced to the extent that the Accounting Firm determines that any portion of the Overpayment to be repaid will not be offset by a corresponding reduction in any applicable Excise Tax by reason of such repayment of the Overpayment, or (B) a Payment Reduction was made and should not have been made, or a smaller Payment Reduction should have been made in accordance with Section 4.3(f)(ii) (an “ Underpayment ”), any such Underpayment will be due and payable by Centers to the Executive within thirty-five (35) days after Centers receives notice of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsequent determination by the Accounting Firm of an Overpayment or Underpayment in accordance with this Section 4.3(f)(iii) must be made within seventy-five (75) days after the Accounting Firm’s initial determination under Section 4.3(f)(ii).
               (iv) The Executive shall give written notice to Centers of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) that, if successful, would require the payment by the Executive of an Excise Tax, such notice to be provided within fifteen (15) days after the Executive shall have received written notice of such claim. The Executive shall cooperate with Centers in determining whether to contest or pay such claim and shall not pay such claim without

- 9 -


 

the written consent of Centers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
               (v) This Section 4.3(f) shall remain in full force and effect following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason until the expiration of the statute of limitations on the assessment of taxes applicable to the Executive for all periods in which the Executive may incur a liability for taxes (including Excise Taxes), interest or penalties arising out of the operation of this Agreement.
          (g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events, as determined in good faith by a two-thirds vote of the Holdings Board (excluding the Executive for such purposes), after the Executive (and his counsel) has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard at a Holdings Board meeting specifically called for the purpose of making the Cause determination:
               (i) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;
               (ii) the Executive’s willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to GNC or any of its Affiliates which is injurious to the financial condition, business or reputation of either of GNC or any of its Affiliates;
               (iii) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against GNC or any of its Affiliates;
               (iv) a material breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement or any other written contract or agreement between the Executive and Holdings or Centers or any of their Affiliates, which, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after delivery to the Executive by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, of written notice of such breach; provided , that, if such breach, if curable, is not capable of being cured within such 30-day period, the Executive will have a reasonable additional period as will be agreed to by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, in their sole discretion, to cure such breach; or
               (v) the willful and continued failure by the Executive to materially perform the duties of the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer of Centers or President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings or his continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Centers Board or the Holdings Board (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or death), which, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after delivery to the Executive by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, of written notice of such failure; provided , that, if such failure, if curable, is not capable of being cured within such 30-day period, the Executive will have a reasonable additional period as will be agreed to by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, in their sole discretion, to cure such failure.
          Cause will not solely exist because of the Executive’s, Centers’ or Holdings’ unsatisfactory performance. No act, or failure to act, by the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless committed in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interests of GNC or any of its Affiliates. A determination of Cause in accordance

- 10 -


 

with this section shall not prevent the Executive from challenging the Holdings Board’s determination that Cause exists or that the Executive has failed to cure any act (or failure to act) that purportedly formed the basis for the Holdings Board’s determination.
          (h) the Executive may terminate his employment for “ Good Reason ” after he has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without his prior written consent (which consent shall be limited to the specific event in question and shall not constitute the waiver by the Executive of his right to withhold his consent with respect to any similar event or occurrence unless specifically stated in the consent), of any of the following:
               (i) GNC’s failure to comply with any material provisions of this Agreement which is not cured within 30 days after the Executive has given written notice of such noncompliance to GNC;
               (ii) a material adverse change by GNC in the Executive’s responsibilities, duties or authority (including, but not limited to any change in reporting obligation) as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Centers or as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings, which, in the aggregate, causes the Executive’s positions with GNC to have less responsibility or authority than the Executive’s position immediately prior to such change (other than temporarily during any period where the Executive is incapacitated due to physical or mental illness);
               (iii) removal of the Executive from the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Centers or from the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings, or failure to elect (or appoint) the Executive to, or removal of the Executive from, the Centers Board or the Holdings Board;
               (iv) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary; or
               (v) the Executive’s principal place of business for performing services to Centers moves to a new location that is more than 75 miles from the Executive’s principal place of business existing on the Effective Date.
          In the event that the Executive has actual knowledge of an event or occurrence giving the Executive a right to terminate his employment for Good Reason for a period of more than ninety (90) days, such event or occurrence shall cease to constitute Good Reason; provided , however , that the foregoing will not constitute a waiver of the Executive’s right to terminate this Agreement for Good Reason for any subsequent similar event or occurrence.
          (i) For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of, any one of the following events:
               (i) the acquisition (including any acquisition through purchase, reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction) in one or more transactions by any individual, entity (including any employee benefit plan or any trust for an employee benefit plan) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (for purposes of this Section 4.3(i) only, a “ Person ”), other than any acquisition by any Permitted Holder or any of its Related Parties or a Permitted

- 11 -


 

Group, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of shares or other securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act) representing 50% or more of either (1) the Holdings Common Stock or (2) the combined voting power of the securities of Holdings entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Holdings Board (the “ Holdings Voting Securities ”), in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to such acquisition; provided , however , that none of the following acquisitions shall constitute a Change in Control as defined in this clause (i): (A) any acquisition by any Person or group of Persons consisting solely of stockholders of Holdings on the Effective Date, (B) any acquisition so long as such acquisition does not result in any Person (other than any stockholder or stockholders of Holdings on the Effective Date), beneficially owning shares or securities representing 50% or more of either the Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Voting Securities, (C) any acquisition, after which the Permitted Holders or their Related Parties have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Holdings Board; or
               (ii) any election has occurred of Persons to the Holdings Board that causes two-thirds of the Holdings Board to consist of Persons other than (A) Persons who were members of the Holdings Board on the Effective Date and (B) Persons who were nominated for elections as members of the Holdings Board at a time when two-thirds of the Holdings Board consisted of Persons who were members of the Holdings Board on the Effective Date; provided , however , that any Person nominated for election by a Holdings Board at least two-thirds of whom constituted Persons described in clauses (A) or (B) or by Persons who were themselves nominated by such Holdings Board shall, for this purpose, be deemed to have been nominated by a Holdings Board composed of Persons described in clause (A); or
               (iii) approval by the stockholders of Holdings of (A) a complete liquidation or dissolution of Holdings or Centers or (B) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder; or
               (iv) Centers ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.
          For purposes of this Section 4.3(i), the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          (1) “ Permitted Group ” means any group of investors that is deemed to be a “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) at any time prior to Holdings’ initial public offering of common stock, solely by virtue of the Stockholders Agreement by and among Holdings, Ares, OTPP, the Executive, and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
          (2) “ Permitted Holder ” means Ares, Ares Management, Inc., Ares Management LLC and OTPP.

- 12 -


 

          (3) “ Related Party ” means:
               (x) any controlling equityholder, managing general partner or majority-owned subsidiary, of any Permitted Holder;
               (y) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x); or
               (z) any investment fund or similar entity managed by any one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x) or (y).
          (j) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of the Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been “in anticipation of” a Change in Control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six (6) months prior to a Change in Control and such termination occurs (i) after a definitive agreement is entered into by Centers or Holdings providing for a Change in Control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control.
          (k) Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.3(i) to the contrary, “Change in Control” shall have the definition of “Change in Control” contained in Section 409A of the Code in any instance in which amounts are paid under this Agreement as a result of a Change in Control and such amounts are treated as deferred compensation under Section 409A.
          4.4 Termination For Cause, Voluntary Resignation Other Than For Good Reason .
          (a) (i) GNC may, upon action of the Holdings Board, terminate the employment of the Executive (and the Employment Period) at any time for “Cause,” or (ii) the Executive may voluntarily resign other than for Good Reason and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period) under this Agreement at any time upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice.
          (b) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.4, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive all of the Accrued Obligations (other than, in the event of a termination for Cause, the Accrued Bonus). All other rights of the Executive (and all obligations of GNC) hereunder shall terminate as of the date of such termination.
          4.5 Resignation from Officer Positions . Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (unless otherwise agreed in writing by GNC and the Executive), the Executive will be deemed to have resigned, without any further action by the Executive, from any and all officer and director positions that the Executive, immediately prior to such termination, (a) held with GNC or any of its Affiliates and (b) held with any other

- 13 -


 

entities at the direction of, or as a result of the Executive’s affiliation with, GNC or any of its Affiliates. If for any reason this Section 4.5 is deemed to be insufficient to effectuate such resignations, then the Executive will, upon GNC’s request, execute any documents or instruments that GNC may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations. In addition, the Executive hereby designates the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Holdings, Centers or of any of their Affiliates to execute any such documents or instruments as the Executive’s attorney-in-fact to effectuate such resignations if execution by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Holdings, Centers or their Affiliates is deemed by GNC or its Affiliates to be a more expedient means to effectuate such resignation or resignations.
          4.6 Section 409A of the Code . It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations relating thereto so as not to subject the Executive to the payment of interest, tax, and penalties which may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, the Executive and Centers agree to use reasonable best efforts to cooperate, including by restructuring the timing of payments under this Agreement, to avoid the imposition of any additional interest, tax, or penalty charge under Section 409A of the Code in respect of payments to the Executive under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) if upon the employment termination date, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such separation from service is necessary in order to avoid the imposition on the Executive of any tax or penalty, including interest, under Section 409A of the Code, then Centers will defer the commencement of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following the Executive’s separation from service with Centers (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and Centers will make all applicable payments that have accrued during such six (6) month period in a lump sum to the Executive following the expiration of such period. In no event whatsoever shall GNC or any of their Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on the Executive by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code.
          4.7 No Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, and, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the amounts of compensation and benefits payable or otherwise due to the Executive under this Section 4 or other provisions of this Agreement shall not be reduced by compensation or benefits received by the Executive from any other employment he shall choose to undertake following termination of his employment under this Agreement. Further, any amounts owed to the Executive under this Agreement may not be offset by any claims Centers may have against the Executive, and Centers’ obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations under this Agreement will not be affected by any other circumstances, including, without limitation, any counterclaim, right of set-off, recoupment, defense, or other right that Centers may have against the Executive or other Persons.

- 14 -


 

     5.  Confidentiality, Work Product, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .
          5.1 Confidentiality .
          (a) In connection with the Executive’s employment hereunder, GNC and its Affiliates intend to provide the Executive with access to “Confidential Information” (as defined in Section 5.4(d) hereof) in support of the Executive’s employment duties. The Executive recognizes that the business interests of GNC and its Affiliates require a confidential relationship between GNC, its Affiliates and the Executive and the fullest practical protection and confidential treatment of all Confidential Information. At all times, both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly: (i) appropriate, download, print, copy, remove, use, disclose, divulge, communicate or otherwise “Misappropriate” (as defined in Section 5.4(e) hereof) any Confidential Information, including, without limitation, originals or copies of any Confidential Information, in any media or format, except for the benefit of GNC and its Affiliates within the course and scope of the Executive’s employment or with the prior written consent of the Holdings Board, or (ii) take or encourage any action that would circumvent, interfere with or otherwise diminish the value or benefit of the Confidential Information to GNC or its Affiliates.
          (b) All Confidential Information, and all other information and property affecting or relating to the business of GNC and its Affiliates within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, shall remain, at all times, the property of GNC and its Affiliates, the appropriation, use or disclosure of which is governed and restricted by this Agreement.
          (c) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that:
               (i) the Executive occupies a unique position within GNC, and the Executive is and will be intimately involved in the development or implementation of Confidential Information;
               (ii) in the event the Executive breaches this Section 5.1 with respect to any Confidential Information, such breach shall be deemed to be a Misappropriation of such Confidential Information; and
               (iii) any Misappropriation of Confidential Information will result in immediate and irreparable harm to GNC and its Affiliates.
          (d) Upon receipt of any formal or informal request, by legal process or otherwise, seeking the Executive’s direct or indirect disclosure or production of any Confidential Information to any Person, the Executive shall promptly and timely notify GNC and provide a description and, if applicable, hand deliver a copy of such request to GNC. The Executive irrevocably nominates and appoints GNC as the Executive’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact to act in the Executive’s name, place and stead to perform any act that the Executive might perform to defend and protect against any disclosure of Confidential Information.
          (e) At any time GNC may reasonably request, during or after the Employment Period, the Executive shall deliver to GNC all originals and copies of Confidential Information

- 15 -


 

and all other information and property affecting or relating to the businesses of GNC and its Affiliates within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, including, without limitation any Confidential Information produced by the Executive. Both during and after the Employment Period, GNC shall have the right of reasonable access to review, inspect, copy or confiscate any Confidential Information within the Executive’s possession, custody or control.
          (f) Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Executive shall immediately return to GNC or its Affiliates, as applicable, all Confidential Information, and all other information and property affecting or relating to the business of GNC and its Affiliates, within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, without the necessity of a prior request by GNC.
          (g) During the Employment Period, the Executive represents and agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of others, including but not limited to former employers, and that the Executive will not bring onto the premises of Holdings, Centers or any of their Affiliates or access such confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of such others, unless consented to in writing by said others, and then only with the prior written authorization of GNC or its Affiliates, as applicable.
          5.2 Work Product/Intellectual Property .
          (a) Assignment . The Executive hereby assigns to GNC all right, title and interest to all “Work Product” (as defined in Section 5.4(h) hereof) that (i) relates to any of the Company Parties’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services, or (ii) is conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made using any equipment, supplies, facilities, assets, information or resources of any of the Company Parties (including, without limitation, any intellectual property rights).
          (b) Disclosure . The Executive shall promptly disclose Work Product to the Holdings Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by GNC (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm the ownership and proprietary interest of any of the Company Parties in any Work Product (including, without limitation, the execution of assignments, consents, powers of attorney, applications and other instruments). The Executive shall not file any patent or copyright applications related to any Work Product except with the written consent of the Holdings Board.
          5.3 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .
          (a) In consideration of the Confidential Information being provided to the Executive as stated in Section 5.1 hereof, and other good and valuable new consideration as stated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, continued employment with Centers and the business relationships, goodwill, work experience, client, customer and vendor relationships and other fruits of employment that the Executive will have the opportunity to obtain, use and develop under this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the restrictive covenants stated in this Section 5.3.

- 16 -


 

          (b) During the Employment Period and until the end of the Restricted Period (as defined in Section 5.4(g) hereof), the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, on the Executive’s own behalf or on the behalf of any other Person, within the United States of America or in any other country or territory in which the businesses of any of the Company Parties are conducted:
               (i) subject to Section 5.3(c), engage in a Competing Business (as defined in Section 5.4(c) hereof), including, without limitation, by owning, managing, operating, controlling, being employed by, providing services as a consultant or independent contractor to or participating in the ownership, management, operation or control of any Competing Business;
               (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, vendor, supplier, licensor or other Person in a business relationship with any Company Party, for or with which the Executive or employees working under the Executive’s supervision had any direct or indirect responsibility or contact during the Employment Period, (A) to do business with a Competing Business or (B) to cease, restrict, terminate or otherwise reduce business with any of the Company Parties for the benefit of a Competing Business, regardless of whether the Executive initiates contact; or
               (iii) (A) solicit, recruit, persuade, influence or induce, or attempt to solicit, recruit, persuade, influence or induce anyone employed or otherwise retained by any of the Company Parties (including any independent contractor or consultant), to cease or leave their employment or contractual or consulting relationship with any Company Party, regardless of whether the Executive initiates contact for such purposes or (B) hire, employ or otherwise attempt to establish, for any Person, any employment, agency, consulting, independent contractor or other business relationship with any Person who is or was employed or otherwise retained by any of the Company Parties (including any independent contractor or consultant).
          (c) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything in Section 5.3(b)(i) hereof, (i) the Executive may own or hold, solely as passive investments, securities of Persons engaged in any business that would otherwise be included in Section 5.3(b)(i), as long as with respect to each such investment the securities held by the Executive do not exceed five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of such Person and such securities are publicly traded and registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and (ii) the Executive may serve on the board of directors (or other comparable position) or as an officer of any entity at the request of the Holdings Board; provided , however , that in the case of investments otherwise permitted under clause (i) above, the Executive shall not be permitted to, directly or indirectly, participate in, or attempt to influence, the management, direction or policies of (other than through the exercise of any voting rights held by the Executive in connection with such securities), or lend the Executive’s name to, any such Person.
          (d) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of this Section 5.3, indirect acts by the Executive shall include, without limitation, an act by the Executive’s spouse, ancestor, lineal descendant, lineal descendant’s spouse, sibling or other member of the Executive’s immediate family.

- 17 -


 

          (e) The Executive acknowledges that (i) the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 5.3 hereof are ancillary to and part of an otherwise enforceable agreement, such being the agreements concerning Confidential Information and other consideration as stated in this Agreement, (ii) at the time that these restrictive covenants are made, the limitations as to time, geographic scope and activity to be restrained, as described herein, are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than necessary to protect the good will and other legitimate business interests of GNC or its Affiliates, including without limitation, Confidential Information (including trade secrets), client, customer or vendor relationships, client or customer goodwill and business productivity, (iii) in the event of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive’s experiences and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain gainful employment without violating this Agreement and without the Executive incurring undue hardship, (iv) based on the relevant benefits and other new consideration provided for in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the disclosure and use of Confidential Information, the restrictive covenants of this Section 5.3, as applicable according to their terms, shall remain in full force and effect even in the event of the Executive’s involuntary termination from employment, with or without Cause, and (v) the Executive has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Executive by this Agreement and consents to the terms of the restrictive covenants in this Section 5.3, with the knowledge that this Agreement may be terminated at any time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
          5.4 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          (a) An “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, whether now or hereafter existing, directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          (b) “ Company Parties ” means GNC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and Affiliates and their successors in interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Company Parties” shall not include the Sponsor and or any entity in which the Sponsor has an equity interest other than GNC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
          (c) “ Competing Business ” means any business that competes with any of the Company Parties, including, without limitation, any enterprise that engages in, owns or operates businesses that market, sell, distribute, manufacture or otherwise are involved in the nutritional supplements industry.
          (d) Confidential Information .
               (i) “ Confidential Information ” means any and all material, information, ideas, inventions, formulae, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, processes, know how, plans (marketing, business, strategic, technical or otherwise), arrangements, pricing and other data of or relating to GNC or any of its Affiliates (as well as

- 18 -


 

their customers and vendors) that is confidential, proprietary or trade secret (A) by its nature, (B) based on how it is treated or designated by GNC or any of its Affiliates, (C) because the disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on the businesses or planned businesses of GNC or its Affiliates or (D) as a matter of law.
               (ii)  Exclusions . Confidential Information does not include material, data or information (A) that GNC or any of its Affiliates has voluntarily placed in the public domain, (B) that has been lawfully and independently developed and publicly disclosed by third parties, (C) that constitutes the general non-specialized knowledge and skills gained by the Executive during the Employment Period or (D) that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means; provided , however , that the unauthorized appropriation, use or disclosure of Confidential Information by the Executive, directly or indirectly, shall not affect the protection and relief afforded by this Agreement regarding such information.
               (iii)  Inclusions . Confidential Information includes, without limitation, the following information (including without limitation, compilations or collections of information) relating or belonging to GNC or any of its Affiliates (as well as their clients, customers or vendors) and created, prepared, accessed, used or reviewed by the Executive during or after the Employment Period: (1) product and manufacturing information, such as ingredients, combinations of ingredients and manufacturing processes; (2) scientific and technical information, such as research and development, tests and test results, formulae and formulations, studies and analysis; (3) financial and cost information, such as operating and production costs, costs of goods sold, costs of supplies and manufacturing materials, non-public financial statements and reports, profit and loss information, margin information and financial performance information; (4) customer related information, such as customer related contracts, engagement and scope of work letters, proposals and presentations, customer related contacts, lists, identities and prospects, practices, plans, histories, requirements and needs, price information and formulae and information concerning client or customer products, services, businesses or equipment specifications; (5) vendor and supplier related information, such as the identities, practices, history or services of any vendors or suppliers and vendor or supplier contacts; (6) sales, marketing and price information, such as marketing and sales programs and related data, sales and marketing strategies and plans, sales and marketing procedures and processes, pricing methods, practices and techniques and pricing schedules and lists; (7) database, software and other computer related information, such as computer programs, data, compilations of information and records, software and computer files, presentation software and computer-stored or backed-up information including, but not limited to, e-mails, databases, word processed documents, spreadsheets, notes, schedules, task lists, images and video; (8) employee-related information, such as lists or directories identifying employees, representatives and contractors, and information regarding the competencies (knowledge, skill, experience), compensation and needs of employees, representatives and contractors and training methods; and (9) business and operation-related information, such as operating methods, procedures, techniques, practices and processes, information about acquisitions, corporate or business opportunities, information about partners and potential investors, strategies, projections and related documents, contracts and licenses and business records, files, equipment, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, notes, sample books, correspondence, lists and other written and graphic business records.

- 19 -


 

          (e) “ Misappropriate ”, or any form thereof, means:
               (i) the acquisition of any Confidential Information by a Person who knows or has reason to know that the Confidential Information was acquired by theft, bribery, misrepresentation, breach or inducement of a breach of a duty to maintain secrecy or espionage through electronic or other means (each, an “ Improper Means ”); or
               (ii) the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information without the express consent of GNC or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, by a Person who (A) used Improper Means to acquire knowledge of the Confidential Information, (B) at the time of disclosure or use, knew or had reason to know that his or her knowledge of the Confidential Information was (x) derived from or through a Person who had utilized Improper Means to acquire it, (y) acquired under circumstances giving rise to a duty to maintain its secrecy or limit its use or (z) derived from or through a Person who owed a duty to GNC or any of its Affiliates to maintain its secrecy or limit its use or (C) before a material change of his or her position, knew or had reason to know that it was Confidential Information and that knowledge of it had been acquired by accident or mistake.
          (f) “ Person ” means (other than for purposes of Section 4.3(i)) any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, business trust, joint-stock company, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or any other legal or commercial entity.
          (g) “ Restricted Period ” means the eighteen (18) months after the date of termination of employment.
          (h) “ Work Product ” means all patents and patent applications, all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, creative works, discoveries, software, computer programs, modifications, enhancements, know-how, materials, compositions, techniques, data, processes, formula, specifications, formulations, plans (marketing, business, strategic, technical or otherwise) concepts and ideas, and all similar or related information (in each case whether or not patentable), all copyrights and copyrightable works, all trade secrets, confidential information, and all other intellectual property and intellectual property rights that are conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made by the Executive either alone or with others in the course of employment with Centers (including employment prior to the date of this Agreement).
          5.5 Remedies . Because the Executive’s services are unique and because the Executive has access to Confidential Information, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that if the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 5 hereof, GNC or any of its Affiliates may suffer immediate and irreparable harm for which monetary damages alone will not be a sufficient remedy. The restrictive covenants stated in Section 5 hereof are without prejudice to the rights and causes of action at law of GNC or any of its Affiliates.
          5.6 Interpretation; Severability .
          (a) The Executive has carefully considered the possible effects on the Executive of the covenants not to compete, the confidentiality provisions and the other

- 20 -


 

obligations contained in this Agreement, and the Executive recognizes that GNC and its Affiliates have made every effort to limit the restrictions placed upon the Executive to those that are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of GNC and its Affiliates.
          (b) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the valid business interests of GNC and its Affiliates. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the covenants, provisions and agreements contained herein shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. If any covenant, provision or agreement contained herein is found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable in duration, scope or character of restrictions, or otherwise to be unenforceable, such covenant, provision or agreement shall not be rendered unenforceable thereby, but rather the duration, scope or character of restrictions of such covenant, provision or agreement shall be deemed reduced or modified with retroactive effect to render such covenant, provision or agreement reasonable or otherwise enforceable (as the case may be), and such covenant, provision or agreement shall be enforced as modified. If the court having jurisdiction will not review the covenant, provision or agreement, the parties hereto shall mutually agree to a revision having an effect as close as permitted by applicable law to the provision declared unenforceable. The parties hereto agree that if a court having jurisdiction determines, despite the express intent of the parties hereto, that any portion of the covenants, provisions or agreements contained herein are not enforceable, the remaining covenants, provisions and agreements herein shall be valid and enforceable. Moreover, to the extent that any provision is declared unenforceable, GNC and its Affiliates shall have any and all rights under applicable statutes or common law to enforce its rights with respect to any and all Confidential Information or unfair competition by the Executive.
     6.  Miscellaneous .
          6.1 Public Statements .
          (a) Media Nondisclosure . The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, except as may be authorized in writing by GNC, the Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose or release to the Media any information concerning or relating to any aspect of the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with Centers and any aspect of any dispute that is the subject of this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Media ” includes, without limitation, any news organization, station, publication, show, website, web log (blog), bulletin board, chat room or program (past, present or future), whether published through the means of print, radio, television or the Internet or otherwise, and any member, representative, agent or employee of the same.
          (b) Non-Disparagement .
               (i) The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, the Executive will not make any statements, comments or communications in any form, oral, written or electronic to any Media or any customer, client or supplier of GNC or any of its Affiliates, which would constitute libel, slander or disparagement of GNC or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any such statements, comments or communications that

- 21 -


 

criticize, ridicule or are derogatory to GNC or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that the terms of this Section 6.1(b) shall not apply to communications between the Executive and, as applicable, the Executive’s attorneys or other persons with whom communications would be subject to a claim of privilege existing under common law, statute or rule of procedure. The Executive further agrees that the Executive will not in any way solicit any such statements, comments or communications from others.
               (ii) GNC agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, GNC will not make any statements, comments or communications in any form, oral, written or electronic, to any Media or any Person, which would constitute libel, slander or disparagement of the Executive, including, without limitation, any such statements, comments or communications that criticize, ridicule or are derogatory to the Executive; provided , however , that the terms of this Section 6.1(b) shall not apply to any documents required to be filed by GNC with the Securities and Exchange Commission (provided that GNC is advised by legal counsel that such disclosure is required in order to comply with GNC’s legal obligations thereunder and such disclosure is limited to only that which is required to be so disclosed) or communications between GNC and, as applicable, GNC’s attorneys or other persons with whom communications would be subject to a claim of privilege existing under common law, statute or rule of procedure. GNC further agrees that GNC will not in any way solicit any such statements, comments or communications from others.
          6.2 Consent to Jurisdiction; Remedies . In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim between GNC or any of its Affiliates and the Executive arising out of or relating to the interpretation, application or enforcement of this Agreement, the parties agree and consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Common Pleas for Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and/or the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania (collectively, the “ Agreed Venue ”) for resolution of the dispute, controversy or claim, and that those courts, and only those courts, shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to determine any dispute, controversy or claim related to, arising under or in connection with this Agreement. The parties also agree (a) to submit to the jurisdiction of any competent court in the Agreed Venue, (b) to waive any and all defenses the parties may have on the grounds of lack of jurisdiction of such court and (c) that neither party shall be required to post any bond, undertaking or other financial deposit or guarantee in seeking or obtaining such equitable relief. To the full extent permitted by law and upon presentation of appropriate documentation, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by any prevailing party as a result of any dispute involving the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement (including as a result of any dispute involving the amount of any payment or other benefit due pursuant to this Agreement) shall be paid by the non-prevailing party in such dispute.
          6.3 Settlement of Existing Rights . In exchange for the other terms of this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Executive’s entry into this Agreement is a condition of continued employment with Centers; (b) except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will replace any existing employment agreement between the parties, including the Original Employment Agreement; (c) the Executive is being provided with access to Confidential Information, including, without limitation, proprietary trade secrets of one or more Company Parties, to which the Executive has not previously had access; (d) all inventions and intellectual property developed by the Executive during any past employment

- 22 -


 

with Centers and all goodwill developed with Centers’ clients, customers and other business contacts by the Executive during any past employment with Centers, as applicable, is the exclusive property of Centers; and (e) all Confidential Information or specialized training accessed, created, received or utilized by the Executive during any past employment with Centers, as applicable, will be subject to the restrictions on Confidential Information described in this Agreement, whether previously so agreed or not.
          6.4 Entire Agreement; Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and GNC with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, the Original Employment Agreement and any term sheets contemplating the execution of an employment agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continued employment with Centers. No modification or addition hereto or waiver or cancellation of any provision hereof shall be valid except by a writing signed by the party to be charged therewith. No delay on the part of any party to this Agreement in exercising any right or privilege provided hereunder or by law shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of such right or privilege.
          6.5 Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
          6.6 Assignment; Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that any right, title or interest of Holdings or Centers arising out of this Agreement may be assigned by Holdings or Centers to any corporation or entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Holdings or Centers, as applicable, or to any Affiliates of Holdings or Centers, as applicable; provided , however , that the assignee shall first deliver to the Executive an express written assumption of this Agreement and Holdings’ or Centers’ obligations hereunder, as applicable. No such assignment shall relieve Holdings or Centers of their obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the Executive (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, personal representatives, successors and assigns.
          6.7 Representation by Counsel; Independent Judgment . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that (a) it or the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety and understands all of its terms and conditions, (b) it or the Executive has had the opportunity to consult with any individuals of its or the Executive’s choice regarding its or the Executive’s agreement to the provisions contained herein, including legal counsel of its or the Executive’s choice, and any decision not to was the Executive’s or its alone and (c) it or the Executive is entering into this Agreement of its or the Executive’s own free will, without coercion from any source, based upon its or the Executive’s own independent judgment.
          6.8 Interpretation; Construction . The parties and their respective legal counsel actively participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and in the event of any ambiguity or mistake herein, or any dispute among the parties with respect to the provisions hereto, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed unfavorably against any of the parties

- 23 -


 

on the ground that the Executive, it, or the Executive’s or its counsel was the drafter thereof. As used in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) the terms defined herein shall have the meanings set forth herein for all purposes; (b) references to “Section” are to a section hereof; (c) “include,” “includes,” and “including” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of like import; (d) “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and comparable terms refer to the entirety of this Agreement and not to any particular section or other subdivision hereof or exhibit hereto; (e) references to any gender include references to all genders; (f) references to any agreement or other instrument or statute or regulation are referred to as amended or supplemented from time to time (and, in the case of a statute or regulation, to any successor provision); and (g) the word “or” shall be deemed to mean “and/or” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
          6.9 Notices . All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given and effective when delivered or when mailed if such mailing is by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by other delivery service which provides evidence of delivery, as follows:
If to Centers or Holdings, to:
General Nutrition Centers, Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Attention: General Counsel
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to each of the following:
c/o Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
1999 Avenue of the Stars
Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile: 310-210-4170
Attention: David Kaplan
and
c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street
Toronto, Ontario
M2M 4H5
Facsimile: 416-730-5082
Attention: Lee Sienna
With a copy by Facsimile to: 416-730-3771
Attention: Legal Department
and

- 24 -


 

Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, 32 nd Floor
Los Angeles, California
Facsimile: 310-557-2193
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.
If to the Executive, to:
Joseph M. Fortunato
4191 Muirfield Circle
Nevillewood, PA 15142
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Preston Gates Ellis LLP
Henry W. Oliver Building
535 Smithfield Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Attention: Robert P. Zinn, Esq.
Telephone: (412) 355-8687
Facsimile: (412) 355-6501
or to such other address as one party may provide in writing to the other party from time to time.
          6.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission of any signed original document or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission will be deemed the same as delivery of an original. At the request of any party, the parties will confirm facsimile transmission by signing a duplicate original document.
          6.11 Captions . Paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement.
          6.12 No Third Party Beneficiary Rights . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no entity shall have any right to enforce any provision of this Agreement, even if indirectly benefited by it.
          6.13 Withholding . Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under Federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

- 25 -


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
             
    GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Weintrub    
 
           
 
  Name:   Mark Weintrub    
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer
and Secretary
   
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FORTUNATO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

             
    GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ David Kaplan    
 
           
 
  Name:   David Kaplan    
 
  Title:   Co-President    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Josef Prosperi    
 
           
 
  Name:   Josef Prosperi    
 
  Title:   Co-President    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FORTUNATO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

         
 
  EXECUTIVE:    
 
       
 
  /s/ Joseph M. Fortunato    
 
       
 
  Name: Joseph M. Fortunato    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FORTUNATO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

Exhibit 10.16
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on December 19, 2007, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), General Nutrition Centers, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Centers ,” and together with Holdings, referred to herein as “ GNC ”), and Beth J. Kaplan (the “ Executive ”).
     WHEREAS, GNC desires to employ the Executive on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and the Executive has agreed to be so employed.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
     1.  Employment of the Executive; Duties.
          1.1 Title . During the Employment Period (as defined in Section 2.1 hereof), the Executive shall serve as (a) President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer of Centers and (b) President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer of Holdings.
          1.2 Duties . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall do and perform all services and acts reasonable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s positions and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein, which shall include supervision and management of all aspects of marketing, merchandising, product and brand development, scientific affairs, and internet development. In addition, the Executive shall have such other executive and managerial powers and duties as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of Centers (the “ Centers CEO ”) or the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings (the “ Holdings CEO ”), as applicable, commensurate with the Executive’s positions. The Executive shall report solely and directly to the Holdings CEO. The Executive’s duties, titles and responsibilities shall not be changed materially at any time without her consent (other than during any period where the Executive is incapacitated due to physical or mental illness). Except for sick leave, reasonable vacations, excused leaves of absence, or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Executive shall, throughout the Employment Period, devote substantially all the Executive’s working time, attention, knowledge and skills faithfully, and to the best of the Executive’s ability, to the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s positions in furtherance of the business affairs and activities of GNC and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 5.4(a)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive is permitted, to the extent such activities do not substantially interfere with the performance of her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or create an adverse business conflict with any Company Party (as defined in Section 5.4(b)), to (a) manage her personal, financial, and legal affairs, (b) serve on civic or charitable boards or committees (it being understood that her continuing to serve on the boards and committees set forth on Exhibit A , will, as of the Effective Date, be deemed not to interfere with the performance of her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement), and (c) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements. The Executive shall at all times be subject to, comply with, observe and carry out faithfully to the best of her ability and in

1


 

all material respects (a) Centers’ lawful rules, regulations, policies and codes of ethics and/or conduct applicable to its employees generally and in effect from time to time and (b) such lawful rules, regulations, policies, codes of ethics and/or conduct, directions and restrictions as either the Centers Board or the Holdings Board may from time to time reasonably establish or approve for their executive officers.
          1.3 Board Membership . During the Employment Period, the Executive will serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Centers (“ Centers Board ”) and the Board of Directors of Holdings (“ Holdings Board ”).
     2.  Term of Employment .
          2.1 Employment Period . The employment of the Executive hereunder will commence on January 2, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue until the second (2 nd ) anniversary thereof (the “ Initial Employment Period ”), unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement.
          2.2 Extension . Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement, the employment of the Executive will automatically continue after the end of the Initial Employment Period for additional and successive one (1)-year periods (each an “ Extension Period ” and, together with the Initial Employment Period, the “ Employment Period ”), unless GNC or the Executive notifies the other in writing not less than one (1) year prior to the end of the Initial Employment Period, or the end of the applicable Extension Period, of its or the Executive’s election, in its or the Executive’s sole discretion, not to extend the Employment Period.
     3.  Compensation and General Benefits .
          3.1 Base Salary . During the Employment Period, Centers agrees to pay to the Executive an annual base salary in an amount not less than $675,000, to be reviewed annually by the Holdings Board or the compensation committee of the Holdings Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), for upward adjustments only (as the Holdings Board (or the Compensation Committee), acting in its sole discretion, determines to be reasonable and appropriate); provided , however , that such amount will be increased pursuant to such review effective as of January 1 of each year during the Employment Period, beginning with January 1, 2009, by a percentage no less than the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, as published by Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor, for the calendar year immediately preceding such review (such base salary as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”). The Executive’s Base Salary, less amounts required to be withheld under applicable law, shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures in effect from time to time for the payment of salaries to executive officers of Centers, but in no event less frequently than monthly. In addition, Executive shall be paid within twenty days of execution of this Agreement a $250,000 signing bonus, 60% of which bonus shall be repaid, to Centers in the event Executive is terminated with cause or resigns without good reason (as defined below) within twelve months of the payment date.

2


 

          3.2 Bonus . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive from Centers an annual performance bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”), which shall have a target of seventy-five percent (75%) of Base Salary with a maximum of one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of Base Salary if Centers exceeds the annual goals for the applicable year. Centers guarantees payment of the 75% target bonus for 2008. Such annual goals shall be determined by the Holdings CEO in good faith consultation with the Executive, which consultation shall take place within a reasonable amount of time so as not to hinder Executive in meeting the goals established. Any Annual Bonus earned shall be payable in full as soon as reasonably practicable following the determination thereof, but in no event later than March 31st of the following year, and in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures. The Annual Bonus shall be based on the achievement of corporate and personal goals and objectives established under the terms of a plan to be developed jointly in good faith by GNC and the Executive (the “ Plan ”). Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4, any Annual Bonus (or portion thereof) payable under this Section 3.2 shall be contingent on the Executive’s continued employment with Centers through the date such payment is determined and becomes payable under the terms of the Plan.
          3.3 Expenses . During the Employment Period, in addition to any amounts to which the Executive may be entitled pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, Centers shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder on behalf of GNC or its Affiliates, subject to, and consistent with, Centers’ policies for executive officer expense payment and reimbursement, in effect from time to time. Centers shall also reimburse Executive for all reasonable roundtrip airfare, and related expenses, for travel to Pittsburgh and shall make an apartment available in Pittsburgh for Executive’s use.
          3.4 Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, in addition to any amounts to which the Executive may be entitled pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in, and to receive benefits under, (a) any benefit plans, arrangements, or policies made available by Centers to its executive officers generally, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions, and overall administration of each such plan, arrangement or policy and (b) without limiting the foregoing, the benefits set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (with items 6 through 13 listed on Exhibit B being referred to herein as the “ Perquisites ”).
          3.5 Equity Interests .
               (a) On the Effective Date, and upon Executive’s payment to Centers of $150,000, (which sum shall be credited toward the purchase described herein) the Executive shall be permitted to purchase $2,235,993 worth of shares of Holdings Class A Common Stock, at $6.93 per share (“ Holdings Common Stock ”), and $764,007 worth of Holdings preferred stock, at $5.41 per share (together with Holdings Common Stock, the Holdings Stock ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Stock Purchase Agreement to be completed at the time of purchase, which terms shall not conflict with any terms or conditions herein. Such purchases must be made, if at all, on or before June 30, 2008.

3


 

               (b) On June 1, 2008 Executive shall be permitted to purchase $1,490,662 worth of Holdings Common Stock, at $6.93 per share, and $509,338 worth of Holdings Preferred Stock at $5.41 per share, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Stock Purchase Agreement to be completed at the time of purchase. Such purchases must be made, if at all, on or before September 30, 2008.
               (c) On the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted non-qualified options under the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase a total of 1,750,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of GNC (the “ Common Stock ”), 50% of which shall have a per share exercise price of $6.93 and 50% of which shall have a per share exercise price of $10.39. The options will be time based and will vest annually over a four (4) year period on each anniversary of the grant date subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with Centers through each such vesting as follows: (i) 20% of the options shall vest following year one; (ii) 20% of the options shall vest following year two; (iii) 30% of the options shall vest following year three; and (iv) the remaining 30% of the options shall vest following year four. In the event Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 4.3, below, the vesting schedule set forth herein shall be accelerated by one (1) year. All options shall have an outside exercise date of ten (10) years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances, as defined in the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, the options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Holdings Board, may, in its sole discretion award additional options to Executive as it, and it alone, deems appropriate.
               (d) During the Employment Period and in the sole discretion of, and subject to the approval of, the Holdings Board (or any compensation committee or other appropriate committee under the Equity Incentive Plan), the Executive shall be eligible to participate in and be granted awards under the Equity Incentive Plan.
               (e) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.3(i)), all of the Executive’s stock options shall vest in full and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock issued to the Executive, if any, shall lapse.
     4.  Termination .
          4.1 General . The employment of the Executive hereunder (and the Employment Period) shall terminate as provided in Section 2 hereof, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.
          4.2 Death or Disability of the Executive .
               (a) The employment of the Executive hereunder (and the Employment Period) shall terminate upon (i) the death of the Executive or, (ii) at the option of GNC, upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to the Executive or the Executive’s personal representative or guardian, if the Executive suffers a Total Disability (as defined in Section 4.2(c)).

4


 

               (b) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.2, then, subject to reduction by any benefits paid or payable to the Executive, the Executive’s beneficiaries or estate under any Centers-sponsored disability benefit plan program or policy for the period following such date of termination ( provided , however , that no such reduction shall be made for any benefits paid upon the Executive’s death under Centers’ life insurance policy), the following provisions shall apply:
                    (i) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, (A) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary paid in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures, (B) any accrued but unpaid Annual Bonus, if any, with respect to the fiscal year prior to the year in which termination occurs, paid in accordance with Section 3.2 (the “ Accrued Bonus ”), (C) payment for any accrued but unpaid Perquisites in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and policies, (D) payment for any accrued but unused vacation in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and policies, and (E) reimbursement of expenses in accordance with Section 3.3 (collectively, “ Accrued Obligations ”);
                    (ii) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, a lump sum payment equal to the sum of (x) the Executive’s current Base Salary and (y) the annualized value of the Perquisites as determined in good faith by the Accounting Firm (as defined in Section 4.3(f)(ii)) using customary valuation methods, payable within thirty (30) days of such termination;
                    (iii) Centers shall pay to the Executive, or to the Executive’s guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, a prorated share of the Annual Bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 (based on the period of actual employment) that the Executive would have been entitled to had the Executive worked the full year during which the termination occurred, provided that bonus targets (other than individual targets) are met for the year of such termination (any such bonus shall be payable as soon as reasonably practicable following the determination thereof, but in no event later than March 15 of the following year, and in accordance with Centers’ normal payroll practices and procedures); and
                    (iv) if (x) the Executive, guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, timely elects continuation coverage (with respect to the Executive’s coverage or any eligible dependent coverage, as applicable) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA Continuation Coverage ”) with respect to Centers’ group health insurance plan and (y) the Executive, guardian or personal representative, as the case may be, continue timely co-payment of premiums at the same level and cost as if the Executive were an employee of Centers (excluding, for purposes of calculating cost, an employee’s ability to pay premiums with pre-tax dollars), Centers shall be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage to the same extent it paid for such coverage for the Executive’s coverage or any eligible dependent coverage, as applicable, immediately prior to the date of the termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, such payment to continue for the period permitted by COBRA; provided , however , that if, in the event of termination due to Total Disability, the Executive obtains other employment that offers

5


 

substantially similar or improved group health benefits, COBRA Continuation Coverage shall cease.
               (c) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 4.2(c), for purposes of this Agreement, “ Total Disability ” means (i) the Executive is subject to a legal decree of incompetency (the date of such decree being deemed the date on which such disability occurred), (ii) the written determination by a physician selected by GNC that, because of a medically determinable disease, injury or other physical or mental disability, the Executive is unable to substantially perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the material duties of the Executive required by this Agreement, and that such disability has lasted for ninety (90) consecutive days or any one hundred twenty (120) days during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period or is, as of the date of determination, reasonably expected to last six (6) months or longer after the date of determination, in each case based upon medically available reliable information, or (iii) the Executive’s qualifying for benefits under Centers long-term disability coverage, if any. In conjunction with determining Total Disability for purposes of this Agreement, the Executive hereby consents to (x) any reasonable examinations that the Holdings Board or the Compensation Committee determines are relevant and reasonably necessary to a determination of Total Disability or are required by GNC’s physician, (y) furnish such medical information as may be reasonably requested and (z) waive (only as to GNC and for the limited purpose of determining Total Disability in accordance with this Agreement, subject to an appropriate confidentiality understanding by GNC) any applicable physician patient privilege that may arise because of such examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2(c), “Total Disability” shall have the definition of “Disabled” contained in Section 409A of the Code, in any instance in which amounts are paid under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s Total Disability and such amounts are treated as deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code.
               (d) With respect to outstanding stock options and restricted stock held by the Executive as of the date of termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, any such options that would become vested and exercisable, and any restricted stock awards the restrictions with respect to which would lapse, in each case assuming the Executive had continued to be employed with Centers, during the calendar year in which termination occurs and the year following the end of such calendar year shall immediately vest and become exercisable, as applicable, as of the date of the termination.
     4.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason; Non-Renewal .
               (a) GNC may terminate the Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 4.3(g)), and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period) under this Agreement at any time with no requirement for notice to the Executive.
               (b) The Executive may resign, and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period), at any time for “Good Reason,” upon not less than

6


 

sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to GNC specifying in reasonable detail the reason therefore; provided , however , that GNC shall have a reasonable opportunity to cure any such Good Reason (to the extent possible) within thirty (30) days after GNC’s receipt of such notice; and provided , further , that, if GNC is not seeking to cure, GNC shall not be obligated to allow the Executive to continue working during such period and may, in its sole discretion, accelerate such termination of employment (and the Employment Period) to any date during such period. A determination of whether the Executive has Good Reason under Sections 4.3(h)(i) or (ii) for termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, and of whether GNC has effectively cured and thus eliminated the grounds for such Good Reason, shall be made only by the Holdings CEO within his/her sole judgment and discretion, acting in good faith after having met with Centers’ Vice President of Human Resources. A determination by the Holdings CEO made in accordance with this Section 4.3(b) that Good Reason does not exist or has been cured will not prevent the Executive from challenging such determination.
               (c) Following the Initial Employment Period, GNC may decline to renew this Agreement for an additional Extension Period, in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, for reasons other than those that would otherwise constitute Cause.
               (d) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.3, whether by termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, then, subject to Sections 4.3(e) and 4.6 hereof, the following provisions shall apply once Executive’s term of employment has expired and in addition to compensation payable during such term:
                    (i) Centers shall pay the Executive the Accrued Obligations;
                    (ii) Centers shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary; provided , however , that if such termination occurs either (x) “in anticipation of” (as defined in Section 4.3(j)) or during the two (2) year period following, a Change in Control or (y) within the six (6) months prior to or at any time following, the consummation of the first public offering of the Holdings Common Stock or other equity securities of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a registration statement (other than on Form S-8 or similar or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission (an “IPO”), then such payment will be a lump sum of two (2) times the Base Salary and the annualized value of the Perquisites, as determined in good faith by the Accounting Firm using customary valuation methods. All payments pursuant to Sections 4.3(d)(i) and (ii) shall be made no later than fifteen (15) days of the date of termination;
                    (iii) Centers shall pay to the Executive a lump sum equal to the average Annual Bonus paid or payable under Section 3.2 with respect to the most recent three (3) fiscal years, starting no earlier than the Effective Date (determined by annualizing the bonus paid or payable with respect to any partial fiscal year); provided , however , that that if such termination occurs either (x) in anticipation of or during the two (2) year period following, a Change in Control or (y) within the six (6) months prior to or at any time following, an IPO, then such payment will be a lump sum of two (2) times the amount equal to the average Annual Bonus paid or payable under Section 3.2 with respect to the most recent three (3) fiscal

7


 

years, starting no earlier than the Effective Date (determined by annualizing the bonus paid or payable with respect to any partial fiscal year). All payments pursuant to this Section 4.3(d)(iii) shall be made no later than fifteen (15) days of the date of termination. In the event Executive has not been employed for three (3) years at the time of termination, Executive shall be entitled to the average of the Annual Bonuses paid to her.
                    (iv) If the Executive elects continuation coverage (with respect to the Executive’s coverage and/or any eligible dependent coverage) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA Continuation Coverage ”) with respect to the Company’s group health insurance plan, the Executive shall be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage. Unless prohibited by law, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any portion of the monthly cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage that exceeds the amount of the monthly health insurance premium (with respect to the Executive’s coverage and/or any eligible dependent coverage) payable by the Executive immediately prior to the date of Executive’s termination, such reimbursements to continue through the expiration of the Employment Period in effect immediately prior to the date of termination, or, if Executive is terminated pursuant to 4.3, whether by termination without cause, resignation with good reason, or non-renewal, for the eighteen month period following the date of termination. The Company shall pay the reimbursements on a monthly basis in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and procedures.
               (e) As a condition precedent to the Executive’s right to receive the benefits set forth in Section 4.3(d) hereof, the Executive agrees to execute a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
               (f) (i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if it shall be determined that any payment, vesting, distribution or transfer by Centers or any Affiliate or successor of Centers or by any other Person (as defined in Section 5.4(f)) or that any other event occurring with respect to the Executive and Centers for the Executive’s benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (including under any employee benefit plan) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any regulations or guidance promulgated or issued thereunder, any successor provision, and any similar provision of state or local income tax law) (collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then the amount of the Payment shall be reduced so that the present value of all Payments (calculated in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder), in the aggregate, equals three (3) times the Executive’s “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code), minus one dollar ($1.00) (the “ Payment Reduction ”). The Executive shall have the right to designate those payments or benefits that shall be reduced or eliminated under the Payment Reduction to avoid the imposition of the Excise Tax, subject to the confirmation of the Accounting Firm (as defined herein) with respect to the intended effect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Payment Reduction shall not apply if the Accounting Firm determines that, on an after-tax basis, the Executive would retain a greater amount of compensation following payment of the Excise Tax on the unreduced amount of any

8


 

Payments than the amount of compensation retained following the Payment Reduction as required hereby.
                    (ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3(f)(iii), all determinations required to be made under this Section 4.3(f), including whether and when a Payment is subject to Section 4999 and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination and in determining an appropriate Payment Reduction, shall be made by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or any other nationally recognized accounting firm that shall be Centers’ outside auditors at the time of such determination (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations to the Executive and Centers within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Centers or the Executive that there will be a Payment that the Person giving notice believes may be subject to the Excise Tax. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by Centers. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Centers and the Executive in determining whether a Payment Reduction is required and the amount thereof (subject to Sections 4.3(f)(iii) and (iv)), in the absence of material mathematical or legal error.
                    (iii) If, as a result of any uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm under Section 4.3(f)(ii), the Accounting Firm subsequently determines that (A) a Payment Reduction should have been made and was not, or a larger Payment Reduction should have been made in accordance with Section 4.3(f)(ii) (an “ Overpayment ”), any such Overpayment, to the extent actually paid or provided to the Executive, will be treated for all purposes, to the extent practicable and subject to applicable law, as a loan to the Executive with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 1274(d) of the Code and will be repaid by the Executive to Centers in full within thirty-five (35) days after the Executive receives notice of the Accounting Firm’s determination, which notice shall be provided to Executive within sixty (60) days of the date that Centers first learns of the Overpayment from the Accounting Firm; provided , however , that the amount of the Overpayment to be repaid by the Executive to Centers will be reduced to the extent that the Accounting Firm determines that any portion of the Overpayment to be repaid will not be offset by a corresponding reduction in any applicable Excise Tax by reason of such repayment of the Overpayment, or (B) a Payment Reduction was made and should not have been made, or a smaller Payment Reduction should have been made in accordance with Section 4.3(f)(ii) (an “ Underpayment ”), any such Underpayment will be due and payable by Centers to the Executive within thirty-five (35) days after Centers receives notice of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsequent determination by the Accounting Firm of an Overpayment or Underpayment in accordance with this Section 4.3(f)(iii) must be made within seventy-five (75) days after the Accounting Firm’s initial determination under Section 4.3(f)(ii).
                    (iv) The Executive shall give written notice to Centers of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) that, if successful, would require the payment by the Executive of an Excise Tax, such notice to be provided within fifteen (15) days after the Executive shall have received written notice of such claim. The Executive shall cooperate with Centers in determining whether to contest or pay such claim and shall not pay such claim

9


 

without the written consent of Centers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
                    (v) This Section 4.3(f) shall remain in full force and effect following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason until the expiration of the statute of limitations on the assessment of taxes applicable to the Executive for all periods in which the Executive may incur a liability for taxes (including Excise Taxes), interest or penalties arising out of the operation of this Agreement.
               (g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
                    (i) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;
                    (ii) the Executive’s willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to GNC or any of its Affiliates which is injurious to the financial condition, business or reputation of either of GNC or any of its Affiliates;
                    (iii) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against GNC or any of its Affiliates;
                    (iv) a material breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement or any other written contract or agreement between the Executive and Holdings or Centers or any of their Affiliates, which, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after delivery to the Executive by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, of written notice of such breach; provided , that, if such breach, if curable, is not capable of being cured within such 30-day period, the Executive will have a reasonable additional period as will be agreed to by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, in their sole discretion, to cure such breach; or
                    (v) the willful and continued failure by the Executive to materially perform the duties of the positions of President of Centers or President of Holdings or her continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Centers CEO or the Holdings CEO (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or death), which, if curable, is not cured within 30 days after delivery to the Executive by Holdings or Centers, as applicable, of written notice of such failure; provided , that, if such failure, if curable, is not capable of being cured within such 30-day period, the Executive will have a reasonable additional period as will be agreed to by the Holdings CEO or Centers CEO, as applicable, in their sole discretion, to cure such failure.
     Cause will not exist solely because of the Executive’s, Centers’ or Holdings’ unsatisfactory performance. No act, or failure to act, by the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless committed in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interests of GNC or any of its Affiliates. A determination of Cause in accordance with this section shall not prevent the Executive from challenging the determination

10


 

that Cause exists or that the Executive has failed to cure any act (or failure to act) that purportedly formed the basis for the determination.
               (h) the Executive may terminate her employment for “ Good Reason ” after she has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without her prior written consent (which consent shall be limited to the specific event in question and shall not constitute the waiver by the Executive of her right to withhold her consent with respect to any similar event or occurrence unless specifically stated in the consent), of any of the following:
                    (i) GNC’s failure to comply with any material provisions of this Agreement which is not cured within 30 days after the Executive has given written notice of such noncompliance to GNC;
                    (ii) a material adverse change by GNC in the Executive’s responsibilities, duties or authority (including, but not limited to any change in reporting obligation) as the President of Centers or as the President of Holdings, which, in the aggregate, causes the Executive’s positions with GNC to have less responsibility or authority than the Executive’s position immediately prior to such change (other than temporarily during any period where the Executive is incapacitated due to physical or mental illness);
                    (iii) removal of the Executive from the position of President of Centers or from the position of President of Holdings, or failure to elect (or appoint) the Executive to, or removal of the Executive from, the Centers Board or the Holdings Board;
                    (iv) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;
                    (v) GNC’s failure to appoint Executive Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and Centers in the event Joseph M. Fortunato ceases to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and Centers;
                    (vi) the Company moves its headquarters to a location more than 100 miles from the location as of the Effective Date.
     In the event that the Executive has actual knowledge of an event or occurrence giving the Executive a right to terminate her employment for Good Reason for a period of more than ninety (90) days, such event or occurrence shall cease to constitute Good Reason; provided , however , that the foregoing will not constitute a waiver of the Executive’s right to terminate this Agreement for Good Reason for any subsequent similar event or occurrence.
               (i) For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of, any one of the following events:
                    (i) the acquisition (including any acquisition through purchase, reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction) in one or more transactions by any individual, entity (including any employee benefit plan or any trust for an employee benefit plan) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the

11


 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (for purposes of this Section 4.3(i) only, a “ Person ”), other than any acquisition by any Permitted Holder or any of its Related Parties or a Permitted Group, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of shares or other securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act) representing 50% or more of either (1) the Holdings Common Stock or (2) the combined voting power of the securities of Holdings entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Holdings Board (the “ Holdings Voting Securities ”), in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to such acquisition; provided , however , that none of the following acquisitions shall constitute a Change in Control as defined in this clause (i): (A) any acquisition by any Person or group of Persons consisting solely of stockholders of Holdings on the Effective Date, (B) any acquisition so long as such acquisition does not result in any Person (other than any stockholder or stockholders of Holdings on the Effective Date), beneficially owning shares or securities representing 50% or more of either the Holdings Common Stock or Holdings Voting Securities, (C) any acquisition, after which the Permitted Holders or their Related Parties have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Holdings Board; or
                    (ii) any election has occurred of Persons to the Holdings Board that causes two-thirds of the Holdings Board to consist of Persons other than (A) Persons who were members of the Holdings Board on the Effective Date and (B) Persons who were nominated for elections as members of the Holdings Board at a time when two-thirds of the Holdings Board consisted of Persons who were members of the Holdings Board on the Effective Date; provided , however , that any Person nominated for election by a Holdings Board at least two-thirds of whom constituted Persons described in clauses (A) or (B) or by Persons who were themselves nominated by such Holdings Board shall, for this purpose, be deemed to have been nominated by a Holdings Board composed of Persons described in clause (A); or
                    (iii) approval by the stockholders of Holdings of (A) a complete liquidation or dissolution of Holdings or Centers or (B) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder; or
                    (iv) Centers ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.
     For purposes of this Section 4.3(i), the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          (1) “ Permitted Group ” means any group of investors that is deemed to be a “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) at any time prior to Holdings’ initial public offering of common stock, solely by virtue of the Stockholders Agreement by and among Holdings, Ares, OTPP, the Executive, and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

12


 

          (2) “ Permitted Holder ” means Ares, Ares Management, Inc., Ares Management LLC and OTPP.
          (3) “ Related Party ” means:
               (x) any controlling equityholder, managing general partner or majority-owned subsidiary, of any Permitted Holder;
               (y) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x); or
               (z) any investment fund or similar entity managed by any one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x) or (y).
               (j) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of the Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been “in anticipation of” a Change in Control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six (6) months prior to a Change in Control and such termination occurs (i) after a definitive agreement is entered into by Centers or Holdings providing for a Change in Control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control.
               (k) Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.3(i) to the contrary, “Change in Control” shall have the definition of “Change in Control” contained in Section 409A of the Code in any instance in which amounts are paid under this Agreement as a result of a Change in Control and such amounts are treated as deferred compensation under Section 409A.
          4.4 Termination For Cause, Voluntary Resignation Other Than For Good Reason .
               (a) (i) GNC may terminate the employment of the Executive (and the Employment Period) at any time for “Cause,” or (ii) the Executive may voluntarily resign other than for Good Reason and thereby terminate the Executive’s employment (and the Employment Period) under this Agreement at any time upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice.
               (b) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 4.4, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive all of the Accrued Obligations (other than, in the event of a termination for Cause, the Accrued Bonus). All other rights of the Executive (and all obligations of GNC) hereunder shall terminate as of the date of such termination.
          4.5 Resignation from Officer Positions . Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (unless otherwise agreed in writing by GNC and the

13


 

Executive), the Executive will be deemed to have resigned, without any further action by the Executive, from any and all officer and director positions that the Executive, immediately prior to such termination, (a) held with GNC or any of its Affiliates and (b) held with any other entities at the direction of, or as a result of the Executive’s affiliation with, GNC or any of its Affiliates. If for any reason this Section 4.5 is deemed to be insufficient to effectuate such resignations, then the Executive will, upon GNC’s request, execute any documents or instruments that GNC may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such resignations. In addition, the Executive hereby designates the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Holdings, Centers or of any of their Affiliates to execute any such documents or instruments as the Executive’s attorney-in-fact to effectuate such resignations if execution by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Holdings, Centers or their Affiliates is deemed by GNC or its Affiliates to be a more expedient means to effectuate such resignation or resignations.
          4.6 Section 409A of the Code . It is intended that any amounts payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations relating thereto so as not to subject the Executive to the payment of interest, tax, and penalties which may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, the Executive and Centers agree to use reasonable best efforts to cooperate, including by restructuring the timing of payments under this Agreement, to avoid the imposition of any additional interest, tax, or penalty charge under Section 409A of the Code in respect of payments to the Executive under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) if upon the employment termination date, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such separation from service is necessary in order to avoid the imposition on the Executive of any tax or penalty, including interest, under Section 409A of the Code, then Centers will defer the commencement of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following the Executive’s separation from service with Centers (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and Centers will make all applicable payments that have accrued during such six (6) month period in a lump sum to the Executive following the expiration of such period. In no event whatsoever shall GNC or any of their Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on the Executive by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code.
     5.  Confidentiality, Work Product, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .
          5.1 Confidentiality .
               (a) In connection with the Executive’s employment hereunder, GNC and its Affiliates intend to provide the Executive with access to “Confidential Information” (as defined in Section 5.4(d) hereof) in support of the Executive’s employment duties. The Executive recognizes that the business interests of GNC and its Affiliates

14


 

require a confidential relationship between GNC, its Affiliates and the Executive and the fullest practical protection and confidential treatment of all Confidential Information. At all times, both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly: (i) appropriate, download, print, copy, remove, use, disclose, divulge, communicate or otherwise “Misappropriate” (as defined in Section 5.4(e) hereof) any Confidential Information, including, without limitation, originals or copies of any Confidential Information, in any media or format, except for the benefit of GNC and its Affiliates within the course and scope of the Executive’s employment or with the prior written consent of the Holdings Board, or (ii) take or encourage any action that would circumvent, interfere with or otherwise diminish the value or benefit of the Confidential Information to GNC or its Affiliates.
               (b) All Confidential Information, and all other information and property affecting or relating to the business of GNC and its Affiliates within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, shall remain, at all times, the property of GNC and its Affiliates, the appropriation, use or disclosure of which is governed and restricted by this Agreement.
               (c) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that:
                    (i) the Executive occupies a unique position within GNC, and the Executive is and will be intimately involved in the development or implementation of Confidential Information;
                    (ii) in the event the Executive breaches this Section 5.1 with respect to any Confidential Information, such breach shall be deemed to be a Misappropriation of such Confidential Information; and
                    (iii) any Misappropriation of Confidential Information will result in immediate and irreparable harm to GNC and its Affiliates.
               (d) Upon receipt of any formal or informal request, by legal process or otherwise, seeking the Executive’s direct or indirect disclosure or production of any Confidential Information to any Person, the Executive shall promptly and timely notify GNC and provide a description and, if applicable, hand deliver a copy of such request to GNC. The Executive irrevocably nominates and appoints GNC as the Executive’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact to act in the Executive’s name, place and stead to perform any act that the Executive might perform to defend and protect against any disclosure of Confidential Information.
               (e) At any time GNC may reasonably request, during or after the Employment Period, the Executive shall deliver to GNC all originals and copies of Confidential Information and all other information and property affecting or relating to the businesses of GNC and its Affiliates within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, including, without limitation any Confidential Information produced by the Executive. Both during and after the Employment Period, GNC shall have the right of reasonable access to review, inspect, copy or confiscate any Confidential Information within the Executive’s possession, custody or control.

15


 

               (f) Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Executive shall immediately return to GNC or its Affiliates, as applicable, all Confidential Information, and all other information and property affecting or relating to the business of GNC and its Affiliates, within the Executive’s possession, custody or control, regardless of form or format, without the necessity of a prior request by GNC.
               (g) During the Employment Period, the Executive represents and agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of others, including but not limited to former employers, and that the Executive will not bring onto the premises of Holdings, Centers or any of their Affiliates or access such confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of such others, unless consented to in writing by said others, and then only with the prior written authorization of GNC or its Affiliates, as applicable.
          5.2 Work Product/Intellectual Property .
               (a)  Assignment . The Executive hereby assigns to GNC all right, title and interest to all “Work Product” (as defined in Section 5.4(h) hereof) that (i) relates to any of the Company Parties’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services, or (ii) is conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made using any equipment, supplies, facilities, assets, information or resources of any of the Company Parties (including, without limitation, any intellectual property rights).
               (b)  Disclosure . The Executive shall promptly disclose Work Product to the Holdings Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by GNC (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm the ownership and proprietary interest of any of the Company Parties in any Work Product (including, without limitation, the execution of assignments, consents, powers of attorney, applications and other instruments). The Executive shall not file any patent or copyright applications related to any Work Product except with the written consent of the Holdings Board.
          5.3 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .
               (a) In consideration of the Confidential Information being provided to the Executive as stated in Section 5.1 hereof, and other good and valuable new consideration as stated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, continued employment with Centers and the business relationships, goodwill, work experience, client, customer and vendor relationships and other fruits of employment that the Executive will have the opportunity to obtain, use and develop under this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the restrictive covenants stated in this Section 5.3.
               (b) During the Employment Period and until the end of the Restricted Period (as defined in Section 5.4(g) hereof), the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, on the Executive’s own behalf or on the behalf of any other Person, within the United States of America or in any other country or territory in which the businesses of any of the Company Parties are conducted:

16


 

                    (i) subject to Section 5.3(c), engage in a Competing Business (as defined in Section 5.4(c) hereof), including, without limitation, by owning, managing, operating, controlling, being employed by, providing services as a consultant or independent contractor to or participating in the ownership, management, operation or control of any Competing Business;
                    (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, vendor, supplier, licensor or other Person in a business relationship with any Company Party, for or with which the Executive or employees working under the Executive’s supervision had any direct or indirect responsibility or contact during the Employment Period, (A) to do business with a Competing Business or (B) to cease, restrict, terminate or otherwise reduce business with any of the Company Parties for the benefit of a Competing Business, regardless of whether the Executive initiates contact; or
                    (iii) (A) solicit, recruit, persuade, influence or induce, or attempt to solicit, recruit, persuade, influence or induce anyone employed or otherwise retained by any of the Company Parties (including any independent contractor or consultant), to cease or leave their employment or contractual or consulting relationship with any Company Party, regardless of whether the Executive initiates contact for such purposes or (B) hire, employ or otherwise attempt to establish, for any Person, any employment, agency, consulting, independent contractor or other business relationship with any Person who is or was employed or otherwise retained by any of the Company Parties (including any independent contractor or consultant).
               (c) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything in Section 5.3(b)(i) hereof, (i) the Executive may own or hold, solely as passive investments, securities of Persons engaged in any business that would otherwise be included in Section 5.3(b)(i), as long as with respect to each such investment the securities held by the Executive do not exceed five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of such Person and such securities are publicly traded and registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and (ii) the Executive may serve on the board of directors (or other comparable position) or as an officer of any entity at the request of the Holdings Board; provided , however , that in the case of investments otherwise permitted under clause (i) above, the Executive shall not be permitted to, directly or indirectly, participate in, or attempt to influence, the management, direction or policies of (other than through the exercise of any voting rights held by the Executive in connection with such securities), or lend the Executive’s name to, any such Person.
               (d) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, for purposes of this Section 5.3, indirect acts by the Executive shall include, without limitation, an act by the Executive’s spouse, ancestor, lineal descendant, lineal descendant’s spouse, sibling or other member of the Executive’s immediate family.
               (e) The Executive acknowledges that (i) the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 5.3 hereof are ancillary to and part of an otherwise enforceable agreement, such being the agreements concerning Confidential Information and other consideration as stated in this Agreement, (ii) at the time that these restrictive covenants are made, the limitations as to time, geographic scope and activity to be restrained, as described

17


 

herein, are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint than necessary to protect the good will and other legitimate business interests of GNC or its Affiliates, including without limitation, Confidential Information (including trade secrets), client, customer or vendor relationships, client or customer goodwill and business productivity, (iii) in the event of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive’s experiences and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain gainful employment without violating this Agreement and without the Executive incurring undue hardship, (iv) based on the relevant benefits and other new consideration provided for in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the disclosure and use of Confidential Information, the restrictive covenants of this Section 5.3, as applicable according to their terms, shall remain in full force and effect even in the event of the Executive’s involuntary termination from employment, with or without Cause, and (v) the Executive has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Executive by this Agreement and consents to the terms of the restrictive covenants in this Section 5.3, with the knowledge that this Agreement may be terminated at any time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
          5.4 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
               (a) An “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, whether now or hereafter existing, directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes hereof, “control” or any other form thereof, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
               (b) “ Company Parties ” means GNC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and Affiliates and their successors in interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Company Parties” shall not include the Sponsor and or any entity in which the Sponsor has an equity interest other than GNC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
               (c) “ Competing Business ” means any business that derives 10% or more of its gross annual revenue from the sale and/or distribution of nutritional supplements.
               (d)  Confidential Information .
                    (i) “ Confidential Information ” means any and all material, information, ideas, inventions, formulae, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, processes, know how, plans (marketing, business, strategic, technical or otherwise), arrangements, pricing and other data of or relating to GNC or any of its Affiliates (as well as their customers and vendors) that is confidential, proprietary or trade secret (A) by its nature, (B) based on how it is treated or designated by GNC or any of its Affiliates, (C) because the disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on the businesses or planned businesses of GNC or its Affiliates or (D) as a matter of law.

18


 

                    (ii)  Exclusions . Confidential Information does not include material, data or information (A) that GNC or any of its Affiliates has voluntarily placed in the public domain, (B) that has been lawfully and independently developed and publicly disclosed by third parties, (C) that constitutes the general non-specialized knowledge and skills gained by the Executive during the Employment Period or (D) that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means; provided , however , that the unauthorized appropriation, use or disclosure of Confidential Information by the Executive, directly or indirectly, shall not affect the protection and relief afforded by this Agreement regarding such information.
                    (iii)  Inclusions . Confidential Information includes, without limitation, the following information (including without limitation, compilations or collections of information) relating or belonging to GNC or any of its Affiliates (as well as their clients, customers or vendors) and created, prepared, accessed, used or reviewed by the Executive during or after the Employment Period: (1) product and manufacturing information, such as ingredients, combinations of ingredients and manufacturing processes; (2) scientific and technical information, such as research and development, tests and test results, formulae and formulations, studies and analysis; (3) financial and cost information, such as operating and production costs, costs of goods sold, costs of supplies and manufacturing materials, non-public financial statements and reports, profit and loss information, margin information and financial performance information; (4) customer related information, such as customer related contracts, engagement and scope of work letters, proposals and presentations, customer related contacts, lists, identities and prospects, practices, plans, histories, requirements and needs, price information and formulae and information concerning client or customer products, services, businesses or equipment specifications; (5) vendor and supplier related information, such as the identities, practices, history or services of any vendors or suppliers and vendor or supplier contacts; (6) sales, marketing and price information, such as marketing and sales programs and related data, sales and marketing strategies and plans, sales and marketing procedures and processes, pricing methods, practices and techniques and pricing schedules and lists; (7) database, software and other computer related information, such as computer programs, data, compilations of information and records, software and computer files, presentation software and computer-stored or backed-up information including, but not limited to, e-mails, databases, word processed documents, spreadsheets, notes, schedules, task lists, images and video; (8) employee-related information, such as lists or directories identifying employees, representatives and contractors, and information regarding the competencies (knowledge, skill, experience), compensation and needs of employees, representatives and contractors and training methods; and (9) business and operation-related information, such as operating methods, procedures, techniques, practices and processes, information about acquisitions, corporate or business opportunities, information about partners and potential investors, strategies, projections and related documents, contracts and licenses and business records, files, equipment, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, notes, sample books, correspondence, lists and other written and graphic business records.
               (e)  Misappropriate ”, or any form thereof, means:

19


 

                    (i) the acquisition of any Confidential Information by a Person who knows or has reason to know that the Confidential Information was acquired by theft, bribery, misrepresentation, breach or inducement of a breach of a duty to maintain secrecy or espionage through electronic or other means (each, an “ Improper Means ”); or
                    (ii) the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information without the express consent of GNC or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, by a Person who (A) used Improper Means to acquire knowledge of the Confidential Information, (B) at the time of disclosure or use, knew or had reason to know that her or her knowledge of the Confidential Information was (x) derived from or through a Person who had utilized Improper Means to acquire it, (y) acquired under circumstances giving rise to a duty to maintain its secrecy or limit its use or (z) derived from or through a Person who owed a duty to GNC or any of its Affiliates to maintain its secrecy or limit its use or (C) before a material change of her or her position, knew or had reason to know that it was Confidential Information and that knowledge of it had been acquired by accident or mistake.
               (f) “ Person ” means (other than for purposes of Section 4.3(i)) any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, business trust, joint-stock company, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or any other legal or commercial entity.
               (g) “ Restricted Period ” means the eighteen (18) months after the date of termination of employment.
               (h) “ Work Product ” means all patents and patent applications, all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, creative works, discoveries, software, computer programs, modifications, enhancements, know-how, materials, compositions, techniques, data, processes, formula, specifications, formulations, plans (marketing, business, strategic, technical or otherwise) concepts and ideas, and all similar or related information (in each case whether or not patentable), all copyrights and copyrightable works, all trade secrets, confidential information, and all other intellectual property and intellectual property rights that are conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made by the Executive either alone or with others in the course of employment with Centers (including employment prior to the date of this Agreement).
          5.5 Remedies . Because the Executive’s services are unique and because the Executive has access to Confidential Information, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that if the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 5 hereof, GNC or any of its Affiliates may suffer immediate and irreparable harm for which monetary damages alone will not be a sufficient remedy. The restrictive covenants stated in Section 5 hereof are without prejudice to the rights and causes of action at law of GNC or any of its Affiliates.
          5.6 Interpretation; Severability .
               (a) The Executive has carefully considered the possible effects on the Executive of the covenants not to compete, the confidentiality provisions and the other obligations contained in this Agreement, and the Executive recognizes that GNC and its

20


 

Affiliates have made every effort to limit the restrictions placed upon the Executive to those that are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of GNC and its Affiliates.
               (b) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the valid business interests of GNC and its Affiliates. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the covenants, provisions and agreements contained herein shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. If any covenant, provision or agreement contained herein is found by a court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable in duration, scope or character of restrictions, or otherwise to be unenforceable, such covenant, provision or agreement shall not be rendered unenforceable thereby, but rather the duration, scope or character of restrictions of such covenant, provision or agreement shall be deemed reduced or modified with retroactive effect to render such covenant, provision or agreement reasonable or otherwise enforceable (as the case may be), and such covenant, provision or agreement shall be enforced as modified. If the court having jurisdiction will not review the covenant, provision or agreement, the parties hereto shall mutually agree to a revision having an effect as close as permitted by applicable law to the provision declared unenforceable. The parties hereto agree that if a court having jurisdiction determines, despite the express intent of the parties hereto, that any portion of the covenants, provisions or agreements contained herein are not enforceable, the remaining covenants, provisions and agreements herein shall be valid and enforceable. Moreover, to the extent that any provision is declared unenforceable, GNC and its Affiliates shall have any and all rights under applicable statutes or common law to enforce its rights with respect to any and all Confidential Information or unfair competition by the Executive.
     6.  Miscellaneous .
          6.1 Public Statements .
               (a)  Media Nondisclosure . The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, except as may be authorized in writing by GNC, the Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose or release to the Media any information concerning or relating to any aspect of the Executive’s employment or termination from employment with Centers and any aspect of any dispute that is the subject of this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Media ” includes, without limitation, any news organization, station, publication, show, website, web log (blog), bulletin board, chat room or program (past, present or future), whether published through the means of print, radio, television or the Internet or otherwise, and any member, representative, agent or employee of the same.
               (b)  Non-Disparagement .
                    (i) The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, the Executive will not make any statements, comments or communications in any form, oral, written or electronic to any Media or any customer, client or supplier of GNC or any of its Affiliates, which would constitute libel, slander or disparagement of GNC or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any such

21


 

statements, comments or communications that criticize, ridicule or are derogatory to GNC or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that the terms of this Section 6.1(b) shall not apply to communications between the Executive and, as applicable, the Executive’s attorneys or other persons with whom communications would be subject to a claim of privilege existing under common law, statute or rule of procedure. The Executive further agrees that the Executive will not in any way solicit any such statements, comments or communications from others.
                    (ii) GNC agrees that during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter, GNC will not make any statements, comments or communications in any form, oral, written or electronic, to any Media or any Person, which would constitute libel, slander or disparagement of the Executive, including, without limitation, any such statements, comments or communications that criticize, ridicule or are derogatory to the Executive; provided , however , that the terms of this Section 6.1(b) shall not apply to any documents required to be filed by GNC with the Securities and Exchange Commission (provided that GNC is advised by legal counsel that such disclosure is required in order to comply with GNC’s legal obligations thereunder and such disclosure is limited to only that which is required to be so disclosed) or communications between GNC and, as applicable, GNC’s attorneys or other persons with whom communications would be subject to a claim of privilege existing under common law, statute or rule of procedure. GNC further agrees that GNC will not in any way solicit any such statements, comments or communications from others.
          6.2 Consent to Jurisdiction; Remedies . In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim between GNC or any of its Affiliates and the Executive arising out of or relating to the interpretation, application or enforcement of this Agreement, the parties agree and consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Common Pleas for Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and/or the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania (collectively, the “ Agreed Venue ”) for resolution of the dispute, controversy or claim, and that those courts, and only those courts, shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to determine any dispute, controversy or claim related to, arising under or in connection with this Agreement. The parties also agree (a) to submit to the jurisdiction of any competent court in the Agreed Venue, (b) to waive any and all defenses the parties may have on the grounds of lack of jurisdiction of such court and (c) that neither party shall be required to post any bond, undertaking or other financial deposit or guarantee in seeking or obtaining such equitable relief. To the full extent permitted by law and upon presentation of appropriate documentation, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by any prevailing party as a result of any dispute involving the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement (including as a result of any dispute involving the amount of any payment or other benefit due pursuant to this Agreement) shall be paid by the non-prevailing party in such dispute.
          6.3 [Intentionally Omitted]
          6.4 Entire Agreement; Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and GNC with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, including,

22


 

without limitation, the Original Employment Agreement and any term sheets contemplating the execution of an employment agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continued employment with Centers. No modification or addition hereto or waiver or cancellation of any provision hereof shall be valid except by a writing signed by the party to be charged therewith. No delay on the part of any party to this Agreement in exercising any right or privilege provided hereunder or by law shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of such right or privilege.
          6.5 Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
          6.6 Assignment; Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that any right, title or interest of Holdings or Centers arising out of this Agreement may be assigned by Holdings or Centers to any corporation or entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Holdings or Centers, as applicable, or to any Affiliates of Holdings or Centers, as applicable; provided , however , that the assignee shall first deliver to the Executive an express written assumption of this Agreement and Holdings’ or Centers’ obligations hereunder, as applicable. No such assignment shall relieve Holdings or Centers of their obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the Executive (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, personal representatives, successors and assigns.
          6.7 Representation by Counsel; Independent Judgment . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that (a) it or the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety and understands all of its teems and conditions, (b) it or the Executive has had the opportunity to consult with any individuals of its or the Executive’s choice regarding its or the Executive’s agreement to the provisions contained herein, including legal counsel of its or the Executive’s choice, and any decision not to was the Executive’s or its alone and (c) it or the Executive is entering into this Agreement of its or the Executive’s own free will, without coercion from any source, based upon its or the Executive’s own independent judgment.
          6.8 Interpretation; Construction . The parties and their respective legal counsel actively participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and in the event of any ambiguity or mistake herein, or any dispute among the parties with respect to the provisions hereto, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed unfavorably against any of the parties on the ground that the Executive, it, or the Executive’s or its counsel was the drafter thereof. As used in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) the terms defined herein shall have the meanings set forth herein for all purposes; (b) references to “Section” are to a section hereof; (c) “include,” “includes,” and “including” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of like import; (d) “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and comparable terms refer to the entirety of this Agreement and not to any particular section or other subdivision hereof or exhibit

23


 

hereto; (e) references to any gender include references to all genders; (f) references to any agreement or other instrument or statute or regulation are referred to as amended or supplemented from time to time (and, in the case of a statute or regulation, to any successor provision); and (g) the word “or” shall be deemed to mean “and/or” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
          6.9 Notices . All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given and effective when delivered or when mailed if such mailing is by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by other delivery service which provides evidence of delivery, as follows:
If to Centers or Holdings, to:
General Nutrition Centers, Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Attention: General Counsel
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to each of the
following:
c/o Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
1999 Avenue of the Stars
Los Angeles, California 90067
Facsimile: 310-210-4170
Attention: David Kaplan
and
c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street
Toronto, Ontario
M2M 4H5
Facsimile: 416-730-5082
Attention: Lee Sienna
With a copy by Facsimile to: 416-730-3771
Attention: Legal Department
and
Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, 32° d Floor
Los Angeles, California
Facsimile: 310-557-2193
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.
If to the Executive, to:

24


 

Beth J. Kaplan
10955 Nacirema Lane
Stevenson, MD 21153
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Andrew Jay Graham
Kramon & Graham, P.A.
One South Street, Suite 2600
Baltimore, MD 21202-3201
or to such other address as one party may provide in writing to the other party from time to time.
          6.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission of any signed original document or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission will be deemed the same as delivery of an original. At the request of any party, the parties will confirm facsimile transmission by signing a duplicate original document.
          6.11 Captions . Paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement.
          6.12 No Third Party Beneficiary Rights . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no entity shall have any right to enforce any provision of this Agreement, even if indirectly benefited by it.
          6.13 Withholding . Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under Federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.
          6.14 Satellite Office . The Executive will work with the CEO to create a strategy to attract the very best marketing and merchandising talent. It is possible that such strategy will include opening a New York office. The decision to open such office and its size and staff, if opened, will be consistent with the best interests of the Company. If and when the New York office is opened, the Executive will split her time between New York and Pittsburgh, as determined by the CEO and Executive, consistent with the best interests of the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

25


 

         
  GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.    
  Name:   Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and
Secretary 
 

26


 

         
         
  GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.    
  Name:   Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and
Secretary 
 

27


 

         
         
  EXECUTIVE:
 
 
  /s/ Beth J. Kaplan    
  Name:   Beth J. Kaplan   
     

28

 

Exhibit 12.1
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
     The following table shows the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, the period from December 5, 2003 to December 31, 2003, the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, and the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007. We have computed these ratios by dividing earnings available for fixed charges (income before income taxes and fixed charges) by fixed charges (interest cost, amortization of debt expense, and the portion of rental expenses deemed to be representative of the interest factor in those rentals.)
Computation of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Dollars in millions, except ratios)
                                                         
    Numico
Predecessor
    Apollo Predecessor     Successor  
    Period from     Period from                                        
    January 1,     December 5,                                     Period from  
    2003 to     2003 to     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended             March 16, 2007  
    December 4,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     Period ended     to December  
    2003     2003     2004     2005     2006     March 15, 2007     31,2007  
 
                                                       
Earnings (deficit) available for fixed charges:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Income (deficit) before income taxes
  $ (759.4 )   $ 0.6     $ 67.7     $ 29.5     $ 59.6     $ (61.9 )   $ 31.6  
 
                                                       
Interest Expense
    122.5       2.8       35.5       41.6       43.7       8.5       78.2  
 
                                                       
Estimated interest component of net rental expense
    35.2       2.7       36.7       36.8       38.0       8.1       31.4  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Earnings available for fixed charges
  $ (601.7 )   $ 6.1     $ 139.9     $ 107.9     $ 141.3     $ (45.3 )   $ 141.2  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Fixed Charges:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Interest Expense
  $ 122.5     $ 2.8     $ 35.5     $ 41.6     $ 43.7     $ 8.5     $ 78.2  
 
                                                       
Estimated interest component of net rental expense
    35.2       2.7       36.7       36.8       38.0       8.1       31.4  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total fixed charges
  $ 157.7     $ 5.5     $ 72.2     $ 78.4     $ 81.7     $ 16.6     $ 109.6  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
        1.11       1.94       1.38       1.73           1.29  
 
(1)   Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the period ended December 4, 2003, and the period ended March 15, 2007 by $759.4 million and $61.9 million, respectively.

 

Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a)
I, Joseph Fortunato, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2008
/s/ Joseph Fortunato
 
Joseph Fortunato
Chief Execuitve Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Interim Chief Financial Officer
of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a)
I, J. Kenneth Fox, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2008
/s/ J. Kenneth Fox
 
J. Kenneth Fox
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

Exhibit 32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the SEC on the date hereof (the “Report”), Joseph Fortunato, as President of the Company, and J. Kenneth Fox, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:
     1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934; and
     2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 14, 2008
/s/ Joseph Fortunato
 
Joseph Fortunato
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ J. Kenneth Fox
 
J. Kenneth Fox
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and will be retained by General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.